Home

Service Manual - Daikintech.co.uk

1. 74 14 NOISSINSNY L HOOGLNO HOOGLNO LIINNOIWALSAS 108100 TWHINSO 3H ONISN N3HM 6 Qvezrs0d 40123138 1V3H 1002 74 12 NOISSINSNYYL HOOOLNO dE 1000 8157 SATWA NOISNYGX3 280812313 TEA 23 19 Uu Zaia OL NOLLO3NNOO 8OJ IVANVIN NOLLV TIVLSNI SHL OL 83 38 8 1 Jum JO NIVA ANA NOISNVdX3 2INOSIO3 H SLA YOOGLNO LINN da SiS MOTIAA NNIA ALIHM LHM Q34 03Y NIIY9 NY NMOHE NHE AN 18 08 58010272 3ONVHLIN3 SAL dev 80123155 HIJ 1915 NIX SALON f t Hd 39IA3Q NOILOSLOYd LINDYIO LHOHS L NOQ ONIIVH3dO N3HM 9 TWNINSL dIHLS TVNIASSL NZX 8 31ON HOLIMS Z 180 98 198 ISN OL MOH f1HOSS3HdlNOO Kidd iS 83MO
2. WHT 2 RED 3 1 TRANSMISSION GRIP CAUTION CIRCUIT NOTE THAT OPERATION WILL RESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK ONAGAIN FRAME GROUND F1U FUSE PCB4 H1P H3P PILOT LAMP M1F FAN MOTOR EYE M1S SWING MOTOR PCB1 PCB4 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RIT R2T THERMISTOR 141 81 638 CONNECTOR SE s w OPERATION SWITCH INFRARED 1 TERMINAL STRIP SIGNAL t INDOOR PROTECTIVE EARTH EL RECEIVER _ 15 eee ee eee 30051652 FTXS50 60 71EV1B FTXS71BAVMB FIELD WIRING i 1 1 1 1 1 1 826 1 RECTIFIER X1M 2 N OUTDOOR WHT 2 I RED 3 1 TRANSMISSION GRN CAUTION CIRCUIT YLW NOTE THAT OPERATION WILL L RESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF 1 MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS 537 TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK
3. 50Hz 230V Model FTXS20D3VMW FTXS20D3VML Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Rated Capacity 2 0kW Class 2 0kW Class Front Panel Color White Silver Line H 8 7 307 9 4 332 8 7 307 9 4 332 m min M 6 7 237 7 6 268 6 7 237 7 6 268 L 4 7 166 5 8 205 4 7 166 5 8 205 SL 3 9 138 5 0 177 3 9 138 5 0 177 Type Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow Fan Fan Motor Output 40 40 Steps 5 Steps Silent Auto 5 Steps Silent Auto Air Direction Control Right Left Horizontal Downward Right Left Horizontal Downward Air Filter Removable Washable Mildew Proof Removable Washable Mildew Proof Running Current Rated A 0 16 0 16 0 16 0 16 Power Consumption Rated Ww 35 35 35 35 Power Factor 96 95 1 95 1 95 1 95 1 Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer Control Dimensions HxWxD mm 283 800 195 283 800 195 Packaged Dimensions HxWxD mm 265x855x340 265x855x340 Weight kg 9 9 Gross Weight kg 12 12 Operation H L SL dBA 38 25 22 38 28 25 38 25 22 38 28 25 Sound Power H dBA 56 56 56 56 Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Liquid mm 64 9 6 4 Piping Connection Gas mm 9 5 9 5 Drain mm 18 0 18 0 Drawing No 3D051085 3D051086 Model FTXS25D3VMW FTXS25D3VML Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Rated Capacity 2 5kW Class 2 5kW Class Front Panel C
4. Jorejnwnooy edm Re T 59 pjousjos 8 1 i aqn Areyideg OF 19114 Josuas J Wash ejnsseid MOT 1 eunsseud U IH 3919S Jno uod awas oo Le m i 9 st JaBueyoxe yeay ainsseld NO 19114 ge 0 uoisuedxe 6 91004129 3 edid ejgnoq onren Isuedxe 21004129 3 C 30052627 51 Refrigerant Circuit Refrigerant Circuit SiENBE18 621 1 2 BP Units No in refrigerant F system Symbol Name Major Function diagram A EVU Electronic expansion valve Among EVA EVB and EVC the electronic expansion valve of operating room is called for operating room EVU B EVT
5. 149 1 System GOentdblbatiOL 150 1 1 Operation 150 ayo MS EFCC UO Ble 151 2 4 BMXS SBITBS itd eere tubo eaten 151 2 2 Wall Mounted Duct Floor Ceiling Floor Standing 152 2 3 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type 227 2 4 Ceiling Suspended 238 Part 8 Troubleshooting 249 1 caution dor Diagnosis s usa role iR Pi ota 251 1 1 Troubleshooting with the Operation Lamp RA Indoor Unit 251 1 2 Troubleshooting with the LED on the SkyAir Indoor Unit 252 1 3 Troubleshooting with the LED on the Outdoor Unit 253 1 4 Troubleshooting with the LED on the BP 254 Service Check FUtCHQOE icc HERE M UE 255 2 1 RA Indoor Unit Infrared remote control eeen 255 2 2 SkyAir Indoor Unit INSPECTION TEST 259 2 3 SkyAir Indoor Unit Wired Remote 260 2 4 SkyAir Indoor Unit Infrared rem
6. 47 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram and Name 23 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram SiENBE18 621 1 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram 1 1 Outdoor Unit RMXS 112 140 160 E7V3B 1 1 1 Main PCB A1P Connectors 1 X5A 2 X11A X12A a SIENA gt lt N gt 92 X37A X66A 6 X81A 13 14 5 16 17 X106A X107A 18 19 m Note Other Designation 1 F4U F6U HAP HBP AUN 24 Connector to Service PCB A2P Connector for Outdoor Air Thermistor Connector for Thermistors Suction Pipe1 2 Heat Exchanger Discharge Pipe Connector for Thermistors Subcool Outlet Liquid Pipe Connector for High Pressure Sensor Connector for Low Pressure Sensor Connector for Electronic Expansion Valve Main Connector for Electronic Expansion Valve Sub Cool Connector for Y1S Four Way Valve Connector for Y2S Hot Gas Bypass Valve Connector for Y3S Unload Connector for Crankcase Heater Connector for High Pressure Switch Connector for Power Supply for Optional PCB DC16V Connector for C H Selector PCB A4P Connector for Terminal Strip Connector for Fan Motor Upper lower Connector for Fin Thermistor Connector for Reactor Connector for Noise Filter PCB A3P Connector for Capacitor C4 Connector for Capacitor C4 Connector for Compressor Fuse 6 3A 250V
7. N CAUTION e Don t touch the metal parts of the indoor unit If you touch those parts this may cause an injury When removing or attaching the front panel use a robust and stable stool and watch your steps carefully When removing or attaching the front panel support the panel securely with hand to prevent it from falling e For cleaning do not use hot water above 40 C benzine gasoline thinner nor other volatile oils polishing compound scrubbing brushes nor other hand stuff After cleaning make sure that the front panel is securely fixed System Configuration 209 Instruction SiENBE18 621 FILTERS B Air Filter Open the front panel Pull out the air filters Take off the Titanium Apatite Setthe air filter and the titanium Apatite SE Photoatalytic Air Purifying Filter as they 222 Wash the air filters with water clean e Push a little upwards the tab at the center of each air filter then pull it down Photocatalytic Air Purifying Filter Press the top of the air cleaning filter onto the tabs 3 tabs at top Then press the bottom of the filter up tabs 3 at bottom Slightly and press it onto the tabs 2 at bottom 3 at bottom Cleanor replace each filter See figur
8. 260 2 4 SkyAir Indoor Unit Infrared Remote 261 2 5 Sky Air Indoor Unit Error Codes and LED Indication 263 2 6 Malfunction Code Indication by Outdoor Unit PCB 264 List of Malfunction 1 eenen 268 Troubleshooting for RA Indoor idet 270 4 1 Indoor Unit PCB Abnormality 270 4 2 Freeze up Protection Control or High Pressure Control 271 4 3 Fan Motor or Related Abnormality 273 4 4 Thermistor or Related Abnormality Indoor 276 4 5 Shutter Drive Motor Shutter Limit Switch Abnormality 277 2A MAG ed ENS 278 Troubleshooting for SkyAir Indoor 281 5 1 Indoor Unit PCB Abnormality 552252 emeret 281 5 2 Malfunction of Drain Water Level System Float Type 282 5 3 Malfunction of Drain System 04 4 284 5 4 Indoor Unit Fan Motor Lock ier 285 5 5 Malfunction of Indoor Unit Fan 286 5 6 Swing Flap Motor Malfunction 288
9. 363 FDXS25 35CAVMB 365 FDXS25 35EAVMB 365 FDXS50 60CVMB 365 FFQ25 35 50 60B8V1B 22 2 368 FHQ35 50 60BVV1B 368 FLXS25 35BAVMB _ 366 FLXS50 60BAVMB 366 FTXS20 25 35CAVMB 364 viii FTXS20 25 35D3VMW L eese 364 FTXS50 60EV1B 364 FTXSBOD2VMW L 364 FTXS71BAVMB ennen 365 anonsi 365 FVXS25 35BAVMB 367 55 367 RMXS112 140 60E7V3B 362 power supply insufficient or instantaneous failure 337 power supply PCB 40 43 power supply waveforms check 306 pressure SENSOM eene re tee 357 program dry operation function 106 programme dry function 87 R range of air flow direction setting 140 receiver setting counne uenee 141 refrigerant circuit 50 refrigerant flo
10. 112 1 1 Procedure and Outline 112 Outdoor Unit PCB Layouts ee eee a e ote ott 117 Field Sets 118 3 1 Field Setting from Outdoor United ertet 118 3 2 Detail of Setting Mode to EE eenen 127 Field Setting for SkyAir Indoor Unit annen 136 C ES 136 4 2 Field Setting enden aan de 137 4 3 Initial Setting Contents ooo e RR kerst ernaar eeeh 138 4 4 Local Setting Mode 22 4444 139 4 5 Detailed Explanation of Setting Modes 140 4 6 Centralized Group No 22 200 144 4 7 Maintenance Mode Setting 145 Test Operation and Field Setting for RA Indoor 146 5 1 Test Operation from the Remote 146 5 2 Jumper Settings Rage ed ra oce uk 147 111 Test Operation SiENBE18 621 1 Test Operation 1 1 Procedure and Outline Follow the following procedure to conduct the initial test operation after installation 1 1 1 Check work prior to turn power supply on O Is the power supply single phase 220 230V 50Hz O Have you finished a ductwork to drain O Have you detach transport fitting O Is the wi
11. 87 protection control 73 pump down residual operation 71 R refrigerant circuit 50 refrigerant flow for each operation mode 54 iv refrigerant overcharged 317 refrigerant recovery mode 134 remote control ertet tenent 255 remote control thermistor 294 remote control thermostat 105 restart standby 71 t etre 30 33 35 37 S d stc drea Le M Ee a 30 33 35 37 S stekend 42 EEE 42 92038 nixa nne 42 ZO EE CEE 42 SA steiner er 30 33 35 37 39 42 rU 42 aes 39 42 LE ENS 39 42 EN 30 33 35 37 39 42 SP TRE ETE S EN 30 33 35 39 EE 30 35 EET 30 35 SOOT zit itd ince hub hc i tl tede 42 SE 42 ICH 39 42 IAR 30 33 35 37 39 42 ICL 30 33 35 CEE 30 33 35 39 IC tint 35 39 35 30 33 35 39 42 Sr PETERE 38 37 39 42 SOS ducente atin Ate A ag dad ee 35 42 safety precautions 153 SC control in heating operation 84 self diagnosis by wired remote control 260 self diagnosis by infrared remote control
12. LINN HOOALNO 57 Refrigerant Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode SiENBE18 621 58 Refrigerant Circuit SIENBE18 621 Function Part 5 Function Operation s tiir paite ro heeten deerne lead 60 oy ASICS CONO E 61 2 1 eere e eaedem Magus 61 2 2 Compressor PI CODEITOlL entend erdee 62 2 3 Electronic Expansion Valve PI 65 24 Cooling Operation Fan Contf l iiir rtp 66 peclal e te inte ee een 67 3 1 Startup enn ei nte etre tende tad annae 67 32 Ol Return Operation stenen Eee needed a deerne 68 3 3 Detrostirig Operation eoe ete e e Uc Puoi bere 70 3 4 Pump down Residual Operation 71 3 5 Restart 71 3 6 Stopping OPSLANOM ss veneranda aad deed 72 si FOISCHORASONKOL 2 eR EUROS 73 4 1 High Pressure Protection Control 73 4 2 Low Pressure Protection Control sneren b crt pter Aiea 74 4 3 Discharge Pipe Protection 4 24 0 75 4 4 Inverter Protection eheu ee ane 76 4 5 Freeze up Protection Control 77 4 6 Dew Condensation Prevention 78 Medien EM 79 5 1 Demand Ope
13. X40A X33A X35A X36A X15A P1 X1M M1F 12 15 EH HE UNIT IN ACCOR O THE COMBINATION SYSTEM ING INDOOR UN LACK WHT WHITE YLW YE B AiP PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD BS1 PUSH BUTTON ON OFF C1 CAPACITOR M1F F1U FUSE F5A 250V H1P LIGHT EMITTING DIODE ON RED HAP LIGHT EMITTING DIODE SERVICE MONITOR GREEN H2P LIGHT EMITTING DIO TIMER GREEN DE KPR MAGNETIC RELAY M1P M1F MOTOR INDOOR FAN H3P LIGHT EMITTING DIO FILTER SIGN RED DE MiP MOTOR DRAIN PUMP M1S MOTOR SWING FLAP LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DEFROST ORANGE Q1M HERMO SWITCH M1F EMBEDDED R1T HERMISTOR AIR 551 SELECTOR SWITCH MAIN SUB R2T HERMISTOR COIL 1 R3T HERMISTOR COIL 2 552 SELECTOR SWITCH WIRELESS ADDRESS SET S1L TSH LOAT SWITCH CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS RANSFORMER 220 240V 22V V1TR HASE CONTROL CIRCUIT X33A CONNECTOR ADAPTER FOR WIRING X1M ERMINAL STRIP X2M ERMINAL STRIP X35A CONNECTOR GROUP CONTROL ADAPTER RO GNAL RECEIVER CIRCUIT CIO 02 4 GNAL TRANSMISSION CIRCUIT X40A CONNECTOR ON OFF
14. 53 H Hall IC check nennen 280 high pressure protection control 73 high voltage of capacitor in main inverter circuit 2 332 HOME LEAVE operation 94 indoor unit fan motor lock 285 indoor unit PCB abnormality 270 281 inspection test button 259 INTELLIGENT EYE eee 92 INTELLIGENT EYE sensor 148 INTELLIGENT EYE sensor 32 34 36 inverter compressor abnormal 328 inverter current abnormal 329 inverter POWERFUL operation 95 inverter protection control 76 inverter start up error eneen 330 J jumper settings nnn 147 L limit switch continuity check 278 location of operation lamp 251 low pressure drop due to refrigerant shortage or electronic expansion valve failure 335 low pressure protection control 74 M main sub switch SS1 141 maintenance mode setting 145 malfunction of capacity setting 290 malfunction of dis
15. Not limited g lt 75 Tfin278 C INV upper limit frequency max Hz Limited INV upper limit frequency 1 step down from current 4 compressor frequency 41 0 sec Tfin 78 C Matching of frequency Status quo lt 4 Tfin lt s75 C continues for 3 min Without conditions INV upper limit frequency 1 step up from current compressor frequency Tfin283 C When occurring 4 times within 60 min Fin temp standby P the malfunction code L4 is output 76 Function SiENBE18 621 Protection Control 4 5 Freeze up Protection Control Outline According to the freeze prevention status sent from the BP unit The compressor output frequency is regulated to decrease the compressor capacity in order to prevent the indoor heat exchanger from freezing Detail Zones are produced based on the freeze prevention status signal sent from the BP unit Indoor unit and the freeze prevention control prevents freezing of the indoor unit Recovery zone Increase zone Keep zone Decrease zone Indoor unit heat exchanger temperature Stop zone Recovery zone Lift the control Increase zone 1 step up 60sec Keep zone Frequency is not controlled Decrease zone 1 step down 60sec Stop zone Thermostat OFF only the target indoor unit The temperature in above figure depends on models Reference value Function 77 Prote
16. 26 noA 282 ASP s tice 27 28 271 AG nnen river 273 274 285 286 hypo ERE 288 ciel 300 abnormal discharge pipe temperature 316 actuation of high pressure switch 308 actuation of low pressure switch 310 address duplication of central remote control 00 347 address setting jumper 30 33 35 37 39 42 adjusting the air flow direction 178 APF 284 air purifying 96 air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing EE 97 290 bestanden bedden 255 AUTO DRY COOL HEAT FAN operation 176 automatic air flow control 86 automatic operation nnee eneen vern 88 Are tn beers er tte erre ann Pen benede 30 auto restart function 97 106 AULO SWING crane eif icone peer nicer hae 85 B BP unit command conversion 80 BP nit control 80 BP unit electronic expansion valve control 81 BP nit PCB iei
17. 346 F mn 29 os tese incur ad 27 TID vel teats Maa ds 29 MEME MERI EE 29 Eu testati stets irte dede 316 FAW EE 24 F6 tette maed We deed 317 in E EE ofer fud fatti trova i seve 24 fan and flap operations 107 fan motor connector output check 278 298 In fan motor or related abnormality AG MOOK 273 DC MOOK iom 274 fan speed control neee eneen 86 fan speed setting 30 33 35 37 39 42 faulty BP liquid pipe thermistor 302 faulty BP unit PCB uite pti terea 301 faulty combination of inverter and fan driver 334 faulty outdoor unit 307 field setting wired remote control 137 infrared remote control 138 field setting from outdoor unit 118 forced fan on 145 forced operation ON OFF switch 30 freeze up protection control 77 100 freeze up protection control or high pressure control 271 scc bs 42 EEE 30 33 35 37 39 function outline skyair ennen 98 functional parts layout
18. E 25 2 4 5 o 1 2 G 1 25 gt 2 Set temperature 2 5 2 1 0 41 42 42 5 Cooling 2 thermostat ON lt 1 i pM mm le Cooling 8 thermostat OFF Heating thermostat OFF Heating thermostat ON 5109621 thermostat turns OFF under the following temperature conditions to prevent freezing of the Protection indoor unit heat exchanger Control W The motorized valve is controlled to maintain the indoor unit heat exchanger temperature Te above 0 W The outdoor unit fan speed is reduced to prevent freeze up protection control from activating during cooling operation under low outside air temperature For details see the section on cooling operation under low outside air temperature Outdoor unit heat exchanger temperature Te 5 Freeze prevention control em Reset after 10 continuous minutes 7C Thermostat OFF after Ee 40 cumulative minutes Thermostet OFF after 1 continuous minutes 3C from 8min after starting FHQ only Thermostat OFF after E is 1 continuous minutes from 8min after starting FFQ only 81116 100 Function SiENBE18 621 Indoor Unit SkyAir Models Condensation Avoidance Control FHQ Only m Note Outdoor Unit Identification Function Continuous 30 minutes operation of cooling One hour drying PAN NO The u
19. Stop valve closed Check to be sure the stop valve is open nigh pipe Bent or crashed pipe lt Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions Clogging of foreign ls there any temperature difference caused before particles and after the filter or branch pipe Faulty valve coil Are the coil resistance and insulation normal expansion valve F aulty valve bod A temperature diference in excess of 10 C y d between te inlet andthe outlet is deemed to be abnormal j A Faulty high pressure sensor lt the electrical characteristics normal Faulty control Faulty control PCB 415 the pressure value checked with the Service Checker corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor Faulty indoor Faulty valve coil Are the coil resistance and insulation unit electronic normal expansion valve Faulty valve body Faulty high pressure sensor Are the electrical characteristics normal Faulty Faulty indoor unit In the connector properly connected control liquid pipe thermistor Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal 415 the pressure value checked with the Service Faulty control PCB Checker corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor lt 15 the suction air temperature not more than High suction air temperature of the
20. 352 9 Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics 355 T1O PrIeSsSHre SObSOf Zetstra nenten PRENDS 357 11 Method of Replacing The Inverter s Power Transistors Modules 358 Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Caution for Diagnosis 1 Caution for Diagnosis 1 1 Troubleshooting with the Operation Lamp RA Indoor Unit The operation lamp blinks when any of the following errors is detected 1 When a protection device of the indoor or outdoor unit is activated or when the thermistor malfunctions disabling equipment operation 2 When a signal transmission error occurs between the indoor and outdoor units In either case conduct the diagnostic procedure described in the following pages Location of In case of Operation Lamp FTXS 20 25 35 50 D Series OPERATION lamp green c Jee os 4298 FTXS 50 60 71 Series FTXS 71 B Series Operation lamp green TIMER lamp yellow 2 ONOFF FTXS 20 25 35 Series Indicator lamps Bors 5 Operation lamp green R4297 In case of FDXS 25 35 50 60 C Series FDXS 25 35 E Series OPERATION lamp green In case of FVXS 25 35 50 B Series OPERATION lamp green Q0342 Troubleshooting R2837 Q0340 In case of FLXS 25 35 5
21. 98 8 2 Electric Function Paris ceteri 99 8 3 Function Details ep ideeen seeden 100 59 Operation Mode SiENBE18 621 1 Operation Mode lt Operation in stop mode Indoor unit stop or Indoor unit thermostat ON thermostat OFF Malfunction Standby gt Restart standby Pressure gt Compressor stop equalization gt prior to startup Malfunction Standby Indoor unit stop or Startup control thermostat OFF e Cooling startup j gt Pump down control residual Heating Indoor unit thermostat ON operation startup control lt Malfunction Standby Normal operation Compressor PI control Electronic expansion valve PI control Protection control Cooling or heating gt N Indoor unit stop or thermostat OFF AN operation Oil return IN Yes Malfunction Standby conditions are met Defrost IN Yes gt Oil return operation conditions are met Operation Yes gt Defrosting operation mode change Note 60 In the event indoor unit stops or the thermostat turns OFF while in oil return operation or defrosting operation pump down residual operation is performed on c
22. Functions e 6 Category Functions 8 2 3 N 91 ES Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic amp _ Inverter with Inverter Power Control Virustatic Functions Basic Operation Limit for Cooling Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter Function tam Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic Operation Limit for Heating CWB Deodorizing Function EE Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic gt lt gt PAM Control Deodorizing Function Oval Scroll Compressor Health amp Longlife Filter Option Swing Compressor E Clean Mold Proof Air Filter Compressor Rotary Compressor Wipe clean Flat Panel Reluctance DC Motor Washable Grille Power Airflow Flap Filter Cleaning Indicator Power Airflow Dual Flaps Mold Proof Operation Power Airflow Diffuser Heating Dry Operation Wide Angle Louvers Good Sleep Cooling Operation Comfortable Airflow Vertical Auto Swing Up and Down 24 Hour On Off Timer Horizontal Auto Swing Right and Left 72 Hour On Off Timer 3 D Airflow Night Set Mode Comfort Airflow Mode E Auto Restart after Power Failure 3 Step Airflow H P Only _ Worry Free Self Diagnosis Digital LED Display Auto Fan Speed Reliability amp Wiring Error Check Dura
23. cancel HOME LEAVE operation 2 Press HOME LEAVE button again disappears from the LCD The HOME LEAVE lamp goes off ES TEMP Dael SILENT SENSOR SWING Ce CANCEL TIMER Before using HOME LEAVE operation W To set the temperature and air flow rate for HOME LEAVE operation When using HOME LEAVE operation for the first time please set the temperature and air flow rate for HOME LEAVE operation Record your preferred temperature and air flow rate Initial setting Selectable range temperature Air flow rate temperature Air flow rate Cooling 25 AUTO 18 32 C 5 step AUTO and SILENT Heating 25 AUTO 10 30 C 5 step AUTO and SILENT 1 Press HOME LEAVE button Make sure is displayed in the remote control display 2 Adjust the set temperature with or wr as you like 3 Adjust the air flow rate with FAN setting button as you like Home leave operation will run with these settings the next time you use the unit To change the recorded information repeat steps 1 3 System Configuration 191 Instruction SiENBE18 621 B What s the HOME LEAVE operation Is there a set temperature and air flow rate which is most comfortable a set temperature and air flow rate which you use the most HOME LEAVE operation is a function that allows you to record your favorite set temperature and air flow rate You can start your fav
24. IN HAZ sid08 943 104000 99 843 10100098 VAF 95 WOO 3ATVA NOISNVdX3 OINONIOTT3 HOISIWH3HL TWO YOLSINYIHL Woot 3NIV NOISNVAXS 1 SSvdA8 SATIVA NOISNVdX3 OINONLO3T3 es YOLSIWYSHL 3015 svo es 89Q HOLSINYSHL adis svo es HOLSINHIHL adis Svo In HAJ sid 08 843 sid 08 T 970 HOLSINHIHL HAU Jails 8 woog aATvA NOISNvdXx3 OINONLO3 T3 HALI B vig HOLSINGIHL Mt s eS v WOO AATVA NOISNvdX3 ONIdid Gaia D D H MOLSINHSHL o ONIdid qaid joo H Y a ONIdid i i NVA 0 MOLSINSSHL Oy 9 oNidia Y stel 340 ONIdid wat i 2 8 ONIdid MOLSINYSHL BOND n Y Liu ecl ud ONIdid 07314 ONIdid NO SINOXLOSTS SSVdA8 JAVA NOISNVdX3 OINOuIO313 5 890 YOLSINYSH L adis svo
25. 146 troubleshooting with the LED on the BP unit 254 troubleshooting with the LED on the outdoor unit tet eere 253 turn power iiit tte hine nee 112 Drawings amp Flow Charts SIENBE18 621 wired remote control teld i ttes 137 wireless address switch SS2 141 infrared remote control field 2 24422 138 wiring diagrams BPMKS967B2B 370 BPMKS967B3B 370 FDXS25 35CAWMB 373 FDXS25 35EAVMB 373 FDXS50 60CVMB 373 FFQ25 35 50 60B8V1B 375 FHQ35 50 60BVV1B 376 FLXS25 35 50 60BAVMB 373 FTXS20 25 35CAVMB 371 FTXS20 25 35D3VMW L eese 371 FTXS50 60 71EV1B 372 FTXS50D2V1W L 372 71 372 FVXS25 35 50BAVMB 374 RMXS112 140 160E7V3B 369 Drawings amp Flow Charts Daikin s unique position as a manufacturer of air conditioning equipment compressors refriger
26. Test Operation 147 Test Operation and Field Setting for RA Indoor Unit SiENBE18 621 5 2 3 Adjusting the Angle of the Intelligent Eye Sensor FTXS20 35C Once installation of the indoor unit is complete adjust the angle of the Intelligent eye sensor to ensure the detection area properly covers the room Adjustable angle 15 to right and left of center 2 Intelligent eye 15 15 sensor 81729 Gently push and slide the sensor to adjust the angle Aim so that the sensor is pointing to the center of the room or to the part of the room that is most frequently used Moving the sensor to the left Moving the sensor to the right R1730 After adjusting the angle gently wipe the sensor with a clean cloth being careful not to scratch the sensor AN Caution Do not hit or violently push the Intelligent eye sensor This can lead to damage and malfunction W Do not place large objects near the sensor Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside the sensor s detection area 148 Test Operation SIENBE18 621 System Configuration 1 2 Part 7 System Configuration System CONGUE ene e ote eta ue e pub eique dun dua 150 1 1 Operation Instructions retener tectae eh kn deae 150 DLP EN 151 2 1 RMXS SONOS cci ede nt bete n ues c ne dro aud 151 2 2 Wall Mounted Duct Floor Ceiling Floor Standing 152 2 3 Ceiling Mounted Cassette
27. 95 7 11 Other Furictions rto rr dein 96 Indoor Unit SkyAir Models eee 98 8 1 655262 ete 98 8 2 Electric FUNCTION Parts aad pude 99 9 2 Function DES reren ende dennie cts 100 Part 6 Test Operation 111 Table of Contents 1 2 3 Test Operation Er ERU DUNT IURE D DUM ES 112 1 1 Procedure and OUIS eas 112 Outdoor Unit PCB Payor creat cub etnies 117 SONG de 118 3 1 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit ennen ennneeeen 118 3 2 Detail of Setting Mode xoti eua eenn ease 127 Field Setting for SkyAir Indoor Unit eee eeen 136 RL Ol Ue En 136 4 2 Field Seti 137 4 3 Initial Setting Contents nanne een 138 4 4 Local Setting Mode 2 0 139 4 5 Detailed Explanation of Setting Modes 140 4 6 Centralized Group No 144 4 7 Maintenance Mode Setting 145 SiENBE18 621 5 Test Operation and Field Setting for RA Indoor 146 5 1 Test Operation from the Remote 146 5 2 Jumper Settings enn eeen 147 Part 7 System
28. 29 24 45 47 eei C ID eT neat Gon 29 ROOA ute teet 45 47 ROW A S 45 47 Pis EEE EE 24 KOTA Artmedia datu eei 24 stt dte east esit C LE DIA 29 SiENBE18 621 V Index SIENBE18 621 Drawings amp Flow Charts A abnormal discharge pipe temperature 316 actuation of high pressure switch 308 actuation of low pressure sensor 310 address duplication of central remote control 347 address setting nennt 142 after seting 143 uii epe n net edis 255 automatic air flow control 86 automatic operation nnen neee ennen eenn 88 auto SWiriQ 85 BUZZER te a ran 36 C centralized group No setting 144 check for causes of drop in low pressure 353 check for causes of rise in high pressure 352 check for fan motor connector 354 check operation 115 check operation not executed 339 check work prior to turn power supply on 112 compressor motor lock 312 condensation avoidance control FHQ only 101 control A1P 2 2208 25 control PCB indoor unit
29. B C Qi Q2 9 C H select ECE remote Indoor unit Indoor unit control gt lt 2 V3059 128 Test Operation SiENBE18 621 Field Setting 3 2 2 Setting of Low Noise Operation and Demand Operation Setting of Low Noise Operation By connecting the external contact input to the low noise input of the outdoor unit external control adapter optional you can lower operating noise by 2 3 dB When the low noise operation is carried out automatically at night The external control adapter for outdoor unit is not required 1 While in Setting mode 2 select the setting condition i e Mode 1 Mode 2 or Mode 3 for set item No 22 Setting of nighttime low noise level 2 If necessary while in Setting mode 2 select the setting condition i e 20 00 22 00 or 24 00 for set item No 26 Setting of start time of nighttime low noise operation Use the start time as a guide since it is estimated according to outdoor temperatures 3 If necessary while in Setting mode 2 select the setting condition i e 06 00 07 00 or 08 00 for set item No 27 Setting of end time of nighttime low noise operation Use the end time as a guide since it is estimated according to outdoor temperatures 4 If necessary while in Setting mode 2 set the setting condition for set item No 29 Se
30. YOLSIWYSHL adis svo 950p IN HAZ S dQg 8A3 104000 VAF uaria u isimant Hat IINOHLIFTA 09 T TWO HOLSINYSHL HALI ainon WOO SATWA NOISNVdX3 uaria SINOHLOSTA NOISNVEX3 OINON1O313 es 890 YOLSINYSHL Svo o es YOLSINYSHL 3ais Svo LINN da JJO dAS oguoo d EAF o4uo9 d LA3 se 10 pinbij due moj eunsseJd jueJeBuje1 uBiu eunsseud jueJebiujes pinbij ensseud AATVA dO1S ainon AATVA 4016 3NI1SVO AATWA NOISNVdX3 SINONIO3 3 1V3H 3did 318noa 3ATVA NOISNVdX3 SINOYLOATA Hari LJ WJONVHOX3IV3H SATVA ONILVINDAH a C 3unssaud 1HOd ZOIAHIS T eN T 5952 27 suns BOSNIS 3unssaud MOT EE d AAV TIldvo 2 gs en E 2 NWA 5 GION3108 5 aana AMVTIVO LS A yara HOSS3HdAOO I en 5 GION310S B AuvTIdvo HOLIMS 3unss3ud HOIH LINN HOOALNO 55 Refrigerant SiENBE18 621 Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode 3 3 Cooling Oil Return Operation
31. pens 29 BST T E 26 uet 26 BSS ed 26 BS 4i ee ase Teen Men 26 BSD ias vanen ande anneke laden 26 b zzenPGB EE 36 C4 verende 276 291 55 TERR 292 Crane a ada etn eed 277 eu dd 276 293 care and cleaning nonnen eneen vennen 203 centralized control 30 33 35 37 39 centralized group No setting 144 check check for causes of drop in low pressure 353 check for causes of rise in high pressure 352 check for fan motor connector 354 Index Index fan motor connector output check 278 298 Hall IC 280 limit switch continuity check 278 power supply waveforms check 306 thermistor resistance check 279 299 check for causes of drop in low pressure 353 check for causes of rise in high pressure 352 check for fan motor connector 354 check operation 115 135 check operation not executed 339 o 294 compressor motor lock 312 compressor control 62 condensation avoidance control FHQ only 101 CONNSC
32. 313 7 6 Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve VAs 314 7 7 Abnormal Discharge Pipe 316 7 8 Betngerant Overchanged enen Er ed te 317 7 9 Malfunction of Thermistor for Outdoor Air 1 318 7 10 Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor R2T 319 7 11 Malfunction of Thermistor RST R5T for Suction Pipet 2 320 7 12 Malfunction of Thermistor RAT for Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger 321 7 13 Malfunction of Thermistor R7T for Outdoor Unit Liquid Pipe 322 7 14 Malfunction of Subcooling Heat Exchanger Thermistor R6T 323 7 15 Malfunction of High Pressure 324 7 16 Malfunction of Low Pressure 325 Zalf Malf nctiomof POB eertse 326 7 18 Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature 327 7 19 Inverter Compressor 328 7 20 Inverter Current Abnormal ttt eer tnde 329 7 21 Inverter Start eet rere rtt Red ede dee 330 7 22 Malfunction of Transmission between Inverter and Control PCB 331 7 23 High Voltage of Capacitor in Main Inverter Circuit
33. ENIM Multi Split Split Type Compatible Night Quiet Mode Automatic Indoor Unit Comfort Control Mena Silent Operation Flexible Voltage Correspondence 1 Intelligent Eye Flexibility High Ceiling Application Quick Warming Function Chargeless Hot Start Function Either Side Drain Right or Left Automatic Defrosting Power Selection 5 Rooms Centralized Controller Automatic Operation Option Remote Control Adapter Operation Programme Dry Function Normal Open Pulse Contact Option ORI Remote Control Adapter Fan Only MEE Normal Open Contact Option 9 9 New Powerful Operation ERBEN DIII NET Compatible Adapter Non Inverter Option Inverter Powerful Operation R iS Wireless emote Contro Priority Room Setting Wired Cooling Heating Mode Lock Lifestyle Home Leave Operation olo Convenience ECONO Mode ile Indoor Unit On Off Switch Signal Reception Indicator Temperature Display Another Room Operation Note O Holding Functions No Functions List of Functions SIENBE18 621 Convenience ECONO Mode m m m ae 3 e a
34. YES gt Replace the outdoor PCB A1P as well Continue operation 327 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit SiENBE18 621 7 19 Inverter Compressor Abnormal Remote Control L5 Display Applicable All outdoor unit models Models Method of Malfunction is detected from current flowing in the power transistor Malfunction Detection Malfunction When an excessive current flows in the power transistor Decision Instantaneous overcurrent also causes activation Conditions Supposed W Defect of compressor coil disconnected defective insulation Causes W Compressor start up malfunction mechanical lock W Defect of inverter PCB Troubleshooting N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Compressor inspection The compressor s coil is disconnected or the insulation is defective YES gt Replace the compressor Disconnect the connection between the compressor and inverter Make the power transistor check mode setting ON by service mode Inverter output voltage check Inverter output YES i gt Replace the inverter unit be measured when frequency is stable NO There is instantenious power gt Correct power supply drop NO gt Compressor inspection Inspect according to the diagnosis procedure for odd noises vibration and opera
35. 20 0 20 40 60 Outdoor air temperature Q0378 Outdoor Temperature Gas Pipe Lower Limit Temperature 5 22 0 17 5 12 10 6 15 1 20 4 25 8 30 8 35 8 40 8 45 8 83 BP Unit Control SiENBE18 621 m Note 1 In Sky Air models the indoor units are equipped with distribution capillary tubes therefore the heat exchangers may superheat even when the condition is met 2 In Sky Air models the heat exchanger intermediate position is provided on the liquid connection pipe side as a result superheated condition is difficult to detect 6 4 SC Control in Heating Operation Purpose of the This function ensures appropriate refrigerant distribution when many room units are operating in Function the heating mode Outline The heat exchanger temperatures and liquid pipe temperatures of operating room units are detected by the liquid pipe thermistors and the electronic expansion valves flow rates are corrected so as to adjust the difference between heat exchanger temperature and liquid pipe temperature of each room unit hereafter referred to as SC close to the target values When SC is higher than target value Opens the valve of that room unit When SC is lower than target value Closes the valve of that room unit The liquid pipe temperature and indoor heat exchanger temperature are detected at the time of every sampling time of 20 sec for the heating SC control 6 5 H
36. 291 5 9 Malfunction of Heat Exchanger Thermistor R3T 292 5 10 Malfunction of Suction Air Thermistor nnee vennnerenenneeeen 293 5 11 Malfunction of Remote control Thermistor 294 5 12 Transmission Error between Indoor Unit and Remote control 295 5 13 Transmission Error between Main and Sub Remote control 296 5 14 Malfunction of Field Setting 44004 2 2 297 515 CHECK qu AEE 298 Table of Contents SIENBE18 621 Table of Contents 6 Troubleshooting for BP 22 300 6 1 Malfunction of Electronic Expansion Valve 300 6 2 Faulty BP Unit PCB ne eee de 301 6 3 Faulty BP Liquid or Gas Pipe 302 6 4 Transmission Error between Indoor Unit and BP Unit 303 6 5 Transmission Error between Outdoor Unit and BP Unit 305 6 65 O1 c c E RES 306 7 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit nter nee 307 7 1 Faulty Outdoor Unit PCB coto tete e xata ations 307 7 2 Actuation of High Pressure Switch 308 7 3 Actuation of Low Pressure 44 24 11 310 7 4 Compressor Motor LOCK ae 312 7 5 Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan
37. 339 U4 Malfunction of transmission between indoor and 303 340 outdoor units etc U5 Malfunction of transmission between remote control 295 342 and indoor unit U5 Failure of remote control PC board or setting during control by remote control U7 Malfunction of transmission between outdoor units U8 Malfunction of transmission between main and sub 296 remote controls U9 Malfunction of transmission between indoor unit and 337 outdoor unit in the same system UA Excessive number of indoor units etc 297 339 UC Address duplication of central remote control 347 UE Malfunction of transmission between central remote 348 control and indoor unit UF System is not set yet 339 UH Malfunction of system refrigerant system address 340 undefined UJ Transmission error between outdoor unit and BP unit 305 The system operates for malfunction codes indicated in black squares however be sure to check and repair Troubleshooting 269 Troubleshooting for RA Indoor Unit SiENBE18 621 4 Troubleshooting for RA Indoor Unit 4 1 Remote Control Display Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting m Note 270 Indoor Unit PCB Abnormality Evaluation of zero cross detection of power supply by indoor unit When th
38. Operate indoor unit one by one to check that the outdoor unit operates e Confirm that the indoor unit discharges cold air or warm air e Operate the air direction control button and flow rate control button to check the function of the devices 116 Test Operation SiENBE18 621 Outdoor Unit PCB Layout 2 Outdoor Unit PCB Layout Outdoor Unit PCB T The LED indicator status shown at left LED indicator status Turn off It Turn on Flicker 3 Turn on or ofi indicates the status at factory set Reactor Curing range Cover this range with an insulating sheet Test lt b CERES Low Error 1 maser ERI noise e HEP DIP switches BS2 BS3 BS4 BS5 7051 1 and 051 2 Er E SET RETURN TEST RESET Sets the address again when the wiring is changed or an indoor unit is added Performs the test run Used at field set Changes the set mode Demand AN Caution Cover electric parts with an insulating sheet during inspection to prevent electric shock Test Operation 117 Field Setting SiENBE18 621 3 Field Setting 3 1 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit 3 1 1 Setting by Dip Switches The following field settings are made by dip switches on PC board Dipswitch M Set
39. Push the SET BS2 button once to display Second digit of malfunction code Contirmation of malfunction 3 Push the SET BS2 button once to display malfunction location Contirmation of malfunction 4 Push the SET BS2 button once to display master or slave 1 or slave 2 and malfunction location Push the RETURN BS3 button and Switches to the initial status of Monitor mode Push the MODE BS1 button and returns to Setting mode 1 264 Detail description on next page Contents of malfunction Malfunction code In phase malfunction of DIII NET Detection of DIII NET E1 Abnormal discharge pressure HPS activated ES Abnormal suction pressure Abnormal Pe E4 Compressor lock Detection of INV compressor lock E5 Over load over current abnormal lock of outdoor unit fan motor Detection of DC fan 1 motor lock E7 Detection of DC fan 2 motor lock Malfunction of electronic expansion valve Faulty sensor of outdoor air temperature Abnormal discharge pipe temperature EV1 E9 EV3 Faulty Ta sensor short Abnormal Td Abnormal heat exchanger temperature Faulty sensor of discharge pipe temperature Refrigerant over charge F6 Faulty Tdi sensor short Faulty sensor of suction pipe temperature Faulty Ts1 sensor short Faulty Ts2 sensor shor
40. U LJ L_ RESET Cooling Set temp 2 C Heating Set temp 2 C Set temp Frequency at set temp 2 C MaxHz Compressor MinH OH 2 2 lower limit by detecting human Prohibition of thermostat off in case of thermostat off Remote control Intelligent Eye ON button OFF Operation ON Set Speed 2 Set speed F 1 Set speed 50 rpm OFF R2822 W When a microcomputer doesn t have a signal from the sensor in 20 minutes it judges that nobody is in the room and operates the unit in temperature sifted 2 C from the set temperature Cooling 2 C higher Dry 1 C higher and Auto according to the operation mode at that time 1 In case of Fan mode the fan speed reduces by 50 rpm 92 Function SIENBE18 621 Indoor Unit RA Models W Since the set temperature is shifted by 2 C higher for 40 minutes compressor speed becomes low and can realize energy saving operation But as thermostat is prone to be off by the fact that the set temperature has been shifted the thermostat off action is prohibited in 40 minutes so as to prevent this phenomena After this 40 minutes the prohibition of the thermostat off is cancelled and it can realize the conditions to conduct thermostat off depending on the room temperature In or after this forty minutes if t
41. 53 TUNCTONS a c ace pd 1 2 30 33 35 37 42 H EP e etes 26 29 mtr ipie hoe i scietis 26 29 pA tases 26 29 FAP late tuae aedes 26 29 acturi etre tutes 26 29 inu 26 26 en 26 318 p e LE EE 30 35 HANG s etti eee 86 273 274 Hall IC 280 eroe 24 45 47 nl lt 24 heat exchanger isothermal control in heating operation 84 heat exchanger thermistor troubleshooting indoor unit 291 292 heating operation prohibition 79 high pressure protection control 73 high voltage of capacitor in main inverter 2 332 HOME LEAVE operation 94 191 hot start function 2 2 96 individual setting 145 indoor unit fan motor 285 indoor unit PCB abnormality 270 281 initial setting contents 138 inspection test button 259 ese enen ERES 151 INFEELIGENT EYE tetti 92 INTELLIGENT EYE operation 193 INTELLIGENT EYE sensor 148 S
42. H2P H3P SIGNAL RECEIVER M2S 521 65559 Lel indoor N A jooo n 0 n N n n fe e e e 990119 00119 91 n N 1 9999 5 e MIF UPPER FAN MOTOR M2F UPPER FAN MOTOR XM 5 r 1 BK Om 5 of nar L_ outdoor RN YLW eden FIELD WIRING i PROTECTIVE EARTH FU FUSE _H1P H2P H3P PILOT LAMP LIS FAN MOTOR M1F M2F LIMIT SWITCH MIS SWING MOTOR M28 LOWER AIR OUTLET MOTOR PCB1 PCB4 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD R1T R2T THERMISTOR 56 5302 1 SW OPERATION SWITCH S2W 4 UPWARD AIR FLOW LIMIT SWITCH 54 AIR OUTLET SELECTION SWITCH TERMINAL STRIP i i i i 3D034713C Appendix SiENBE18 621 Wiring Diagrams 2 3 5 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type FFQ25 35 50 60B8V1B IN CASE OF SI INDOOR OPER MASTE MULTANEOUS SYSTEM NDOOR SLAVE ON T UNIT B TO OUTDOOR UNIT NOTES 2 IN CASE USING CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROL CONNECT IT TO INSTALLATION MANUAL CONNECTED WHEN THE WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER KIT IS BE 4 REMOTE CONTROL MODEL VAR 3 X2
43. OR e Pc Pe lt 0 3MPa A lapse of 1 to 5 min A lapse of 10 sec A lapse of 130 sec e Pc Pe gt 0 39MPa 3 1 2 Startup Control in Heating Operation Thermostat ON Pressure equalization control Startup control prior to startup STEP1 STEP2 57 Hz Unload Compressor 0 Hz 57 Hz Unload 2 steps 20 sec until Pc Pe gt 0 39MPa is achieved From starting Outdoor unit fan 1 ia EIER 2 STEP8 STEP8 3 5 min OFF Four way valve Holds ON ON Main electronic expansion valve EV1 0 pls 0 pls 0 pls Subcooling electronic expansion valve EV3 0 pls 0 pls 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve OFF OFF OFF Ending conditions OR e Pc Pe lt 0 3MPa e A lapse of 1 to 5 min A lapse of 10 sec e A lapse of 130 sec gt 2 70 e Pc Pe gt 0 39MPa Function 67 Special Control SiENBE18 621 3 2 Oil Return Operation Oil flown from the compressor to the side of system is collected by oil returning operation in case of that oil in the compressor runs down 3 2 1 Oil Return Operation in Cooling Operation Conditions to start The cooling oil returning operation is started referring following conditions W Integrated amount of displaced oil W Timer After the power is turned on integrated operating time is 2 hours and subsequently every 8 hours In addition integrated amount of displaced oil is derived from Tc Te and the compr
44. Oil return operation 6 Defrost operation 82 Function SiENBE18 621 BP Unit Control 6 3 SH Control in Cooling Operation Purpose of the Function Outline Function This function ensures appropriate refrigerant distribution when many room units are operating in the cooling mode The heat exchanger temperatures and gas pipe temperatures of operating room units are detected by the gas pipe thermistors and the electronic expansion valves flow rates are corrected so as to adjust the difference between heat exchanger temperature and gas pipe temperature of each room unit hereafter referred to as SH close to the target values When SH is higher than target value Opens the valve of that room unit When SH is lower than target value Closes the valve of that room unit When the liquid pipe temperature is lower than the heat exchanger temperature the electronic expansion valve is opened more than normal opening Protection function to prevent rotor dew condensation The gas pipe temperature and indoor heat exchanger temperature are detected at the time of every sampling time of 40 sec for the cooling SH control In order to prevent dew condensation in connection pipe gas pipe lower limit temperature is set as follows Gas pipe lower limit temperature 240 17 however 8 or lower DOA Outdoor air temperature 6 12 Gas pipe lower limit temperature
45. X22A LED A QH2P LED 1 OHSP LED 2 LED 3 O HSP LED 4 X6M uere m EC o ela E ZN NJ 4 1 X1M Hil J EIS 3 152439 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram 29 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram SiENBE18 621 1 3 Wall Mounted Type 20 25 35 50 Class D Series Connectors 30 m Note PCB 1 Control PCB 1 S1 Connector for DC fan motor 2 S6 Connector for swing motor horizontal blades 3 S21 Connector for centralized control HA 4 S26 Connector for display PCB 5 S28 Connector for signal receiver PCB 6 S32 Connector for heat exchanger thermistor 7 S35 Connector for INTELLIGENT EYE sensor PCB PCB 2 Signal Receiver PCB 1 S29 Connector for control PCB PCB 3 Display PCB 1 S27 Connector for control PCB PCB 4 INTELLIGENT EYE sensor PCB 1 S36 Connector for control PCB Other designations PCB 1 Control PCB 1 V1 Varistor 2 JA Address setting jumper JB Fan speed setting when compressor is OFF on thermostat JC Power failure recovery function auto restart Refer to page 147 for detail 3 LEDA LED for service monitor green 4 FU1 Fuse 3 15A PCB 3 Display PCB 1 SW1 S1W Forced operation ON OFF switch 2 LED1 LED for operation green 3 LED2 LED for timer yellow 4 LED3 LED for INTELLIGENT EYE green 5 RTH1 R1T Room temperature thermistor P
46. 22500 Jona aan i r EE NY 19NIdld 971313 HOLSINYSHL HIONVH DE ASH 391013 YAH LLL LL s a i 19NIdld 91313 YOLSINYSHL HIONVHIE ABH de ncc Tuas f S Nd 73 NVI GOOR b BEONVHPG ARH il iN 1 EE NY H opouuis YOLSINYIHL OX Nidid USONYHOXE H bee i T NVa OD OMNIS UOLSINUSHL 2 u3oNvHpa m Lonidid H E quu Nd Nvaooouuis ONIdid M39NvHpxa peus ONIdid ONIdid WOLSINHSHL M39NvHDX3 esop IN HAF AINON 9 AATVA NOISNVdX3 OSINOH1OdI3 HOLSINYSHL aals ainori a SATA N lsnvaxa SINOH1I2313 S dgG 9A3 04u09 HS 83 nn 04402 6 EN HOLSINNSHL YALTA 3015 aINDr I WOO 3ATVA NOISNVdX3 SINOM1O313 gt o SSvdA8 3ATVA NOISNVdX3 7 YOLSINYIHL adis SY HOLSINHIH L adis Svo lt YOLSINYSHL 3ais svo ed ST g10 HOLSINNSHL 3ais 8 3ATVA NOISNVdX3 OINOH12313
47. PROTECTIVE EARTH CONTROL RECEIVER Mis OE EN 3D051268A FTXS20 25 35CAVMB ette rn eer nr tn dd A Si cer 536 535 pcp4 NE eset i e B T 7 X1M r 2 INTELLIGENT o e d Fu 2e EYE SENSOR me A BEN BLK 1 Lu 3 1 2 H2 WHT 2 outdoor T TERMINAL FOR j 3 PCB2 CENTRALISED CONTROL E hw e FIELD WIRING LED1 LED2 LED3 e e IE TRANSMISSION Le amp ie 52195555 CIRCUIT i HIP H2P H3P a7 51 CAUTION 51 j le L 3 NOTE THAT OPERATION WILL sce RESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF Il Basie 50000 THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS RECEIVER M TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK 532 Us ON AGAIN o 00000 ET 1 40 C H1P H3P PILOT LAMP DECRETI M1F MIF FAN MOTOR N ii Mis SWING MOTOR 2 M PCB1 PCB3 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD 15 indoor INFRARED E RIT R2T THERMISTOR REMOTE 0 T 51 536 CONNECTOR CONTROL PROTECTIVE EARTH x C70 RUNNING CAPACITOR B FU i FUSE Appendix 3D033599G 371 Wiring Diagrams SiENBE18 621 FTXS50D2V1W L FIELD WIRING 1 nM E db wee EE OUTDOOR RECTIFIER
48. anais i OINOHIOTI3 ssyaAg AAA HOLSINUSHL es OINOHLO3T3 H39NVHOX3 412 090 HOLSIWYSHL IWH mn i 1 m ie 12 7 77 890 HOLSIWYSHL teen rem 2015 svo nd vaa HOLSINGIHL 3015 Sv9 i Eurer e nu ee py oo0Huls Oy _ 19NIdld 971313 s d SO In3 HA3 esop n4 8A3 BSO INF VAF TusoNvHOX 4 M uaria I no 1527 eT NV J 7 890 HOLSINGIHL vann 4 jenii and 305 a woo NOISNYXA HAONVHOXA UHH OINOu1O3 3 Y T Kane nal VOO HOLSINHIHL ainon v WOOB AAA NOISNvelXa 95 rimi Ww a 9INOHI23B 3j IVA NOISNWAXS DEDE EA OINOHIO313 07314 77 890 HOLSINGHL l HOION NVA 305 sv9 gt v90 Y0LSINYAHL NH 9Nidid 1914 pus LLLI ae 8800 MA ONidld i BOIOWNVI g NYH 090008 Y HOLSINYSHL i MH39NVHOX3 ak D e 1 T Veg uoislWu3HL HH 1 3018 8 AATVA NOISNYd 1 OINQULOXT3 HE 330 i id HOLSING3HL 42414 3015 INDI Jones ale v NOISNWAXa OOHIOSI3
49. 1 F1 F2 indicates interface adapter for SkyAir series 2 If not using remote controls temporarily connect a remote control to set the group No set the group No for centralized control and then disconnect the controller Test Operation SiENBE18 621 Field Setting for SkyAir Indoor Unit 4 7 Maintenance Mode Setting Procedure Table Test Operation 1 Enter the field set mode Continue to push the inspection test operation button for a minimum of 4 seconds 2 Enter the maintenance mode After having entered the field set mode continue to push the inspection test operation button for a minimum of 4 seconds 3 Select the mode No Set the desired mode No with the up down temperature setting button 4 Select the unit No Select the indoor unit No set with the time mode START STOP button 5 Carry out the necessary settings for each mode Modes 41 44 and 45 See the table below for details 6 Enter the setting contents Modes 44 and 45 Enter by pushing the timer ON OFF button 7 Return to the normal operation mode Tap the inspection test operation button one time Mode Function Content and Operation Method Example of Remote Control Display No 40 Malfunction You can change the history _ Hysteresis with the programming time up Past malfunction down button code UNIT No Cha A CODE 3 14 SETTING Malfunction 1 N
50. 1 1 3 Judging and reprogramming in case of redundant BP addresses The BP unit of this system is provided with specific addresses in its production stage These addresses are used to conduct various controls If by any chance on 3 out of 260000 units these addresses are redundant the system may get in trouble When replacing the PCB of the BP unit too these addresses may be used repeatedly Address redundancy checking flowchart With the system set up power on both the outdoor unit and BP unit Give a start command from the indoor unit Does ves the compressor start in 20 minutes Test run cannot be made either No Normal Set the outdoor unit PCB in the monitor mode and check the number of indoor units being connected Y Yes Is the number of connected indoor units correct The compressor is in a non startup No condition Example thermostat control off alarm being issued heating with high outdoor air temperature compressor failure etc gt BP addresses redundancy Reprogram the addresses Q0517 Reprogramming the PCB addresses of BP unit Modify the DIP switch DS2 settings on the BP unit s PCB in the following way HIP LED A GH2P LED 1 LED 2 LED HSP LED 4 Test Operation 113 Test Operation SIENBE18 621 Note Example of DIP switch DS2 settings on t
51. 2 VENTILATION AIR CLEANING 4 This display shows that the total heat exchange and the air cleaning unit are in operation These are optional accessories DISPLAY 66 q 3 le 5 66 39 5 66 se OPERATION MODE 5 This display shows the current OPERATION MODE For cooling only type A Auto and 9 Heating are not installed DISPLAY TEST INSPECTION TEST OPERATION 6 When the INSPECTION TEST OPERATION BUTTON is pressed the display shows the system mode is in 242 14 TIMER MODE START STOP BUTTON Refer to PROGRAM TIMER OPERATION 15 TIMER ON OFF BUTTON Refer to PROGRAM TIMER OPERATION 16 INSPECTION TEST OPERATION BUT TON This button is used only by qualified service persons for maintenance purposes 17 PROGRAMMING TIME BUTTON Use this button for programming START and or STOP time 18 TEMPERATURE SETTING BUTTON Use this button for SETTING TEMPERA TURE 19 FILTER SIGN RESET BUTTON Refer to HOW TO CLEAN THE AIR FILTER 20 FAN SPEED CONTROL BUTTON Press this button to select the fan speed HIGH or LOW of your choice 21 OPERATION MODE SELECTOR BUTTON Press this button to select OPERATION MODE 22 AIR FLOW DIRECTION ADJUST BUTTON Refer to AIR FLOW DIRECTION ADJUST NOTE For
52. N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Check No 02 Refer to P 353 Is the stop Open the stop valve 0 Mount a pressure gauge on the low pressure service port 2 Connect the Service Checker Reset the operation using the remote controller and then restart the operation Are the characteristics of the low pressure sensor normal See 1 Replace the low pressure sensor Is the pressure detected with the PCB normal See 2 Replace the main PCB YES low pressure sensor is normal and the pressure detected with the PCB is also normal low pressure has really become low Check No 2 Referring to information on page 349 remove the causes by which the low pressure has become low 1 Make a comparison between the voltage of the pressure sensor and that read by the pressure gauge As to the voltage of the pressure sensor make measurement of voltage at the connector and then convert it to pressure according to information on page 353 2 Make a comparison between the low pressure value checked with the Service Checker and the voltage of the pressure sensor see 1 3 Make measurement of voltage of pressure sensor T Blue Connector for low pressure sensor Micro controller 2 A D input 2 Make
53. OONOFF M MODE FAN SWING SILENT COMFORT SENSOR C Ce 7 4 1 2 CANCEL 9 RESH When nobody in the room 20 min after start energy saving operation Somebody back in the room Back to normal operation System Configuration 193 Instruction SiENBE18 621 INTELLIGENT EYE is useful for Energy Saving W Energy saving operation e Change the temperature 2 C in heating 2 C in cooling 2 C in dry mode from set temperature Decrease the air flow rate slightly in fan operation In FAN mode only Notes on INTELLIGENT EYE e Application range is as follows Vertical angle 90 Horizontal angle 110 Side View Top View Sensor may not detect moving objects further than 7m away Check the application range Sensor detection sensitivity changes according to indoor unit location the speed of passersby temperature range etc The sensor also mistakenly detects pets sunlight fluttering curtains and light reflected off of mirrors as passersby INTELLIGENT EYE operation will not go on during powerful operation Night set mode will not go on while you use INTELLIGENT EYE operation N CAUTION Do not place large objects near the sensor Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside the sensor s detection area This sensor can detect objects it shouldn t as well as not detect objects it should e Do not hit or violently push the INTELLI
54. YES gt Correct the indoor unit outdoor unit connection wires Faulty indoor unit PCB or malfunction of power supply system Resets normally Is LED A blinking Turn power supply off and turn on again YES Y Check the voltage of the indoor unit outdoor unit connection wires between No 1 and No 2 and between No 2 and No 3 Is LED A blinking Could result from external cause e g noise Faulty BP unit PCB or malfunction of power supply system Could result from external cause e g noise Replace the connection Is the voltage 0 V YES y NO Check No 14 Check power supply waveform NO Is there any disturbance wires between the indoor and outdoor units Replace indoor unit YES control Locate the cause of the 304 disturbance of the power supply waveform and correct it Q0393 Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for BP Unit 6 5 Transmission Error between Outdoor Unit and BP Unit uu Outdoor Unit Indication Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Check No 14 Refer to P 306 Troubleshooting Transmission error is detected when the outdoor unit could not received the data from BP unit correctly When the data from BP unit could not be correctly received continuously for 10 m
55. 1 AGAIN LED1 LED2 LED3 i C9 069 C9 H1P H2P H3P FRAME GROUND FUSE H1 H3 HARNESS PILOT LAMP l FAN MOTOR I 15 28 SWING MOTOR 1 PCBS PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RILR2T THERMISTOR 851 5938 CONNECTOR 2 S1W OPERATION SWITCH INFRARED m I TERMINAL STRIP REMOTE Mis M2s PROTECTIVE EARTH CONTROL 3D038530K 372 Appendix SiENBE18 621 Wiring Diagrams 2 3 2 Duct Connected Type FDXS25 35CAVMB FDXS50 60CVMB FDXS25 35EAVMB l a rq Mc mu E c ee tdt 27 45 22 ee e q PCB1 1 29 68 ad V1TR Z Non outdoor LED LED LED g4 526 9145 i 5 EL 1 1 H3P 0 FIELD WIRING ee 1 Sl CENTRALIZED CONTROL TRANSMISSION CAUTION 6 3 1 NOTE THAT OPERATION WILL ol CIRCUIT S1W si RESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF o THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS SIGNAL B RED BLK at TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK 10 oj ON AGAIN RECEIVER 1foLt GRY4 YLw Lj 2RTHIa 19 la H1P H3P PILOT LAMP war mie FAN MOTOR NE PCB1 2 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD ta THERMAL PROTE
56. 10 HOLSINHZHL gals anon SINOYLOST1S 4 zasanon v WOO3J SATVA NOISNVaXa SINON1O313 sSvdA8 SATA NOISNVdX3 OSINOM12313 es uO1SINHSH L adis svo es vaa YOLSINYSHL 3ais svo J0u09 HS nn HALA e ST mud HOISIWHSHL Had WOON SATVA NOISNVdX3 IINOHLIATF aasan Sl a3 v WOO SATIVA NOISNVdX3 SINOBLOSTS SSvdA8 AATVA NOISNvdX3 OINONIO313 god HOLSINYSHL 3ais Svo WOO YOLSINYIHL adis 5 9 340 dAS sidgg sid Ogr LAW uesa seb 10 pinbij moj jueJebujen seb duie uBiu eunsseud pinbij ensseud 3 NIWA dOLS Ginori AATWA dOLS 3NI1SV9 3ATVA NOISNVdX3 OINOHIO3T3 1V3H 3dld 318noa 3ATVA NOISNVdX3 SINONHIO3 T3 wand MWJONYHOX3 l1V3H JAWA SNUvTno3H C aynssaud Cyt lHOd 4 TN ual INVA gom nod 1HOd 3OIAH3S mien HOSNIS 3unss3ud MOT War 2 NAV TIVO 2 ge 5 E INYA d oe GION310S yala ANVTIIdVO T Mari HOSS3tdlNOO 0 at INTA 01 GION310S HOLIMS 3unssad
57. 7 B Gk X weal OLLSNDVIN HOM Olveix tH Ona 1 ILLANDVN ub 3dNIS e E SEA AV 13H OLLANDVN WEM SEA OLLINOVIA gt V8EX 2 _ MOEX _ SEX ma VN 91 THM SLA Av 138 ILLANDVIN 9 5 5 5 ES HOLOVLNO9 NI rois 9 VLLX Spe NOLINOW 21 36 2 i 4 NVT LOTId ANI d8H X dI v N3389 HOLINOW 39IAH3S WALON VSX dI AV 1 LO ld 090000000 LHOM 2 130 NOLLON VIA YLEX nypd 9N SAL 34va3uld azH ma aas 9 9 1014 de diH XOS8 OdWO2 13 a AOST VO S Dasnd nod vs0ex 66 5665656 deV T EN a1 052 769 DASNA nva nrd aaans YIMOd so1avav LON LNOH WIID SS vsa esa 258 158 NHO 312 YSLVSH 3SVOWNVHO YOLOANNOO Vex al fal fol fol fo 3 j dev HOLIMS 150 HOLdVOV NOILJO JO YHOLOANNOO NO Hz 4 YOLIOWAVO 12 0 3 1002 HOLIMS HO1O3T3S SZS ZX Sarl in VN 2 ALS Iva 4 1 13838 1631 NANLAS 135 3008 1v3H 1009 Nv3 40123136 SIS olle ma a3 d N HOLIMS NOLLNA HSNd 65 158 YOLOSTAS H O LEN 80103135 HO QNVOBIIROMO BAL ISION 39 312 912 3SION 04908 102410 dev 3309 318833 HAN 3SION 27 012 IN 1 NLX ZHOS A0 c 3013 OHVOE LINDY Q31Nh4d dev INDA SATIVA GIONTI
58. Connection error BP unit Faulty system malfunction Conflict in wiring and piping no setting for system Wiring error Auto address error Conflict in wiring and piping P1 P4 UO U2 U3 I O transmission error U4 I O transmission error Indoor unit system abnormal in other U9 system or other indoor unit system abnormal in own system UA Overconnection malfunction of indoor units Malfunction of field setting UH Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Service Check Function O ON e OFF 9 Blink Malfunction Confirmation of malfunction 1 Confirmation of malfunction 2 Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4 code H1P HSP H6P H7P H1P H2P HSP H7P H1P H2P H6P H7P H1P H6P H7P 0 ee 0 0 0 o 4 UO Display of contents of Display of contents of Display 1 of Display 2 of malfunction first digit malfunction second digit malfunction in detail malfunction in detail 1 e Master e Q Slavet 9 Slave 9 System Troubleshooting 267 List of Malfunction
59. ER nn ompressor 2 1 2 When compressor stops during drain pump OFF after compressor operation started 3 20m min i m gt 0 min 5min Drain pump SE Compressor Eo 2 2 Operations when an occurrence of drain water level abnormality 2 2 a Behavior between occurrence and recovery of drain water level abnormality After compressor stops due to water level abnormality drain pump is operated intermittenly i e 5 min ON 5 sec OFF and 5 min ON 1 The intermittent operation is executed regardless of recovery of abn Water level during the intermittent operation 2 When the abn water level can not be recovered the latter 5 min ON operation is continued until recovery of the abnormality 3 On above diagram the System operation in the event of a water level abnormality occurrence differs between the drain pump ON and OFF The details are as follows 2 2 a 1 When a water level abnormality occurs during drain pump ON 1 The same operation as 1 2 a Behavior between occurrence and recovery of drain water level abnormality in the mode of cooling or dry Occurrence of drain water level abnormality Intermittent operation 1 le gt 110 Sec Sec E i Ll Ld Drain pan ee Fi Drain pump GE Compressor DE Error processing Even though the water level abnormality could be recovered during intermittent operat
60. Operate in the following order Operation mode selector Press OPERATION MODE SELECTOR button several times and select the OPERATION MODE of your choice as follows COOLING B HEATING 2 B AUTOMATIC OPERATION fA In this operation mode COOL HEAT changeover is automatically conducted 231 Instruction SIEN18 621 m FAN ae AS DRY 4 justment The function of this program is to decrease the humidity in your room with the minimum temperature decrease Micro computer automatically determines TEMPERATURE and FAN SPEED This system does not go into operation if the room temperature is below 16 Refer to figure 3 on page 1 For cooling only type COOLING FAN and DRY operation are able to select ON OFF Press ON OFF button OPERATION lamp lights up or goes off and the system starts or stops OPERATION EXPLANATION OF HEATING OPERATION DEFROST OPERATION As the frost on the coil of an outdoor unit increase heating effect decreases and the system goes into DEFROST OPERATION The indoor unit fan stops and the remot control display shows 6 After 6 to 8 minutes maximum 10 minutes of DEFROST OPERATION the system return
61. Setting Table 140 Mode No First Code No Second Code No Setting 11 21 2 01 02 Fan OFF Test Operation SiENBE18 621 Field Setting for SkyAir Indoor Unit 4 5 5 Fan Speed Changeover When Thermostat is OFF FFQ amp FHQ By setting to Set Fan Speed you can switch the fan speed to the set fan speed when the Seiting Table heating thermostat is OFF Since there is concern about draft if using fan speed up when thermostat is OFF you should take the setup location into consideration Mode No First Code No Second Code No Setting 12 22 3 01 LL Fan Speed 02 Set Fan Speed 4 5 6 Wireless Setting Address and MAIN SUB Setting Explanation Receiver Setting Test Operation If several infrared remote control units are used together in the same room including the case where both group control and individual remote control control are used together be sure to set the addresses for the receiver and infrared remote control For group control see the attached installation manual for the indoor unit If using together with a wired remote control you have to change the main sub setting or the receiver Set the wireless address switch SS2 on the transmitter board according to the table below Unit No No 1 No 2 No 3 Wireless Address M zu ps Switch SS2 w s w 81935 1936 1937 When us
62. Turn power ON and operate fan Does it rotate YES Y Turn off power supply and disconnect fan motor connector then turn power ON Check output of fan motor connector Is motor power NO 955 No 01 Replace fan motor Replace indoor voltage DC 200V generated YES Is motor control power voltage DC 15V generated YES Turn off power supply and disconnect fan motor connector then turn power ON again Check No 01 Check output of fan motor connector Is rotation number command YES unit PCB 1 C Check No 02 Check output of indoor s motor contro power voltage DC 16V generetad unit PCB 1 NO Replace indoor unit PCB 1 YES Replace indoor unit PCB 2 Replace fan motor voltage DC 5V generated Stop fan motor motor connector Check 01 Check output of fan Y Check No 01 Check output of fan motor connector Y Is rotation E YES Is rotation NO Note Motor may break when the motor connector is disconnected while remaining power supply Y commana YES Replace fan motor and indoor PCB 2 Replace indoor Y unit PCB 2 Y Replace fan motor Y Replace indoor Troubleshooting unit PCB 2 R1214 275 T
63. When the air conditioner is used in combination with burners or heaters perform sufficient ventilation Insufficient ventilation may result in an oxygen deficiency accident Check and make sure that foundation blocks are not damaged after a long use If they are left in a damaged condition the unit may fall and result in injury Neither place a flammable spray bottle near the air conditioner nor perform spraying Doing so may result in a fire To clean the air conditioner stop operation and unplug the power cord from the outlet Otherwise an electric shock and injury may result Do not operate the air conditioner with a wet hand An electric shock may result Do not use any fuse with improper capacity The use of piece of wire and what not may result in a failure and fire Do not place a burner or heater at a place directly exposed to the wind from the air conditioner Incomplete combustion of the burner or heater may result Do not allow a child to mount on the outdoor unit or avoid placing any object on it Falling or tumbling may result in injury Do not expose animals and plants directly to the wind from the air conditioner Adverse influence to animals and plants may result Do not wash the air conditioner with water An electrical shock may result 229 Instruction SiEN18 621 Do not install the air conditioner at any place where flammable gas may leak out If the gas leaks out and stays around the ai
64. 0 5 C Temperature l setting Operation stops 1 hour 0 atthe set hours Timer operation n LC AN shit 0 5 C temperature shift Night Set Circuit ON P Temperature setting remains the same When outside temperature is normal and room temperature is at set temperature When outside temperature is high 27 or higher R1361 In case of FTXS20 50D the temperature rises once JTemperatu re D setting 0 5 tose O 0 1 Temperature 7 setting Operation stops me hour at the set hours Timer operation 0 5 C Night Set Circuit ON temperature shift R4421 Heating Operation e Thermostat l setting 1 a Timer operation 1 hour later Night Set Circuit ON R1362 90 Function SIENBE18 621 Indoor Unit RA Models 7 7 ECONO Mode Outline FTXS20 50D The ECONO mode reduces the maximum operating current and power consumption by approx 30 during start up etc This mode is particularly convenient for energy saving oriented users It is also a major bonus for those whose breaker capacities do not allow the use of multiple electrical devices and air conditioners Itis easily activated from the infrared remote control by pushing the ECONO button W When this function is ON the maximum capacity is also down Approx 20 W This function can only be set when the unit is running Pressing the operation stop button causes the settings to be canceled W This function and POWERFUL operation ca
65. Clean with soft cloth When it is difficult to remove stains use water or neutral detergent NOTE Do not use gasoline benzine thinner polishing powder liquid insecticide It may cause discoloring or warping Do not let the indoor unit get wet It may cause an electric shock or a fire Do not use water or air of 50 C or higher for cleaning air filters and outside panels How to clean the suction grille 1 Open the suction grille Slide both knobs simultaneously as shown and then pull them downward Do the same procedure for closing Remove the suction grille Refer to HOW TO CLEAN THE AIR FILTER Refer to Fig 3 Remove the sunction grille Open the suction grille and pull the clips on the back of the suction grille forward Refer to Fig 4 Clean the air filter Wash with a soft bristle brush and neutral EN detergent or water and dry throughly i i When very grimy cae Directly apply the type of detergent used for cleaning ventilation fans or ovens wait 10 minutes and then rinse with water NOTE Do not wash the air conditioner with hot water of more than 50 C as doing so may result in discoloration and or deformation Fix the air filter Refer to HOW TO CLEAN THE AIR FILTER Fix the suction grille Refer to item No 3 Close the suction grille Refer to item No 1 Start up after a long stop 246 Confirm the following Check that the air inlet and outlet
66. Excluding simultaneous ON OFF operation When conditions relating set temperature with remote control and suction air temperature are out of the operating zone of remote control thermostat shown in below diagram Excluding when automatic operation mode is selected Whenever operation is in the automatic mode remote control thermostat can be used ts Set temp C For cooling ts T ts th 1 M ms ts th 1 35 EE ON g ts th 3 i Remote control thermostat operating zone i CJ Differential zone 35 Suction air temp C 20 81118 ts Set temp C For heating E Remote control thermostat operating zone LJ Differential zone ts th 12 i Th Suction air temp C 82746 105 Indoor Unit SkyAir Models SiENBE18 621 Program Dry Operation Function Auto restart Function 106 AN Caution The points of thermostat ON or OFF are determined according to the suction air temperature at the startup of unit operation The set temperature and flow rate are not displayed on remote control Operation startup amp Thermostat 5 T Differential 5 S Thermostat o OFF 81120 1 Thermostat ON point ToN according to suction air temp Ts Suction air temp Ton C Tdon C Ts gt 24 C Ts 1 5 24 C2 Ts gt 16 C Ts 1 0 16 gt Ts 16 C 1 0 2 Operation condition Compressor condition ON OFF Setting of flow rate L oper
67. Fig 5 3 Detach the air filter Refer to How to clean the air filter Refer to Fig 2 4 Clean the suction grille Wash with a soft bristle brush and neutral detergent or water and dry throughly shae When very grimy de Directly apply the type of detergent used for cleaning ventilation fans or ovens wait 10 minutes and then rinse with water 5 Fix the air filter Refer to How to clean the air filter Refer to Fig 3 6 Fix the suction grille Refer to item No 2 7 Shut the suction grille Refer to item No 1 Start up after a long stop Confirm the following Check that the air inlet and outlet are not blocked Remove any obstacle e Check if the earth is connected Might there be a broken wire somewhere Contact your dealer if there are any problems Clean the air filter and outside panels e After cleaning the air filter make sure to attach it Turn on the main power supply switch The display on the remote control will be shown when the power is turned on To protect the unit turn on the main power switch at least 6 hours before operation System Configuration What to do when stopping the system for a long period Turn on FAN OPERATION for half a day and dry the unit Refer to 6 Operation procedure Cut off the power supply When the main power switch is turned on some watts of electricity is being used even if the system is not operating Turn off the main power suppl
68. HIP HSP H7P 9 Ojee de X 79 je a co 70 ac ee c o o c J c D e ee 6 0 c rie Um a 9 5 0 0 ee c ele e 0 ele lt ee e e e e e e 05 LC Nn Display of contents of Display of contents of Display 1 of Display 2 of malfunction first digit malfunction second digit malfunction in detail malfunction in detail 1 e Master 0 Slavet 9 Slave System Troubleshooting 265 Service Check Function SiENBE18 621 Monitor mode To enter the monitor mode push the MODE BS1 button when in Setting mode 1 Selection of setting item Push the SET BS2 button and set the LED display to a setting item Contirmation of ma
69. PDA IKIN SiENBE18 621 Service SUPER MULTI zuSs E Series Hu E Applied Models eSuper Multi Plus Heat Pump SIENBE18 621 eHeat Pump Indoor Unit FTXS20D3VMW L FTXS25D3VMW L FTXS35D3VMW L FTXS50D2V1W L FTXS20CAVMB FTXS25CAVMB FTXS35CAVMB FTXS50EV1B FTXS60EV1B FTXS71EV1B FTXS71BAVMB Outdoor Unit RMXS112E7V3B RMXS140E7V3B RMXS160E7V3B Table of Contents SUPER MULTI PLUS FDXS25CAVMB FDXS35CAVMB FDXS50CVMB FDXS60CVMB FDXS25EAVMB FDXS35EAVMB BPMKS967B2B BPMKS967B3B FLXS25BAVMB FLXS35BAVMB FLXS50BAVMB FLXS60BAVMB FVXS25BAVMB FVXS35BAVMB FVXS50BAVMB E Series FFQ25B8V1B FFQ35B8V1B FFQ50B8V1B FFQ60B8V1B FHQ35BVV1B FHQ50BVV1B FHQ60BVV1B SiENBE18 621 1 Introduction EE vii 11 AS ALS PY CAUTIONS Me vii Part 1 List of Functions 1 List of 0 trs 2 Part 2 Specifications D 1 lejorzis lecho mr 10 1 1 Outdoor UNIS zs ete ette Pt eee 10 1 2 BRAUN et ee eee bo enm rco AE M he e 11 129 Indoor DITS ce e i a t eec QUE 12 Part 3 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram 23 1 Printed Circuit Board Conn
70. SsvdAg 3NIVA NOISNVaXa j OINOHLO33 5 HOISIWHSHL 1 ONidid 01914 YSDNVHOXS VED aH i HOLSINHIHL y 3ds svo Pieces INN da Jo pinbij dwa moj ensseud JjdO dAS 033409 Id uesa uBiu sid 08 pinbij ensseJd 3NWANOISNYdX3 SINOWLOS Ta ANTVA dO1S AATVA dOLs SVD H39NVHOX3 LHOd AIAHIS sant AUVTdV9 WolvinWnoov NOISNVvdX3 OINOHLOd 3 aana WJONVHOX3 NE LHOd 3AWA ONILWINOTY C 3Hnssaud gt i NTA AVM HNO MOSN3S NOSN3S 3unss3tud 3unssaud MOT ENE uaria E IATA 5 E QIONTIO8 A vrIdv5 KA A uaria uaria wossaudioo 1 UJ E E SATA Auvmiavo HOLIMS IUNSSAUd HOIH LINN HOOALNO Ircul Refrigerant C 54 Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode SiENBE18 621 3 2 Heating Operation 12900 1 Nv4 2090948 H sopa MOLSINHSHL MW39NvHpx3 BOLON NVA 2 5 YOLSINYIHL
71. There is possibility of malfunction caused by noise Check the surrounding area Multi core and turn on again cableis used for the YES indoor unit remote control gt Switch to double core transmission independent cable wiring replacement LNO gt Defect of remote control PC board or indoor unit PC board Replace whichever is defective V2823 Troubleshooting SIENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit 7 31 Malfunction of Transmission between Main and Sub Remote Controls Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Troubleshooting ug All indoor unit models In case of controlling with 2 remote control check the system using microcomputer if signal transmission between indoor unit and remote control main and sub is normal Normal transmission does not continue for specified period Malfunction of transmission between main and sub remote control W Connection between sub remote controls W Defect of remote control PCB AN Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred SS1 of remote control PC boards is set to MAIN Using 2 remote controls control Set SS1 to MAIN the power supply off once and then back on SS1 of both remote controls is set to SUB gt
72. W Connection of 2 master remote controls When using 2 remote controls N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred S1 of both remote control is set to main Control by 2 YES remote controls Set one of the remote control to sub turn off the power supply temporarily then restart operation Resets normally when power supply is turned off temporarily YES All indoor unit PCB microcomputer normal monitors blinking NO Indoor unit PCB replacement gt Malfunction could be produced by noise Check the surrounding area and restart YES operation Change to double core independent cable Using multicore transmission wiring between indoor unit and remote control Is it good condition from noise interference YES Failure of remote control PCB or replacement of defective indoor unit PCB Malfunction could be produced by noise Check the surrounding area and restart operation Q0420 295 Troubleshooting for SkyAir Indoor Unit SiENBE18 621 5 13 Transmission Error between Main and Sub Remote Control Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting 296 ug FFQ B FHQ BU In case of controlling with 2 remote control check the system
73. When the air flow is set to 28 the noise from the indoor unit will become quieter Use this when making the noise quieter The unit might loose power when the fan strenght is set to weak level NOTE W Note on HEAT operation Since this air conditioner heats the room by taking heat from outdoor air to indoors the heating capacity becomes smaller in lower outdoor temperatures If the heating effect is insufficient it is recommended to use another heating appliance in combination with the air conditioner The heat pump system heats the room by circulating hot air around all parts of the room After the start of heating operation it takes some time before the room gets warmer In heating operation frost may occur on the outdoor unit and lower the heating capacity In that case the system switches into defrosting operation to take away the frost During defrosting operation hot air does not flow out of indoor unit W Note on DRY operation The computer chip works to rid the room of humidity while maintaining the temperature as much as possible It automatically controls temperature and fan strength so manual adjustment of these functions is unavailable W Note on AUTO operation n AUTO operation the system selects an appropriate operation mode COOL or HEAT based on the room temperature at the start of the operation The system automatically reselects setting at a regular interval to bring the room tem
74. noise setting The operating time is based on Starting set and Ending set 25 Setting of external Sets low noise level when the low noise signal is input low noise level from outside Night time low m 26 noise operation Farol time of nighttime sd noise a start setting Night time low noise setting is also required Night time low TE Sets ending time of nighttime low noise operation 27 ern end Night time low noise setting is also required dus ME Used for trouble diagnosis of DC compressor Since the 28 Check after waveform of inverter is output without wiring to the disconnection of Compressor itis convenient to probe whether the trouble compressor wires comes from the compressor or PC board Capacit If the capacity control is required the low noise control is 29 F dence settin automatically released by this setting during carrying out P 9 low noise operation and nighttime low noise operation Changes target value of power consumption when 30 Demand setting 1 demand control 1 is input Normally enables demand control 1 without external 32 Normal demand input Effective to prevent a problem that circuit breaker setting of small capacity is shut down due to large load Test Operation SIENBE18 621 Field Setting Setting item display No E MODE TEST C H selection Low Demand Setting condition displa
75. 145 Matera nternet OE 24 30 33 35 37 39 42 vacuuming mode 134 enden 30 33 35 37 Ww VIPERA ETHER 24 Wide angle louvers eee 85 wireless address switch SS2 141 wiring diagrams 369 Index X AVOGA MO DE ERE nn 24 KAO TA eit 24 24 RAW ree 24 RA anker et MES 24 KASA 24 i itp REOR ERES 47 tins cane tene as 45 47 P EE 24 45 47 PS C ered tere 24 45 47 nantes 45 47 anion eddie te Sanaa 26 KOO A s xit E CEN LIU 29 45 47 KOTA o ern 24 29 NOAA 24 29 ROSIN atten re tr E ete n BEER AS 29 NOAA o eiut certare t atcha ads 45 47 muerte tine bu eet e ete 24 45 47 NOD 24 47 KON sixteen anie io inte 24 45 47 EEE 24 KOOR 47 i tet E EE 24 nri ete ten Dee 45 47 KODA iue 45 47 aaan etende 45 Per WERT 24 actae haine ite tet Ite 29 AIOR cts diesen tee eris 45 47 Dolum
76. 31 32 34 36 37 40 44 cool heat selector A4P 28 cooling operation fan control 66 D dew condensation prevention control 78 diagnosis mode see 256 discharge pipe protection control 75 display 32 36 38 41 44 drain pump control 2 101 E ECONO MODE urit i ter re a Terga ee rend 91 excessive number of indoor units 346 F fan motor connector output check 278 298 fan motor or related abnormality iei 273 DC TOOL 274 faulty BP liquid or gas pipe thermistor 302 faulty BP unit PCB sss 301 faulty combination of inverter and fan driver 334 faulty outdoor unit 307 field setting cool heat mode switching 127 setting by dip switches 118 wired remote control 137 Drawings amp Flow Charts infrared remote control 138 freeze up protection control 77 100 freeze up protection control or high pressure control 271 full closing of electronic expansion valves 82 function outline 2 98 functional parts layout
77. 332 7 24 Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Rise Sensor 333 7 25 Faulty Combination of Inverter and Fan Driver 334 7 26 Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or Electronic Expansion Valve 4 0 4441 335 7 27 Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure 337 7 28 Check Operation not Executed 339 7 29 Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units and O tdoor Uns ert Rae t ce tu e te tut ate HAE 340 7 30 Malfunction of Transmission between Remote control and iale Loran ETAT ER M Mc 342 7 31 Malfunction of Transmission between Main and Sub Remote CONO NCC em 343 7 32 Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and Outdoor Units in the Same System oie ode toe 344 7 33 Excessive Number of Indoor 0 5 346 7 34 Address Duplication of Central Remote control 347 7 35 Malfunction of Transmission between Central Remote Controller and Indoor 348 7 36 System IS not Set yel uoce pott te et nt Bed 350 7 37 Malfunction of System Refrigerant System Address Undefined 351 V SIENBE18 621 ECHO MMC 352 9 Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics 355 10 Pressure Senso
78. 4 Take out batteries from the remote control When a multi outdoor unit is connected make sure the heating operation is not used at the other room before you use the fan operation ce NOTE e Operation with dirty filters 1 cannot deodorize the air 2 cannot clean the air 3 results in poor heating or cooling 4 may cause odour The air purifying filter and Photocatalytic deodorizing filter cannot be reused even if washed e n principle there is no need to replace the photocatalytic deodorizing filter Remove the dust periodically with a vacuum cleaner However it is recommended to replace the filter in the following cases 1 The paper material is torn or broken during cleaning 2 The filter has become extremely dirty after long use e To order air purifying filter or Photocatalytic deodorizing filter contact to the service shop where you bought the air conditioner Dispose of old air filters as non burnable waste and Photocatalytic deodorizing filters as burnable waste Item Part No Photocatalytic deodorizing filter with frame KAZ917B41 Photocatalytic deodorizing filter without frame KAZ917B42 Air purifying filter with frame KAF925B41 Air purifying filter without frame KAF925B42 218 System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction FVXS 25 35 50 B CAUTION Before cleaning be sure to stop the operation and turn the breaker OFF UNITS B Indoor unit Outdoor unit
79. 448 11 6 409 13 5 477 SL 10 2 360 11 4 402 10 6 374 12 1 427 Type Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow Fan Fan Motor Output Ww 43 43 Speed Steps 5 Steps Silent Auto 5 Steps Silent Auto Air Direction Control Right Left Horizontal Downward Right Left Horizontal Downward Air Filter Removable Washable Mildew Proof Removable Washable Mildew Proof Running Current Rated A 0 18 0 20 0 20 0 22 Power Consumption Rated Ww 40 45 45 50 Power Factor 926 96 6 97 8 97 8 98 8 Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer Control Dimensions HxWxD mm 290x1 050x238 290x1 050x238 Packaged Dimensions HxWxD mm 337x1 147x366 337x1 147x366 Weight kg 12 12 Gross Weight kg 17 17 H M L SL dBA 45 41 36 33 44 40 35 32 46 42 37 34 46 42 37 34 Sound Power dBA 61 60 63 63 Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Liquid mm 6 4 6 4 Piping Connection Gas mm 12 7 15 9 Drain mm 18 0 18 0 Drawing No 3D051646 3D052803 FTXS71BAVMB Cooling Heating Rated Capacity 7 1kW Class Front Panel Color White H 16 7 590 18 5 653 m3 min M 14 2 501 15 1 533 L 11 6 409 13 5 477 SL 10 6 374 12 1 427 Type Cross Flow Fan Fan Motor Output 43 Speed Steps 5 Steps Silent Auto Air Direction Control Right Left Horizontal Downward Air Filter Removable Washable Mildew Proof Running Current Rated A 0 20 0 22 Power Consumption Rated 45 50 Power Factor 96 4 97 6 Temp
80. 5 7 Malfunction of Capacity 290 5 8 Malfunction of Heat Exchanger Thermistor R2T 291 5 9 Malfunction of Heat Exchanger Thermistor R3T 292 5 10 Malfunction of Suction Air Thermistor 02 293 5 11 Malfunction of Remote Control 294 5 12 Transmission Error between Indoor Unit and Remote Control 295 5 13 Transmission Error between Main and Sub Remote Control 296 5 14 Malfunction of Field Setting 4422 4 297 Sene ETE MET NR PUE 298 6 Troubleshooting for BP Unit nnee nenennennenneneenn 300 6 1 Malfunction of Electronic Expansion Valve 300 6 2 Faulty BP Unit PCB ian baut Eee au des Le 301 6 3 Faulty BP Liquid or Gas Pipe 302 6 4 Transmission Error between Indoor Unit and BP Unit 303 6 5 Transmission Error between Outdoor Unit and BP Unit 305 SR Elo e 306 249 SiENBE18 621 250 7 Troubleshooting for Outdoor 307 7 41 Faulty Outdoor Unit namen a Dee o 307 7 2 Actuation of High Pressure Switch see 308 7 3 Actuation of Low Pr
81. 9 e e e O O 8 Number of outdoor units Number of zone units excluding 522 11 outdoor and BS unit Lower 6 digits 12 Number of terminal blocks Tu 4 digits 13 Number of terminal blocks o OO O 4 digits Contents of malfunction the Malfunction 14 latest O O e code table Contents of malfunction 15 1 cycle before Oje oo Refer page Contents of malfunction 16 2 cycle before Oje e 20 Contents of retry the latest o o 21 Contents of retry 1 cycle before 22 Contents of retry 2 cycle before O Lower 2 digits Normal judgment of outdoor units Abnormal 25 PC board 916 OJO eo Normal ee Unjudgement The numbers in the No column represent the number of times to press the SET BS2 button Setting item 0 Display contents of Various setting EMG operation ON oo o backup operation setting OFF Defrost select setting Short Medium 9 e e Long setting H o M O L setting H o M L 125 Field Setting SiENBE18 621 Push the SET button and match
82. FHQ35 50 60BVV1B RST Q CONNECTER DISCRIMINATION COLOUR FOR COMPONENTS RIT R2T rh CONNECTER COLOUR FOR COMPONENTS IN CASE OF SIMULTANEOUS d OPERATION SYSTEM A CONNECTER COLOUR FOR PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD INDOOR UNIT INDOOR UNIT Ww XIM SSi MASTER SLAVE TO OUTDOOR F1U 19 D X18A 00000 gt Pa Hp WHT 0000000000 KO TIR x41A 5 INFRARED REMOTE 42 42 RED OW CONTROL t OHGRY 9 7443 7 7 3 27 X60A il OHPRP 5 L HOSVV U4G2 5 2099090909 saal et X2M zi KPR MP A4P inl REMOTE Ja H19 eP a VIR xa 22 CONTROL ETIR enopBSt K oren NOTES 234 EFR X25A NOTES 28 QM 1 117 TERMINAL Nore 23 eH 1d to hee MIF XIA XIA FO aD do KAR BLK CONNECTOR RECEIVER DISPLAY UNIT E Bie MSW 2 FIELD WIRING Mis 3 IN CASE USING CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROL CONNECT IT TO THE UNIT 14A 8 j N ACCORDANCE WITH THE ATTACHED INSTALLATION MANUEL X40A X33A 5 HAP Nore 818 4 X24A IS CONNECTED WHEN THE INFRARED REMOTE CONTROL KIT 5 Qe 09000011090 ara 5 REMOTE CONTROL MODEL VARIES ACCORDING TO THE COMBINATION SYSTEM CONFIRM ENGINEERING MATERIALS AND CATALOGS ETC BEFORE CONNECTING AiP LC TIR 6 IN CASE INSTALLING THE DRAIN PUMP M1P REMOVE THE JUMPER CONNECTOR OF X15A AND EXECUTE xiu XM THE ADDITIONAL WIRING FOR FLOAT SWITCH AND DRAIN IN PUMP 7 SYMBOLS SHOW AS
83. Fuse 5 0A 250V Operation Pilot Lamp Inverter Pilot Lamp Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram and Name SiENBE18 621 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram PCB Detail X106A X107A F6U X111A P HBP X66A X37A Rele HH0 X81A 5 dos X22A X21A X13A 0949 5629 88 8 X11A 12 X18A X17A X32A HAP Ti A 252V X25A 26 X27A X28A LD F4U 2P175758 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram and Name 25 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram SiENBE18 621 1 1 2 Service PCB A2P Connectors m Note PCB Detail 26 1 X205A Connector for Main PCB A1P Other Designation 1 H1Pto H8P Service Monitor LED 2 BS1toBS5 Push Button Switch Mode Set Return Test Reset 3 DS1 DIP Switch OH Led BUT 05252 0 are X205A 2P174185 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram and Name SIENBE18 621 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram 1 1 3 Noise Filter PCB A3P Connectors m Note PCB Detail 1 LA NA Terminal for X1M Power Supply 2 LB NB Terminal for Main PCB A1P 3 E Terminal for Earth Other Designation 1 F1U Fuse 250V 6 3A 2P174186 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram an
84. HxWxD mm 200x700x620 200x700x620 Packaged Dimensions HxWxD mm 274x906x751 274x906x751 Weight kg 21 21 Gross Weight kg 29 29 reen H M L SL dBA 35 33 31 29 35 33 31 29 35 33 31 29 35 33 31 29 External Static Pressure Pa 30 30 Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Liquid mm 9 6 4 6 4 Piping Connection Gas mm 9 5 9 5 Drain mm VP20 O D b 26 I D 20 VP20 O D 26 1 D 20 Drawing No 3D051881A 3D051883A Note The operating sound is based on the rear side suction inlet and the external static pressure 30 Pa Operating sound for under side suction inlet operating sound for rear side suction inlet 6 dB However when installation to which the external static pressure becomes low is carried out 6 dB or more may go up Specifications Conversion Formulae kcal h kWx860 Btu h kWx3414 3 35 3 17 Specifications SiENBE18 621 Floor Ceiling Suspended Dual Type 50Hz 230V Model FLXS25BAVMB FLXS35BAVMB Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Rated Capacity 2 5kW Class 3 5kW Class Front Panel Color Almond White Almond White H 7 6 268 9 2 325 8 6 304 9 8 346 m3 min M 6 8 240 8 3 293 7 6
85. N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Was the PCB replaced No gt Replace the PCB YES NO Is the PCB type correct gt Replace PCB by the correct one YES Is the field setting NO when the PCB was gt Correct field setting replaced correct YES After resetting restart Q0441 Refer to Field Setting from Outdoor Unit on P118 Troubleshooting SIENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit 7 26 Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or Electronic Expansion Valve Failure Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting UL All outdoor unit models Short of gas malfunction is detected by discharge pipe temperature thermistor and low pressure saturation temperature Microcomputer judge and detect if the system is short of refrigerant Malfunction is not decided while the unit operation is continued Out of gas or refrigerant system clogging incorrect piping Defect of pressure sensor Defect of outdoor unit PCB A1P Defect of thermistor R3T 335 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting A Caution Cooling Low pressure is 0 25 MPa or less NO The voltage of X18A pins 2 and 3 on main outdoor unit
86. OPERATION after DEFROST OPERATION Moisture generated by DEFROST becomes steam and exists 236 VI Noise of air conditioners A ringing sound after the unit is started This sound is generated by the temperature regulator working It will quiet down after about a minute Acontinuous flow Shuh sound is heard when the system is in COOLING or DEFROST OPERATION This is the sound of refrigerant gas flowing through both indoor and outdoor units A Shub sound which is heard at the start or immediately after the stop of operation or which is heard at the start or immediately after the stop of DEFROST OPERATION This is the noise of refrigerant caused by flow stop and flow change Acontinuous flowing sound Shah or a trickling sound Jyuru Jyuru are heard when the system is in COOLING OPERATION or at a stop The noise is heard when the drain pump is in operation e APPishi Pishi squeaking sound is heard when the system is in operation or after the stop of operation Expansion and contraction of plastic parts caused by temperature change makes this noise Vil Dust from the units Dust may blow out from the unit after starting operation from long resting time Dust absorbed by the unit blows out VII The units give off odors The unit absorbs the smell of rooms furniture cigarettes etc and then emits them IX The liquid crystal of the remote control show 88 happens immediately after the main power
87. S3 RTH Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram and Name 41 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram SiENBE18 621 1 8 Floor Standing Type Connectors PCB 1 Power Supply PCB 1 S8 S202 Connector for control PCB 204 PCB 2 Control PCB 1 S6 Connector for swing motor and lower air outlet motor 2 S21 Connector for centralized control 3 S23 Connector for display PCB 4 531 S32 Connector for room temperature heat exchanger thermistor 5 S7 S201 Connector for power supply PCB S203 6 S25 Connector for Signal receiver PCB 7 S301 5302 Connector for DC fan motors PCB 3 Signal Receiver PCB 1 S26 Connector for control PCB PCB 4 Display PCB 1 S24 Connector for control PCB m Note Other Designations PCB 2 Control PCB 1 V1 Varistor 2 JA Address setting jumper JB Fan speed setting when compressor is OFF on thermostat JC Power failure recovery function Refer to page 147 for detail 3 FU Fuse 3 15A 4 LEDA LED for service monitor green PCB 3 Signal Receiver PCB 1 SW2 Changing upward air flow limit switch 2 SW4 Discharge changeover switch PCB 4 Display PCB 1 SW1 S1W Forced operation ON OFF switch 2 LED11 LED for operation green 3 LED12 LED for timer yellow 4 LED14 LED for HOME LEAVE operation red 42 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram and Name SiENBE18 621 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram PCB Detail PCB
88. The refrigerant gas can generate toxic gases when it contacts flames The step up capacitor supplies high voltage electricity to the electrical components of the outdoor unit Be sure to discharge the capacitor completely before conducting repair work A charged capacitor can cause an electrical shock Do not start or stop the air conditioner operation by plugging or unplugging the power cable plug Plugging or unplugging the power cable plug to operate the equipment can cause an electrical shock or fire obe GDA vii Introduction SiENBE18 621 AN Caution Do not repair the electrical components with wet hands Working on the equipment with wet hands can cause an electrical shock Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water Washing the unit with water can cause an electrical shock Be sure to provide the grounding when repairing the equipment in a humid or wet place to avoid electrical shocks Be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the power cable when cleaning the equipment The internal fan rotates at a high speed and cause injury Do not tilt the unit when removing it The water inside the unit can spill and wet the furniture and floor Be sure to check that the refrigerating cycle section has cooled down sufficiently before conducting repair work Working on the unit when the refrigerating cycle section is hot can cause burns Use the welder in a well ve
89. Voltage measurement point Outdoor unit PC board A1P 45V 18 4 Red 5 o 5 GND E Black 2 EON Microcomputer Z 2 White 8 A D input E z o 4 2 Measure voltage here V2809 2 Refer to Pressure Sensor pressure voltage characteristics table on P357 325 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit SiENBE18 621 7 17 Malfunction of PCB Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting 326 11 Li All outdoor unit models Detect malfunctions by current value during waveform output before compressor startup Detect malfunctions by current sensor value during synchronized operation at the time of startup Detect malfunctions using an SP PAM series capacitor overvoltage sensor In case of overcurrent OCP during waveform output When the current sensor malfunctions during synchronized operation When overvoltage occurs in SP PAM In case of IGBT malfunction Faulty outdoor PCB A1P e IPM failure e Current sensor failure e SP PAM failure e Failure of IGBT or drive circuit N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Turn OFF the power supply once and then turn it ON again YES Does it return normally gt believed that external factors noise etc other than failure caused t
90. WB Wet bulb temperature C The setting temperature range of the remote control is 16 C to 32 numerical value parenthesis shows the operation range of the model for Australia 230 4 Installationsite Regarding places for installation e 15 the air conditioner installed at a well ventilated place where there are no obstacles around e Do not use the air conditioner in the following places a Filled with much mineral oil such as cutting oil b Where there is much salt such as a beach area c Where sulfured gas exists such as a hot spring resort d Where there are considerable voltage fluctuations such as a factory or plant Vehicles and vessels Where there is much spray of oil and vapor such as a cookery etc g Where there are machines generating electromagnetic waves h Filled with acid and or alkaline steam or vapor Is a snow protection measure taken For details consult your dealer T Regarding wiring All wiring must be performed by an authorized electrician To do wiring ask your dealer Never do it by yourself sure that a separate power supply circuit is provided for this air conditioner and that all electrical work is carried out by qualified personnel according to local laws and regulations Pay attention to running noises too Are the following places selected a A place that can sufficiently withstand the weight of the air conditioner with les
91. Wait one minute until the micro computer is prepared for operation The outdoor unit is stopped This is because the room temperature has reached the set temperature The indoor unit switches to fan operation The display shows j UNDER CENTRALIZED CONTROL and the unit operates in a mode different to what is shown on the remote control display When using a unit in a multi system the operation condition of that unit is controlled by a micro computer as described below according to the operation condition of other indoor units connected to the system 235 Instruction SiEN18 621 e If the operation mode does not match other indoor units that are already running the indoor unit will assume the STANDBY state the fan is stopped and the air flow flap is positioned horizontally If HEATING mode is set together with COOLING DRY or FAN mode the above mentioned condition will occur NOTE Normally the operation mode in the room where the unit is first run is given priority but the following situations are exceptions so please keep this in mind a If the operation mode of the first room is FAN Mode then using Heating Mode in any room after this will give priority to heating In this situation the air conditioner running in FAN Mode wil go on standby b With the Priority Room Setting active Contact your Daikin dealer for the operation that corresponds to your system Ifthe total capacity of operating
92. ainon SATVA NOISNWAX3 OINOH12313 SINOSH1O313 uaria SSvdA8 3ATVA NOISNVdX3 YOLSINYSHL als svo e voa YOLSINYSHL 2015 svo IINOH LITA aals 8 WOON 3ATVA NOISNVdX3 SINOHLO3T13 SLT a3 Y WOO AATVA NOISNVdX3 OSINOHIO313 DS 810 HOLSINYSHL 10 95 8 3 uaria 04402 HS SSvdA8 SATWA NOISNVdX3 cs HOLSIAH3H L 3ais svo es voa uoLsINH3HL sais svo OSINOHIO313 LINN 340 dAS nj sidQgv LAA 10 pinbij dwa moj eunsseJd MOT jueJeBujeu seb uBiu U IH jueJebujes pinbi ensseud SATA NOISNVdX3 SINOYLOATA amp W3ONVHOX3 1V3H 3 180a 1HOd AINAHIS AATVA dOLS Ginori BOLVINNNIIY AATVA dOLs 5 AuvTIIdvo Mari AATYA NOISNVdX3 OINOHIO3 3 HAL H3ONVHOX3 LVIH SATYA SNL TnO3H cti aunssaud gt lHOd 3ONHIS ese INVA o uino NOSN3S HOIH HOSN3S uns MOT INVA g aIONJTOS E 3 E aana HOSS3MdlNOO aan IATA ASVTIIVO GIONa10s HOLIMS AUNSSAUd HOIH LINN
93. compressor starts operation 2 minutes later from the remote control ON Below diagram shows an example of the case that the water level abnormality is recovered during the former 5 min intermittent operation after the abnormality occurred during drain pump ON Occurrence of drain water level abnormality Intermittent operation 1 Basic operation i 5min M 5min 20 Rin 20min 110 i i i i L i L i L i j I Drain pan Normal od 5 ON Drain pump OEE od ON OEE Abnormal Error processing Normal Remote control OE i 2min i Compressor starts operation after 2 minutes from remote control ON When 3 min standby of compressor is complete Alarm indication will be turned off with the remote control OFF operation after recovery of drain water level abnormality Recovery of drain water level abnormality 104 Function SIENBE18 621 Indoor Unit SkyAir Models Using Conditions for Remote Control Thermostat Function Applicable models FHQ amp FFQ only Remote control thermostat is equipped only in wired remote control Even when use remote control thermostat is selected in service mode the remote control thermostat may not be used lt Conditions not to use gt ils When the remote control thermostat malfunctions 2 When the one remote control group control is applied 3
94. i ontro altunction ED Display EE PC Board Reference Display i Board Outdoor Indoor 1 Unit Unit ontro Normal to outdoor unit TE Al Failure of indoor unit PC 281 board For self diagnosis by LED refer to 252 93 Malfunction of drain water 282 level system RE Float switch operation 284 during compressor stop A5 m Indoor unit fan motor 285 286 FHQ only overload overcurrent lock al Swing flap motor 288 Malfunction Lock Ru O Failure of capacity setting 290 n Malfunction of heat 291 exchanger temperature sensor system R2T cS Malfunction of heat 292 exchanger temperature sensor system R3T c9 gt Malfunction of suction air 293 temperature sensor system tJ Malfunction of remote 294 control air temperature sensor system 263 Service Check Function SiENBE18 621 2 6 Malfunction Code Indication by Outdoor Unit PCB Monitor mode To enter the monitor mode push the MODE BS1 button when in Setting mode 1 Selection of setting item gt Push the SET BS2 button and set the LED display to a setting item Contirmation of malfunction 1 Push the RETURN BS3 button once to display First digit of malfunction code Contirmation of malfunction 2
95. inspection repair carry out field set according to the explanation below Incorrect settings will cause a malfunction to occur The indoor unit settings are sometimes changed if optional accessories are mounted on the indoor unit Refer to the optional accessory manual 136 Test Operation SiENBE18 621 Field Setting for SkyAir Indoor Unit 4 2 Field Setting 4 2 1 Wired Remote Control m Note Procedure Field setting must be made from the remote control in accordance with the installation conditions W Setting can be made by changing the Mode number FIRST CODE NO and SECOND CODE NO Refer to the following procedures for Field setting m D When in the normal mode press the GT button for a minimum of four seconds and the FIELD SET MODE is entered A 2 Select the desired MODE NO with the button 3 During group control when setting by each indoor unit mode No 20 21 and 23 have been selected push the button and select the INDOOR UNIT NO to be set This operation is unnecessary when getting by group 4 Push the 8 Push the Push the Push the sp 4 TEST upper button and select FIRST CODE NO lower button and select the SECOND CODE NO button once and the present settings are SET button for about one second to return to the NORMAL MODE Example If during group setting and the time to clean a
96. load Oil return preparation oil Outdoor Unit Actuator operation Oil return operation Post oil return operation 2 step increase from Compressor Upper limit control 124 Hz Full load Po Peed 4 MPa every 20 sec Outdoor unit fan STEP8 OFF STEP8 Four way valve ON OFF ON Wi expansion valve SH control 480 pls 55 pls Subcooling electronic expansion valve EV3 0 pls 0 pls 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve SVP OFF OFF OFF e 12 min Ending conditions 2 min or art Ts1 lt 5 or 0 es e To gt 11 C From the preparing oil returning operation to the oil returning operation and from the oil returning operation to the operation after oil returning the compressor stops for 2 minute to reduce noise on changing of the four way valve Indoor actuator Heating oil return operation Thermostat ON unit OFF Indoor unit fan Stopping unit OFF Thermostat OFF unit OFF Thermostat ON unit SH control BP unit expansion Stopping unit 80 pls Thermostat OFF unit SH control Function 69 Special Control SiENBE18 621 3 3 Defrosting Operation The defrost operation is performed to solve frost on the outdoor unit heat exchanger when heating and the heating capacity is recovered Conditions to start The defrost operation is started referring following conditions Outdoor heat exchanger heat transfer co efficiency Temperature of heat exchange Tb Low pressure eq
97. thus outputting the malfunction code E3 In heating operation High pressure drop a High pressure not limited Pc HP pressure sensor detection value Pc lt 2 89MPa High pressure limited INV upper limit frequency 1 step down from current compressor frequency After 10 sec Y po gt a oamPa P Keeping the current step Pc 2 94MPa After 60 sec INV upper limit frequency 1 step up from current compressor frequency Pc gt 3 64MPa When occurring 10 times within 60 High pressure minutes HPS is activated without high standby pressure standby thus outputting the malfunction code ES Function 73 Protection Control SiENBE18 621 4 2 Low Pressure Protection Control This low pressure protection control is used to protect compressors against the transient decrease of low pressure In cooling operation Low pressure not limited Pe LP pressure sensor detection value Pe 0 25MPa Pe gt 0 39MPa Low pressure Hot gas SVP OFF limited v Pe 0 15MPa Pe gt 0 30MPa 36Hz Unload Hot gas SVP ON Pe lt 0 07MPa Low pressure When occurring 3 times within 30 min the standby 7 malfunction code E4 is output In heating operation Pe LP pressure sensor detection value Pe 0 17MPa En Low pressure not limited Pe 0 09MPa OH e Pe
98. 50 60 C FDXS 25 35 E CAUTION Only a qualified service person is allowed to perform maintenance Before cleaning be sure to stop the operation and turn the breaker OFF Cleaning the air filter 1 Removing the air filter 2 Cleaning the air filter Rear suction Pull the bottom side of the air filter backwards over the bends 2 bends for 25 35 type 3 bends for 50 60 type Bottom suction Pull the filter over the bends 2 bends for 25 35 type 3 bends for 50 60 type situated at the backside of the unit Remove dust from the air filter using a vacuum cleaner and gently rinse them in cool water Do not use detergent or hot water to avoid filter shrinking or deformation After cleaning dry them in the shade 3 Replacing the air filter 214 Rear suction Hook the filter behind the flap situated at the top of the unit and push the other side gently over the bends 2 bends for 25 35 type 3 bends for 50 60 type Bottom suction Hook the filter behind the flap situated at the middle of the unit and push the other side gently over the 3 bends 2 bends for 25 35 type 3 bends for 50 60 type Main unit Jg Attach the filter to the main unit while pushing down on the bends 2 bends for Filter v 25 35 type 3 bends s for 50 60 type In case of back side In case of bottom side System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction Cleaning th
99. AIR FLOW DIRECTION ADJUST BUTTON Refer to AIR FLOW DIRECTION ADJUST NOTE For the sake of explanation all indications are shown on the display in figure 1 contrary to actual running situations 15 16 19 21 22 6 Operation procedure Refer to figure 1 on page 1 Operating procedure varies with heat pump type and cooling only type Contact your Daikin dealer to confirm your system type To protect the unit turn on the main power switch 6 hours before operation If the main power supply is turned off during operation operation will restart automatically after the power turns back on again DISPLAY lt gt TIME TO CLEAN AIR 11 FILTER Cooling heating automatic fan and program dry operation Refer to HOW TO CLEAN THE AIR FILTER DISPLAY 870 DEFROST 12 Refer to DEFROST OPERATION NON FUNCTIONING DISPLAY If that particular function is not available pressing the button may display the words NOT AVAILABLE for a few seconds When 13 running multiple units simultaneously the NOT AVAILABLE message will only appear if none of the indoor units is equipped with the function If even one unit is equipped with the function the display will not appear 14 TIMER MODE START STOP BUTTON Refer to PROGRAM TIMER OPERATION System Configuration
100. Are the above thermistor NO installed on pipes correctly Install thermistor correctly YES Remove the heat exchanging deicer thermister from the outdoor PCB and measure resistance with a tester Is the characteristic of the NO above thermistor gt Replace thermistor normal YES gt Refrigerant overcharged V2797 Refer to Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics table on P355 317 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit SiENBE18 621 7 9 Malfunction of Thermistor for Outdoor Air R1T Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting 318 HS All outdoor unit models Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the outdoor air thermistor When the outside air temperature thermistor has short circuit or open circuit W Defect of thermistor R1T for outdoor air W Defect of outdoor unit PCB A1P Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts Caution damage may be occurred Connector is connected to X11A of outdoor PC board A1P NO Connect the connector and turn on again Resistance is normal when measured after disconnecting the thermistor R1T from the outdoor unit PC board 3 5kW to 360kW YES NO gt Replace the thermistor R1
101. Code SiENBE18 621 3 List of Malfunction Code 0 Blink e OFF Malfunction Malfunction contents Page Referred eee RAIndoor SkyAr BP Unit Outdoor Unit Indoor Unit Unit Indoor AO Error of external protection device Unit A1 PC board defect E PROM defect 270 281 A3 Malfunction of drain level control system 33H 282 A5 Freeze up protection or high pressure control 271 A6 Fan motor MF lock overload 273 274 285 286 E A7 Malfunction of swing flap motor MA 288 A9 Malfunction of electronic expansion valve 20E 300 AF Drain pump error 284 AJ Malfunction of capacity setting 290 4 Malfunction of thermistor R2T for heat exchanger 276 291 loose connection disconnection short circuit failure C5 Malfunction of thermistor R3T for heat exchanger 292 loose connection disconnection short circuit failure C7 Shutter drive motor shutter limit switch abnormality 277 C9 Malfunction of thermistor R1T for air inlet loose 276 293 connection disconnection short circuit failure CA Malfunction of thermistor for air outlet loose connection disconnection short circuit failure CJ Malfunction of thermostat sensor in remote control 294 Outdoor E1 PC board defect E PROM
102. El 3 LS 14 H3 25 Uu 4 Eb 15 Ha 26 UH 5 H6 16 H9 27 py 6 D 17 28 13 7 85 18 29 LY 8 1 19 t 30 HT 9 ug 20 J3 31 ue 10 F3 21 JE 32 EA 11 R5 22 5 33 RH Note 1 A short beep and two consecutive beeps indicate non corresponding codes 2 To cancel the code display hold the timer cancel button down for 5 seconds The code display also cancels itself if the button is not pressed for 1 minute Troubleshooting 255 Service Check Function SiENBE18 621 Check Method 2 1 Enter the diagnosis mode Press the buttons TEMPA TEMPY MODE simultaneously MODE C 9C 9 R4272 The digit of the number of tens blinks Try again from the start when the digit does not blink DAIKIN R4273 2 Press the TEMP button Press TEMPA or TEMP and change the digit until you hear the sound of beep or pi pi MODE R4274 3 Diagnose by the sound The number of tens does not accord with the error code pi pi The number of tens accords with the error code beep The both numbers of tens and units accord with the error code See 7 4 Enter the diagnosis mode again Press the MODE button TEMP N OONIOFF ZS v 2 R4275 The digit of the number of units blinks DAIKIN R4276 256 Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Service Check Function 5 Press the TEMP button Press TEMPA
103. FOLLOWS RED RED BLK BLACK WHT WHITE YLW YELLOW PRP PURPLE GRY GRAY BLU BLUE CONTROL BOX A1P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD BS PUSH BUTTON ON OFF C1 CAPACITOR M1F H1P LIGHT EMITTING DIODE F1U FUSE F5A 250V ON RED HAP LIGHT EMITTING DIODE H2P LIGHT EMITTING DIODE SERVICE MONITOR GREEN TIMER GREEN KAR MAGNETIC RELAY M1S H3P LIGHT EMITTING DIODE KPR MAGNETIC RELAY M1P FILTER SIGN RED M1F MOTOR INDOOR FAN H4P LIGHT EMMITING DIODE M1S MOTOR SWING FLAP DEFROST ORANGE Q1M THERMO SWITCH MiF EMBEDDED 551 SELECTOR SWITCH RiT THERMISTOR AIR MAIN SUB R2T THERMISTOR COIL 1 SS2 SELECTOR SWITCH R3T THERMISTOR COIL 2 WIRELESS ADDRESS SET 510 LIMIT SWITCH SWING FLAP CONNECTOR FOR OPTICAL PARTS TRANSFORMER 220 240V 22V X15A CONNECTOR FLOAT SWITCH V1TR PHASE CONTROL CIRCUIT X25A CONNECTOR DRAIN PUMP X1M TERMINAL BLOCK X33A CONNECTOR X2M TERMINAL BLOCK ADAPTER FOR WIRING SIGNAL RECEIVER CIRCUIT X35A CONNECTOR TC SIGNAL TRANSMISSION CIRCUIT GROUP CONTROL ADAPTER INFRARED REMOTE CONTROL X40A CONNECTOR RiT THERMISTOR AIR ON OFF INPUT FROM OUTSIDE SS1 SELECTOR SWITCH X60A CONNECTOR INFRARED REMOTE CONTROL X61A INTERFACER ADAPTER RECEIVER DISPLAY UNIT FOR SKY AIR SERIES PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD 3D037842C 376 Appendix SIENBE18 621 A hug ES 270 281 25 AAP eut eden a
104. H 7 7 272 7 8 275 7 7 272 7 8 275 m3 min M 5 9 208 6 5 230 5 9 208 6 5 230 Air Flow Rates cfm L 4 2 148 5 3 187 4 2 148 5 3 187 SL 3 6 127 4 6 162 3 6 127 4 6 162 Type Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow Fan Fan Motor Output 18 18 Steps 5 Steps Silent Auto 5 Steps Silent Auto Air Direction Control Right Left Horizontal Downward Right Left Horizontal Downward Air Filter Removable Washable Mildew Proof Removable Washable Mildew Proof Running Current Rated A 0 18 0 18 0 18 0 18 Power Consumption Rated Ww 40 40 40 40 Power Factor 96 6 96 6 96 6 96 6 Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer Control Dimensions HxWxD mm 273x784x195 273x784x195 Packaged Dimensions HxWxD mm 258x834x325 258x834x325 Weight kg 7 5 7 5 Gross Weight kg 11 11 operation H M L SL dBA 38 32 25 22 38 33 28 25 38 32 25 22 38 33 28 25 Sound Power H dBA 56 56 56 56 Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Liquid mm 6 4 6 4 Piping Connection Gas mm 9 5 9 5 Drain mm 18 0 18 0 Drawing No 3D050941 3D050943 Model FTXS35CAVMB FTXS50EV1B Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Rated Capacity 3 5kW Class 5 0kW Class Front Panel Color White White H 7 7 272 8 1 286 14 7 519 16 1 569 m min M 6 0 212 6 7 237 12 4 438 13 9 491 Ar Flow Rates cfm L 4 4 155 5 3 187 10 3 364 11 5 406 SL 3 8 134 4 6 162 9 5 335 10 2 360 Type Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow Fan F
105. HOOALNO Ircul Refrigerant C 56 Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode SiENBE18 621 3 4 Heating Oil Return Operation amp Defrost Operation 2500 Jona aan n Nv 19NIdld YOILSINYSHL BEONVHPG 898013 IH LLL s pe ES 19NIdld 01313 HOLSINYSHL ABH haan p 4 Tomas f E NV 0908 19NIdld 91313 YOLSINYSHL M3ONWOG iussu Joana 01313 m i NOLSIWNGHL ONldid W39NvHDX3 H bied ae Jonata H ODONMIS YOLSINYSHL n ONldld 01313 een hel ei Jonae aan wa S39NVHDG H Wel id Josee i 1 Nv4 el 050888 97313 YOLSINYSHL E BOND 189 806 YH liel iN 8809 IN A3 51008 843 0402 HS HA mE AATVA NOISNvdX3 SINOYLOATS 3ais ainori 8 WOO 3ATVA NOISNVvdX3 SINOH I0313 aals v WOO AATVA NOISNVdX3 SINON 10313 E SsvdA8 SATWA NOISNvdX3 IINOHLIFTA YOLSINYSHL 3016 Svo es 890 HOLSINHIHL adis svo lt HOLSINYSHL 3ais Svo uaria
106. If the indoor PCB installed at the factory is for some reason changed at the installation site the capacity will not be contained in the replacement PCB If you connect a capacity setting adapter to a PCB in which the capacity is memorized the capacity setting for the PCB will become the capacity setting of the adapter Priority of capacity setting adapter Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for SkyAir Indoor Unit 5 8 Malfunction of Heat Exchanger Thermistor R2T Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Check No 02 Refer to P 299 Troubleshooting r L FFQ B FHQ BU Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by heat exchanger sensor When the heat exchanger thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running Failure of the sensor itself Broken or disconnected wire Failure of electronic circuitry indoor unit PCB Failure of connector contact N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Check contact of connector i Is it normal ves NO Connect correctly the indoor unit PCB and measure the resistance Disconnect the heat exchanger sensor R2T from X18A on Is the thermistor normal NO Heat exchange
107. Interface Adapter Optional Accessory m Note Other Designation 1 HAP Service Monitor LED Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram and Name 45 SiENBE18 621 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram PCB Detail X20A X25A X27A X11A X10A X33A san 35 250877 X18A Capacity setting adaptor i X19A X60A Re 0226 PF CER X36A X61A monitor LED Service X17A X15A Rex M x c X 2 095006 X35A X5A X24A Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram and Name 46 SIENBE18 621 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram 1 10 Ceiling Suspended Type Connectors 1 X5A 2 X14A 3 X15A 4 X17A 5 X18A 6 X19A 7 X20A X26A 8 X24A 9 X25A 10 X27A 11 X29A 12 X33A 13 X35A 14 X40A 15 X60A X61A m Note Other Designation 1 HAP Connector for Terminal Strip for Wired Remote Control Connector for Limit Switch for Swing Flap Connector for Drain Pump Optional Accessory Connector for Heat Exchanger Thermistor 2 Connector for Heat Exchanger Thermistor 1 Connector for Room Temperature Thermistor Connector for Fan Motor Connector for Infrared Remote Control Receiver Unit Connector for Drain Pump Motor Optional Accessory Connector for Terminal Strip for Inter Unit Wiring Connector for Swing Motor Connector for Wring Adapter
108. MAIN CIRCUIT OR MOMENTARY VOLTAGE LOSS XR REVERSING SOLENOID VALVE SWITCHING FAILURE X FANMOTOR FAULT x E _ NOTE 1 e _ POWER SUPPLY FAULT OR NOTE 2 GREEN NORMALLY FLASHING RED NORMALLY OFF i ON FLASHING e OFF IRRELEVANT LED ON OUTDOOR UNIT PCB 2MXS 2MKS serie GREEN MICROCOMPUTER NORMAL LED A DIAGNOSIS E NORMAL CHECK INDOOR UNIT 6 NOTE 1 e POWER SUPPLY FAULT OR NOTE 2 GREEN NORMALLY FLASHING o1 ON EC FLASHING e OFF NOTES 1 Turn the power off and then on again If the LED display recurs the outdoor unit PCB is faulty 2 Diagnosis marked Do not apply to some cases For details refer to the service guide 226 System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction 2 3 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type 5 12 4 2 1 V DAIKIN a Al RE erbe 3 o VZ 7 9 11 10 13 14 21 20 19 16 15 17 18 22 V DAIKIN V DAIKIN a hr System Configuration 227 Instruction SiEN18 621 1 What to do before operation This operation manual is for the following systems with standard control Before initiating operation contact your Daikin dealer for the operation that corresponds to your system Pair
109. Note 4 13 0 High Ceiling suspended type FHQ 2 7 m or Lower 2 73 5 m 23 Ceiling only 1 Air flow direction selection Change setting F T W when blocking kit is installed Note 3 4 Setting of air flow direction adjustment Upward Standard Downward range AN Caution Test Operation Note 1 om mmuN Setting is made in all units in a group To set for individual indoor units or to check the setting use the mode Nos with 2 in upper digit in parentheses The setting position No is set to 01 at the factory except for the following cases in which 02 is set Setting of air flow direction adjustment range 13 23 4 Automatic restart after power outage 12 22 5 Remote control thermostat 10 20 2 Filter sign indication only for ceiling mounted duct type 10 20 3 Since drafts may result carefully select the installation location When power returns units resume the settings made before the power failure When auto restart after power failure reset is set be sure to turn off air conditioners then cut off the power supply before conducting maintenance inspection and other work If the power supply is cut off with the power switch left ON air conditioners will automatically start operating when the power supply is turned on 5 6 7 Do not set any items other than those listed in the above table Functions that indoor units are not equipped with will not be displayed When r
110. PC board A1P is 1 0 VDC or less Low pressure sensor outpu Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred Out of gas closing of stop valve or refrigerant system is clogged Requires check of refrigerant system Replace main outdoor unit PC board A1P The suction pipe1 temp minus YES gt Replace low pressure sensor low pressure saturation temp is 20 C or higher NO Resistance is normal when measured with the thermistor R3T for NO gt Out of gas or refrigerant system is clogged Requires check of refrigerant system suction pipe1 disconnected from the outdoor unit PC board Is the NO gt Replace the thermistor low pressure sensor correct YES gt Replace the low pressure sensor 2 Voltage measurement point Outdoor unit PC board A1P gt Replace the outdoor unit PC board A1P V2819 45V T X18A 4 5 5 Black GND 3 o iri Z Microcomputer 2 White 2 A D input a 4 z o 2 Measure voltage here V2809 336 1 Refer to Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics table on P355 2 Refer to Pressure Sensor Pressure Voltage Characteristics table on P357 Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit 7 27 Power Supply Insufficient or I
111. Protection Control 77 4 6 Dew Condensation Prevention 78 79 5 1 Demand Operators o nasse go Nace enteren deed 79 5 2 Heating Operation 2 79 BP Unit Control si cist Gale 80 61 BP Unit Command Conversion 408 80 6 2 Unit Electronic Expansion Valve 81 6 3 SH Control in Cooling Operation eiecit der Pete de 83 6 4 SC Control in Heating 2 2 84 6 5 Heat Exchanger Isothermal Control in Heating Operation 84 Indoor Unit RA Models uve bie cag 85 7 1 Power Airflow Dual Flaps Wide Angle Louvers and Auto Swing 85 7 2 Fan Speed Control for Indoor 84 86 7 3 Programme Dry PUNCH OMe euet e ne PEE 87 7 4 Automatic Operation tice eet en 88 725 Thermostat CONO saret e edict tone trai de 89 7 6 Night Set MOdO oia ere bed Rede e Robe aec 90 TE ECONO MOAB nehmen tei eoe uei itc a oe e MEME 91 7 9 INTELHGENT EYE emendat eek ade 92 7 9 HOME LEAVE ODGI Along adus oerte ote 94 7 10 Inverter POWERFUL Operation
112. SIENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for SkyAir Indoor Unit 5 Troubleshooting for SkyAir Indoor Unit 5 1 Indoor Unit PCB Abnormality Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Troubleshooting amp FHQ BU Check data from 2 When data could not be correctly received from the E7PROM E PROM Type of nonvolatile memory Maintains memory contents even when the power supply is turned off W Failure of PCB N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Turn the power supply off once and then back on YES Normal reset gt Could be outside cause noise etc other than malfunction gt Indoor unit PCB replacement No Q0411 281 Troubleshooting for SkyAir Indoor Unit SiENBE18 621 5 2 Malfunction of Drain Water Level System Float Type Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes 282 H3 FFQ B amp FHQ BU By float switch OFF detection When rise of water level is not a condition and the float switch goes OFF Failure of drain pump Improper drain piping work Drain piping clogging Failure of float switch Failure of indoor unit PCB Failure of short
113. System Remote Control AF Display Applicable FHQ BU Models Method of Water leakage is detected based on float switch ON OFF operation while the compressor is in Malfunction non operation Detection Malfunction When the float switch changes from ON to OFF while the compressor is in non operation Decision Conditions Supposed W Error in drain pipe installation Causes Faulty float switch W Faulty indoor unit PCB Troubleshooting N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Are float switch and drain ide Ne gt Possible failure of float switch normal Check to see if drain up height and horizontal pipe length exceed specifications Is water drainage system normal Clogged drain water discharge system Clogged drain pump Faulty float switch In FHQ B problems can also occur in YES y the optional drain up kit Replace indoor unit PCB T ri NO is arain up sit Check jumper connector 15 Is drain pump normal Check drain pump and drain pipe of circulated drai water excessive after pump stops operation YES Check water drainage system Check to see if drain up height and horizontal pipe length exceed specifications Does drain water flow in reverse during non operation NO YES gt Faulty trap in water drainage System Rep
114. System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction B Outdoor Unit W Indoor Unit 1 Air outlet 10 Indoor Unit ON OFF switch 2 Air outlet grille Field supply Push this switch once to start operation Appearance of the Air outlet grille and Air inlet grille Push once again to stop it may differ with some models This switch is useful when the remote control is 3 Display Control panel missing 4 Suction grille option The operation mode refers to the following table e Appearance of the suction grille and Air inlet grille may differ with some models Mode 1 Ar POW Bs RIFIBIE FDKS COOL 22 C AUTO 6 Room temperature sensor FDXS AUTO 25 C AUTO e It senses the air temperature around the unit 7 Operation lamp green 8 TIMER lamp yellow 9 HOME LEAVE lamp red Lights up when you use HOME LEAVE operation Outdoor Unit 11 Air inlet Back and side 14 Earth terminal 12 Refrigerant piping and inter unit cable e It is inside of this cover 13 Drain hose 15 Air outlet Appearance of the outdoor unit may differ from some models System Configuration 165 Instruction SiENBE18 621 B Remote Control HOME LEAVE ON 3 OONOFF POWERFUL TEMP 3 6 T cc eo S 9 7 en 1 Signal transmitter 7 MODE selector button e It sends signals to the indoor unit e It selects the operation mode 2 Display AUTO DRY COOL H
115. TEST button is pressed 1 Press INSPECTION TEST button S2004 lt If no button is pressed for 1 minute equipment returns to normal status When MODE selector button is pressed or no button is pressed for 1 minute equipment returns to normal status If no button is pressed for 1 minute equipment returns to normal status 3 Press MODE selector button 5 Press MODE selector button S2005 Troubleshooting SIENBE18 621 Service Check Function 2 5 Sky Air Indoor Unit Error Codes and LED Indication Symbols System Indoor Unit Troubleshooting 0 High probability of malfunction Possibility of malfunction Low probability of malfunction No possibility of malfunction do not replace Blinks 4 On Off No connection with troubleshooting Remote Location of Malfunction Contents of Malfunction Details of Control Malfunction Display Other PC Board Reference Dd Outdoor Indoor Remote Page Unit Unit ontro 115 Transmission error between 295 indoor and remote control ug Transmission error between 296 main remote control and sub remote control UR Excessive indoor units 297 connected to this system Indoor Remote Location of Malfunction Contents of Malfunction olg
116. TRANSMISSION ROOMB 3 15A F2 NI NI TO OUTDOOR F1 F2 3 TRANSMISSION OR OTHER BP UNIT CIRCUIT F1 X1M M l TO OTHER BP UNIT Lal L1 1 NIA O POWER SUPPLY L a L 230V 50Hz E1 PCB Oo GRN YLW X20A X22A X90A CONNECTOR H1P HSP PILOT LAMP T201R TRANSFORMAR PCB PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RIT R4T THERMISTOR X1M X3M X6M TERMINAL STRIP F2U FUSE S2 DIP SWITCH Y1E Y3E MOTOR OPERATED VALVE COIL 3D048565B RIT R2T RST ROT DLA DGA DLB DGB DLC DGC ter Mel Wel Weet NEL Nt FIELD WIRING me gene YE BLU vow 2 ol 12 1 WHT Y3E 3 o X22A 6 a ROME BLU ORG 2 P YW 1 o 6 RED Y2E lt X21A BRW INDOOR 2 1 LEDA RED BUT ROOMA ROOMA H2P LED1 1 TRANSMISSION QLED2 xooa VIE CIRCUIT A Va es EE 1 X90A INDOOR 2 F2U WHT FOR TRANSMISSION ROOMB 3 15A F2 m N TO OUTDOOR F1 F2 TRANSMISSION OR OTHER BP UNIT T CIRCUIT 2018 F1 X1M INDOOR 7 RONG 2 T ull 14 OTHER BP UNIT TRANSMISSION Ni POWER SUPPLY ne 230V 50Hz E1 0 9 GRN YLW X20A X23A X90A CONNECTOR H1P H5P PILOT LAMP T201R TRANSFORMAR PCB PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD R1T R6T THERMISTOR X1M X3M X6M TERMINAL STRIP F2U FUSE DS2 DIP SWITCH Y1E Y4E MOTOR
117. Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics Indoor unit For air suction R1T For liquid pipe R2T For gas pipe R3T Outdoor unit for fin thermistor R1T ror boon Bh IT For suction pipe 1 R3T For heat exchanger R4T For suction pipe 2 R5T For Subcooling heat exchanger outlet R6T For Liquid pipe R7T kQ T 0 0 T C 0 0 0 5 T C 0 0 0 5 40 20 197 81 192 08 30 16 10 15 76 8 19 186 53 181 16 31 15 43 15 10 6 88 0 18 175 97 170 94 32 14 79 14 48 P a 47 166 07 161 36 33 14 18 13 88 i 16 156 80 152 38 34 13 59 13 31 0 64 1 15 148 10 143 96 35 13 04 12 77 4 ae 14 139 94 136 05 36 1251 1225 6 473 13 132 28 128 63 37 12 01 11 76 8 42 9 12 125 09 121 66 38 11 52 11 29 10 389 11 118 34 115 12 39 11 06 10 84 12 35 3 10 111 99 108 96 40 10 63 10 41 14 32 1 9 106 03 103 18 41 10 21 10 00 16 29 2 8 100 41 97 73 42 9 81 9 61 18 26 6 7 95 14 92 61 43 9 42 9 24 20 24 3 6 90 17 87 79 44 9 06 8 88 22 22 2 5 85 49 83 25 45 8 71 8 54 24 20 8 4 81 08 78 97 46 8 37 8 21 3 76 93 74 94 47 8 05 7 90 2 73 01 71 14 48 7 75 7 60 a es E 69 32 67 56 49 7 46 7 31 34 134 0 65 84 64 17 50 748 7 04 36 12 0 1 62 54 60 96 51 6 91 6 78 38 11 1 2 59 43 57 94 52 6 65 6 53 40 103 3 56 49 55 08 53 6 41 6 53 42 9 5 4 53 71 52 38 54 6 65 6 53 44 8 8 5 51 09 49 83 55 6 41 6 53 46 8 2 6 48 61 47 42 56 6 18 6 06 48
118. Turn the power off and then back on If a malfunction occurs replace the remote controller PC board gt Set one remote controller to MAIN the power supply off once and then back on V2825 343 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit SiENBE18 621 7 32 Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and Outdoor Units in the Same System Remote Control us Display Applicable All indoor unit models Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Malfunction of transmission within or outside of other system Malfunction of electronic expansion valve in indoor unit of other system Defect of PCB of indoor unit in other system Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor and outdoor unit 344 Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit Troubleshooting Troubleshooting AN Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred has been displayed for 2 YES minutes or more NO Turn on all indoor units The UA display blinks on the remote controls of other YES gt Re diagnose by display after passage of 2 minutes or more units within the same refrigerant system NO The A1 display blinks on the remote controls of YES Refer to failure diagnosis for UA malfunction code Refer t
119. Type 227 2 4 Ceiling Suspended Type 238 149 System Configuration SiENBE18 621 1 System Configuration 1 1 Operation Instructions After the installation and test operation of the room air conditioner have been completed it should be operated and handled as described below Every user would like to know the correct method of operation of the room air conditioner to check if it is capable of cooling or heating well and to know a clever method of using it In order to meet this expectation of the users giving sufficient explanations taking enough time can be said to reduce about 80 ofthe requests for servicing However good the installation work is and however good the functions are the customer may blame either the room air conditioner or its installation work because of improper handling The installation work and handing over of the unit can only be considered to have been completed when its handling has been explained to the user without using technical terms but giving full knowledge of the equipment 150 System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction 2 Instruction 2 1 RMXS Series Regarding use Super Multi Plus System air conditioner Points the customer should be aware of Comfort At startup e After the power is initially turned on it will take approx 10 minutes until startup Usually the unit will star
120. UNIT SILENT 189 189 189 Operation ECONO Operation 190 E HOME LEAVE Operation 191 191 INTELLIGENT EYE Operation 193 195 197 TIMER Operation 199 199 199 Note for Multi System 201 201 201 Care Care and Cleaning 203 206 209 Trouble Shooting Trouble Shooting 222 222 222 Ine TET EL PaRi Duct Connected Type Su ee Floor Standing Type Model Series FDXS25 35E FDXS25 35C FDXS50 60C FLXS25 35 50 60B FVXS25 35 50B Read before Operation Safety Precautions 153 153 153 153 Names of Parts 164 164 167 170 Preparation before Operation 173 173 173 173 Operation AUTO DRY COOL HEAT FAN 176 176 176 176 Operation Adjusting the Air Flow Direction 184 186 POWERFUL Operation 188 188 188 188 OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT 189 189 189 189 Operation ECONO Operation HOME LEAVE Operation 191 191 191 191 INTELLIGENT EYE Operation TIMER Operation 199 199 199 199 Note for Multi System 201 201 201 201 Care Care and Cleaning 212 214 216 219 Trouble Shooting Trouble Shooting 222 222 222 222 Drawing No 3P131999 2L 3P131999 3K 3P098587 2N 3P098587 1N System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction d 2 2 Safety Precautions Keep this manual where the operator can easily find them e Read this manual attentively before starting up the unit For safety reason the operator must read the following cautions carefully This manual classifies precautions into WARNING and CAUTION Be sure to follow all pr
121. a power failure including one for just a moment occurs during the operation the operation restarts in the condition before power failure automatically when power is restored Note It takes 3 minutes to restart the operation because the 3 minute stand by function is activated Function 97 Indoor Unit SkyAir Models SiENBE18 621 8 Indoor Unit SkyAir Models 8 1 Function Outline FFQ B FHQ B Input Output Input gt Indoor Unit Thermostat Control Two thermostats used suction I 4 Suction Sensor R1T and remote control Fan Motor Monitoring Function Drain Pump Heat Exchanger Sensor Cool Heat Automatic R2T Function Optional for FHQ Heat Exchanger Sensor R3T 4 Program Dry Flap Motor Fan Operation LED Display I 4 Float Switch 1 Drain Pump Control Optional for FHQ Buzzer LED Freeze up Protection Wireless units only Function No of Fan Turns Heating Overload Control Only for FHQ m Limit Switch for Flap Defrosting Only for FHQ Indoor Unit Fan Control Phase control __ Emergency Operation Cold Air Prevention switch Function Wireless units only Flap Control Operat
122. after the set time has elapsed Programming the start time The system starts operating after the set time has elapsed The timer be probrammed a maximum of 72 hours The start and the stop time can be simultaneously programmed De Press the TIMER MODE START STOP button several times and select the mode on the display The dipslay flashes For setting the timer stop For setting the timer start Programming time Press the PROGRAMMING TIME button and set the time for stopping or starting the system Timer mode START STOP System Configuration When this button is pressed the time advances by 1 hour Cv When this button is pressed the time goes backward by 1 hour Timer ON OFF Press the TIMER ON OFF button The timer setting procedure ends The display 6 or changes from flashing light to a constant light Refer to figure 4 on page 1 NOTE When setting the timer OFF and On at the same time repeat the above procedure from 1 to 3 once again When the timer is programmed to stop the system after 3 hours and start the system after 4 hours the system will stop after 3 hours and then 1 hour later the system will start After the timer is programmed the display shows the remaining time e Press the TIMER ON OFF button once again to cancel programming the display vanishes 7 Optim
123. air outlet e Push this switch once to start operation Push once 2 Air outlet again to stop it 3 Flap horizontal blade The operation mode refers to the following table 4 Panel tab 5 Air inlet DN sS 6 Display FLKS COOL 22 AUTO fs Air filter FLXS AUTO 25 AUTO 8 Photocatalytic deodorizing filter and Air purifying filter Push the switch using an object with a sharp tip such These filters are attached to the inside of the air filters as a pen 9 Front grille This switch is useful when the remote control is 10 Operation lamp green 11 TIMER lamp yellow 12 HOME LEAVE lamp red Lights up when you use HOME LEAVE Operation Outdoor Unit 15 Air inlet Back and side 16 Air outlet 17 Refrigerant piping and inter unit cable Appearance of the outdoor unit may differ from some models 168 missing 14 Signal receiver It receives signals from the remote control When the unit receives a signal you will hear a short beep Operation start Settings changed beep e Operation stop beeeeep 18 Drain hose 19 Earth terminal It is inside of this cover System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction B Remote Control 1 2 En 5 3 OONOFF POWERFUL 6 Ll 7 en mm 10 8 11 14 15 13 lt ARC433A5 6 gt 1 Signal transmitter 7 MODE selector button e It sends si
124. and restart again YES gt Compressor inspection Inspect according to the diagnosis procedure for odd noises vibration and operating status of the compressor V2814 Troubleshooting SIENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit 7 22 Malfunction of Transmission between Inverter and Control PCB Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Troubleshooting LL All outdoor unit models Check the communication state between inverter PCB and control PCB by micro computer When the correct communication is not conducted in certain period Malfunction of connection between the inverter microcomputer and outdoor control microcomputer W Defect of outdoor unit PCB W Defect of noise filter W External factor Noise etc AN Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred The microcomputer monitor green on the YES outdoor unit PC board Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P is A1P blinking The voltage between red and white of X1A on the inverter unit is the power supply voltage YES gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P Y When the LC malfunction occur again replace control PC board Check the noise filter A3P for disconnection and check the power
125. anyone in the room IV AIR BLOW DIRECTION IS NOT AS SPECIFIED Actual air blow direction is not as shown on the remote control e Automatic swing setting does not work Refer to AIR FLOW DIRECTION ADJUST V White mist comes out of a unit When humidity is high during cooling operation In oily or dusty places System Configuration If the inside of an indoor unit is extremely contaminated the temperature distribution inside a room becomes uneven It is necessary to clean the inside of the indoor unit Ask your Daikin dealer for details on cleaning the unit This operation requires a qualified service person When the system is changed over to HEATING OPERATION after DEFROST OPERATION Moisture generated by DEFROST becomes steam and exists VI Noise of air conditioners Aringing sound after the unit is started This sound is generated by the temperature regulator working It will quiet down after about a minute Acontinuous flow Shuh sound is heard when the system is in COOLING or DEFROST OPERATION This is the sound of refrigerant gas flowing through both indoor units e A Shuh sound which is heard at the start or immediatly after the stop of operation or which is heard at the start or immediatly after the stop of DEFROST OPERATION This is the noise of refrigerant caused by flow stop and flow change Acontinuous flow Shuh sound is heard when the systems is in COOLING OPERATION or at a stop The
126. are not blocked Remove any obstacle Check if the earth is connected Might there be a broken wire somewhere Contact your dealer if there are any problems Clean the air filter and outside panels After cleaning the air filter make sure to attach it Turn on the main power supply switch The display on the remote control will be shown when the power is turned on To protect the unit turn on the main power switch at least 6 hours before operation What to do when stopping the system for a long period Turn on FAN OPERATION for half a day and dry the unit Refer to 6 Operation procedure Cut off the power supply When the main power switch is turned on some watts of electricity is being used even if the system is not operating Turn off the main power supply switch for saving energy The display on the remote control will vanish when the main power switch is turned off Clean the air filter and the exterior Be sure to replace the air filter to its original place after cleaning Refer to Maintenance 9 Not malfunction of the air conditioner The following symptoms do not indicate air conditioner malfunction The system does not operate The system does not restart immediately after the ON OFF button is pressed If the OPERATION lamp lights the system is in normal condition It does not restart immediately because a safety device operates to prevent overload of the system After 3 minutes the system wi
127. besides the PC board abnormality Faulty compressor ground fault ground leakage Faulty fan motor ground leakage Troubleshooting 359 Method of Replacing The Inverter s Power Transistors Modules SiENBE18 621 360 Troubleshooting SIENBE18 621 Part 9 Appendix 1 Piping DIEPST sate codeine icit tad dd d SEO LU 362 Outdoor Units te eit tete eret bee et 362 1 2 BP Units cech ret rere ter Er oce Eve Pv re ve 363 1 3 Indoor Units eenen enen ener ener nnne nnn 364 25 Wining DIAGNE ereen 369 22 Outdoor Units ittete a eun ferm ts 369 PAP E A DL 370 2 39 Indoor WAS even ve 371 Appendix 361 Piping Diagrams SiENBE18 621 1 Piping Diagrams 1 1 Outdoor Units RMXS112 140 160E7V3B Electronic expansion valve Double pipe heat exchanger Electronic expansion valve Uu amp Filter da Heat exchanger regulating valve Filter COD CKD Service port p Four way valve a Service port High pressure EN sensor 2 Low pressure N SP sensor Filter al Capillary 9 tube 5 2 1 2 A 8 A Solenoid 6 valve C
128. between the room temperature and the setpoint Thermostat OFF Condition The temperature difference is in the zone A Thermostat ON Condition The temperature difference is above the zone C after being in the zone A The system resumes from defrost control in any zones except A The operation turns on in any zones except A The monitoring time has passed while the temperature difference is in the zone B Cooling Dry 10 minutes Heating 10 seconds Cooling Dry Room temperature setpoint ON Cooling 0 5 C Dry 0 5 C Cooling 2 0 C Dry 2 5 2 0 C A OFF R4668 Heating OFF Room temperature setpoint A 1 5 C B 0 C ON R4669 Function 89 Indoor Unit RA Models SiENBE18 621 7 6 Night Set Mode When the OFF timer is set the Night Set circuit automatically activates The Night Set circuit maintains the airflow setting made by users The Night Set The Night Set circuit continues heating or cooling the room at the set temperature for the first Circuit one hour then automatically raises the temperature setting slightly in the case of cooling or lowers it slightly in the case of heating for economical operations This prevents excessive heating in winter and excessive cooling in summer to ensure comfortable sleeping conditions and also conserves electricity Cooling Operation Temperature Ape setting 1 C 4050 Temperature setting
129. button is pushed in each operation mode the fan speed setting temperature will be converted to the following states in a period of twenty minutes In case of FTXS20 50D Operation mode Fan speed Target set temperature COOL H tap 50 rpm 18 C DRY Dry rotating speed Normally targeted 50 rom temperature in dry operation Approx 2 C HEAT H tap 50 rpm 30 C FAN H tap 50 rom AUTO Same as cooling The target is kept heating in Powerful unchanged operation Ex Powerful operation in cooling mode Target temp Set temp 18 C Powerful ON 1 Powerful OFF Fan i 1 dd 1 After the lapse of 20 minutes Htap X gt 2 Stop tap 20min 3 Powerful operation is OFF Settap 1 f 1 ses Ending condition or in 1 to 3 R4560 95 Indoor Unit RA Models SiENBE18 621 7 11 Other Functions 7 11 1 Hot Start Function Heat Pump Only In order to prevent the cold air blast that normally comes when heating is started the temperature of the heat exchanger of the indoor unit is detected and either the air flow is stopped or is made very weak thereby carrying out comfortable heating of the room The cold air blast is also prevented using a similar control when the defrosting operation is started or when the thermostat gets turned ON 7 11 2 Signal Receiving Sign When th
130. button often fails to work properly service shop There is a burning smell m Water leaks from the indoor unit After a power failure W lightning The air conditioner automatically resumes operation in If lightning may strike the neighbouring area stop about 3 minutes You should just wait for a while operation and turn the breaker OFF for system protection Disposal requirements Your air conditioning product is marked with this symbol This means that electrical and electronic products shall not be mixed with unsorted household waste Do not try to dismantle the system yourself the dismantling of the air conditioning system treatment of the refrigerant of oil and of other parts must be done by a qualified installer in accordance with relevant local and national legislation Air conditioners must be treated at a specialized treatment facility for re use recycling and recovery By ensuring this product is disposed of correctly you will help to prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health Please contact the installer or local authority for more information Batteries must be removed from the remote control and disposed of separately in accordance with relevant local and national legislation We recommend periodical maintenance In certain operating conditions the inside of the air conditioner may get foul after several seasons of use resulting in poor performance It is recommend
131. circuit connector Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for SkyAir Indoor Unit Troubleshooting N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred il If A3 is detected by a PC board which is not mounted with X15A the PC board is defective s the short circui connector connected to X15A on the indoo unit PCB S drain raising echanism connected Short circuit connector connection YES Continuity check of short circuit connector Short circuit connector Is there continuity replacement Indoor unit PCB NO replacement Connect drain pump S a drain pump connected to the indoor unit PCB Is the drainwater level abnormally high drain pump turn after restarting operation Malfuncton of drain system Is the float switc connected to X15A Froat switch connection Remove the float switch from X15A short circuit X15A and restart operation Set to emergency and check the voltage of X25A Does display o malfunction MES Indoor unit PCB YES replacement Drain pump replacement Float switch replacement 220 240 VAC Indoor unit PCB replacement Q0412 Troubleshooting 283 Troubleshooting for SkyAir Indoor Unit SiENBE18 621 5 3 Malfunction of Drain
132. condenser In heating r1 indoor unit High suction air nop circuit 46 C temperature of guicoor unit High ambient temperature s the outdoor temperature not more than 46 C High suction Short circuit ls the suction air temperature not more than 27 C air temperature High ambient temperature the indoor temperature not more than 27 C Faulty suction air thermistor of indoor unit ls the connector properly connected Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal High suction air temperature of outdoor unit lt 15 the outdoor temperature not more than 16 CWB Faulty outdoor temperature thermistor of outdoor unit ls the connector properly connected Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal Degradation Dirty condenser in condensing capacity Excessive refrigerant charging Improper model selection Mixing of non condensable gas Is the heat exchanger clogged In cooling ls air or else mixed in the refrigerant system Faulty fan Can the fan motor be rotated with hands Fiche motor Are the motor coil resistance and insulation normal output Fau
133. condition you want Push the RETURN 53 button decide the condition Push the RETURN BS3 button and set to the initial status of Setting mode 2 f you become unsure of how to proceed push the MODE BS1 button and return to setting mode 1 122 V2764 2 address Address for low noise demand operation Used to conduct test operation without making changes 3 to the PCB and replacing the refrigerant after the 9 completion of maintenance 5 Indoor unit forced Allows forced operation of indoor unit fan while unit is fan H stopped H tap 6 ee forced Allows forced operation of indoor unit 8 Te setting Target evaporation temperature for cooling 9 Te setting Target condensation temperature for heating 10 Defrost changeover Changes the temperature condition for defrost and sets to setting quick defrost or slow defrost External low noise 12 setting Demand Reception of external low noise or demand signal setting 13 AIRNET address Set address for AIRNET Make this setting to conduct heating operation with hot 16 Setting of hot water water heater Additional 20 refrigerant charge Carries out additional refrigerant charge operation operation setting Refrigerant 21 UE g mode Sets to refrigerant recovery or vacuuming mode setting Sets automatic nighttime low noise operation in a simple 22 Night time low Way
134. defect 307 Unit E2 Faulty BP unit PCB 301 E3 Actuation of high pressure switch 308 E4 Actuation of low pressure switch 310 E5 Compressor motor lock 312 E6 Standard compressor lock or over current E7 Malfunction of outdoor unit fan motor 313 E9 Malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion 314 valve Y1E 3E F3 Abnormal discharge pipe temperature 316 F6 Refrigerant overcharged 317 H3 Malfunction of high pressure switch H4 Actuation of low pressure switch H7 Abnormal outdoor fan motor signal H9 Malfunction of thermistor R1T for outdoor air loose 318 connection disconnection short circuit failure JO Faulty BP liquid or gas pipe thermistor 302 J2 Current sensor malfunction J3 Malfunction of discharge pipe thermistor R2T loose 319 connection disconnection short circuit failure J5 Malfunction of thermistor R3T R5T for suction pipe 320 loose connection disconnection short circuit failure J6 Malfunction of thermistor RAT for heat exchanger 321 loose connection disconnection short circuit failure J7 Malfunction of liquid thermistor R7T xx 322 J8 Malfunction of thermistor R7T for oil equalizing pipe loose connection disconnection short circuit failure J9 Malfunction of subc
135. e Multiple tester Prepare the digital type of multiple tester with diode check function lt Preparation gt Turn OFF the power supply Then after a lapse of 10 minutes or more make measurement of resistance To make measurement disconnect all connectors and terminals Inverter PCB 7 7 ee BSX E EX atak Dear BAAL d mn xi T gis Be Xi idit E m 1 MT IE 398 as b alb Du Oer Um zd Sq s TCS8T 88158RR 1 8 n gi md cu sr A T B esev Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Method of Replacing The Inverter s Power Transistors Modules Power module checking When using the digital type of multiple tester make measurement in diode check mode Tester terminal Criterion Remark It may take time to determine the voltagedue to capacitor charge or else Not less than 0 3V including Not less than 0 3V including 0 3 to 0 7V including 0 3 to 0 7V including There needs to be none of each value variation The following abnormalities are also doubted
136. each phase Black 52675 298 Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for SkyAir Indoor Unit Check No 02 Check for Thermistors Disconnect the thermistor connector from PCB then measure the resistance by using a tester Thermistor temperature and resistance characteristics Unit APTE aM A B 6 0 90 8 88 0 4 0 81 7 79 1 2 0 73 5 71 1 0 0 66 3 64 1 2 0 59 8 57 8 4 0 54 1 52 3 6 0 48 9 47 3 8 0 44 3 42 9 10 0 40 2 38 9 12 0 36 5 35 3 14 0 33 2 32 1 16 0 30 2 29 2 18 0 27 5 26 6 20 0 25 1 24 3 22 0 23 0 22 2 24 0 21 0 20 3 26 0 19 2 18 5 28 0 17 6 17 0 30 0 16 2 15 6 32 0 14 8 4 2 34 0 13 6 13 1 36 0 12 5 12 0 38 0 11 5 11 1 40 0 10 6 10 3 42 0 9 8 9 5 44 0 9 1 8 8 46 0 8 4 8 2 48 0 7 8 7 6 50 0 7 2 7 0 52 0 6 9 6 7 54 0 6 2 6 0 56 0 5 7 5 5 58 0 5 9 5 2 Application Heat exchanger e Radiator fin Indoor Outdoor units Suction air Remote control Air Outdoor air Suction pipe Troubleshooting 299 Troubleshooting for BP Unit SiENBE18 621 6 Troubleshooting for BP Unit 6 1 Malfunction of Electronic Expansion Valve Remote Control Display Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting 300 HS Detection by checking continuity and lack of connector Malfunction is determine
137. examples Just by setting the unit in Room A to SILENT operation the air conditioner starts OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation You don t have to set all the operated indoor units to SILENT operation System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction 2 2 14 Care and cleaning FTXS 20 25 35 50 D CAUTION Before cleaning be sure to stop the operation and turn the breaker OFF UNITS B Indoor unit Outdoor unit and Remote control 1 Wipe them with dry soft cloth Front panel 1 Open the front panel Hold the panel by the tabs on the two sides and lift it until it stops with a click 2 Remove the front panel e the front panel up slide it slightly to the right and remove it from the horizontal axle 3 Clean the front panel e Wipe it with a soft cloth soaked in water Only neutral detergent may be used Incase of washing the panel with water dry it with cloth dry it up in the shade after washing 4 Attach the front panel Setthe 2 keys of the front panel into the slots and push them in all the way Close the front panel slowly and push the panel at the 3 points 1 on each side and 1 in the middle Fit the key into the slot N CAUTION e Don t touch the metal parts of the indoor unit If you touch those parts this may cause an injury e When removing or attaching the front panel use a robust and stable stool and watch your steps carefully When removing or attaching the f
138. fan output Decreased P Faulty control PCB f a spare PCB is mounted is the capacity fan airflow Including capacity setting setting properly made rate High air passage Dirty filter ls the air filter clogged resistance Obstacle ls there any obstacle in the air passage 1 For details of the compressor capacity control while in cooling refer to Compressor PI Control on page 72 2 The low pressure protection control includes low pressure protection control and hot gas bypass control For details refer to page 84 8 In cooling the indoor unit electronic expansion valve is used for superheated degree control 4 In heating the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve EV1 is used for superheated degree control of outdoor unit heat exchanger For details refer to page 75 Troubleshooting C SDK04009 353 Check SiENBE18 621 Check No 03 354 Check for Fan Motor Connector 1 Turn the power supply off 2 With the fan motor connector disconnected measure the resistance between each pin then make sure that the resistance is more than the value mentioned in the following table GND 1 White 2 Orange 3 Brown 4 Blue 5 6 7 Red 0000000 E S2675 Measurement point Judgment 1 4 1MQ or more 2 4 100kQ or more 3 4 1000 or more 4 7 100kQ or more Troubleshooting SIENBE18 621 Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics 9
139. for operation mode selection is not given to the own room by setting the dip switch of outdoor unit unit can be operated as follows Outdoor unit operation mode when an operation mode for the own room is selected The outdoor unit is operated in the mode as mentioned below Cooling Cooling or Automatic cooling Note Operation mode selected in the own room Dry Blowing Heating Automatic heating Note x Heating x x x Blowing O Operational The unit for another room is switched into non operational condition x Non operational Operation of the indoor unit for the own room during non operation e Fan OFF e Louver becomes horizontal position ONLED on the remote control blinks Indication of under central control on the remote control displayed During automatic operation at the time of changing operation mode to Automatic cooling or Automatic heating the unit is operated as the table shown above Function SIENBE18 621 Indoor Unit SkyAir Models Non operating Room Dew Prevention Fan Control Function Overview After operating an indoor unit for the own room in the cooling mode or dry mode stop the unit using the remote control Under the condition when an unit for another room is started operation in the heating mode the fan in the own room may rotate i
140. horizontal blades 11 Louvers vertical blades louvers are inside of the air outlet B Outdoor Unit 17 Air inlet Back and side 18 Air outlet 19 Refrigerant piping and inter unit cable 20 Drain hose Appearance of the outdoor unit may differ from some models System Configuration th Se 12 Indoor Unit ON OFF switch e Push this switch once to start operation Push once again to stop it operation mode refers to the following table Temperature Air flow Mode setting rate FTKS COOL 22 FTXS AUTO 25 This switch is useful when the remote control is missing 13 Operation lamp green 14 TIMER lamp yellow 15 HOME LEAVE lamp red 16 Signal receiver e It receives signals from the remote control e When the unit receives a signal you will hear a short beep Operation start Settings changed beep e Operation stop beeeeep 21 Earth terminal e Itis inside of this cover 22 Outside air temperature sensor Back side e It senses the ambient temperature around the unit 159 Instruction SiENBE18 621 B Remote Control 1 2 HOME LEAVE 5 I Dn TEMP 6 7 MODE FAN CGH 10 SILENT SENSOR 8 11 12 a1 15 16 14 13 ARC433A1 A2 gt Sign
141. in a failure water leakage electric shock and fire Ask your dealer for improvement repair and maintance Incomplete improvement repair and maintenance may result in a water leakage electric shock and fire Do not insert your finger a stick etc into the air inlet outlet and fan blades A fan in high speed running may result in injury For refrigerant leakage consult your dealer When the air conditioner is to be installed in a small room itis necessary to take proper measures so that the amount of any leaked refrigerant does not exceed the limiting concentration even when it leaks If the refrigerant leaks exceeding the level of limiting concentration an oxygen deficiency accident may happen For installation of separately sold component parts ask a specialist Be sure to use the separately sold component parts designated by our company Incomplete installation performed by yourself may result in a failure a water leakage electric shock and fire Ask your dealer to move and reinstall the air conditioner 240 Incomplete installation may result in a failure a water leakage electric shock and fire Do not use any fuse with improper capacity The use of a piece of wire and whatnot may result in a failure and fire The refrigerant in the air conditioner is safe and normally does not leak If the refrigerant leaks inside the room the contact with a fire of a burner a heater or a cooker may result in a ha
142. indoor unit and the outdoor unit Check that the drain comes smoothly out of the drain hose during COOL or DRY operation f no drain water is seen water may be leaking from the indoor unit Stop operation and consult the service shop if this is the case B Before a long idle period 1 Operate the FAN only for several hours on a fine day to dry out the inside Press MODE selector button and select FAN operation e Press ON OFF button and start operation 2 Clean the air filters and set them again Take out batteries from the remote control 4 Turn OFF the breaker for the room air conditioner When a multi outdoor unit is connected make sure the heating operation is not used at the other room before you use the fan operation ce System Configuration 205 Instruction SiENBE18 621 FTK X S 20 25 35 C CAUTION Before cleaning be sure to stop the operation and turn the breaker OFF UNITS B Indoor unit outdoor unit and remote control 1 Front panel N CAUTION Wipe them with dry soft cloth Open the front panel Hold the panel by the tabs on the two sides and lift it until it stops with a click Remove the front panel Supporting the front panel with one hand release the lock by sliding down the knob with the other hand e remove the front panel pull it toward yourself with both hands Clean the front panel e Wipe it with a soft cloth soaked
143. indoor units exceeds the limit the indoor unit will assume the STANDBY state FAN and AIR FLOW DIRECTION will be left as set This only applies to cooling only type If another indoor unit commences a HEATING operation after this indoor unit is running in COOLING mode this indoor unit may switch to DRY operation fan on low air flow flap set at horizontal Ill The fan speed is different from the setting Pressing the fan speed control button does not change the fan speed When the room temperature reaches the set temperature in heating mode the power supply from the outdoor unit is stopped and the indoor unit will operate on the low fan setting If using the multi system the fan will alternate between off and low This is to prevent the cool air from being blown directly onto anyone in the room IV Air blow direction is not as specified Actual air blow direction is not as shown on the remote control e Automatic swing setting does not work Refer to AIR FLOW DIRECTION ADJUST V White mist comes out of a unit When humidity is high during cooling operation In oily of dusty places If the inside of an indoor unit is extremely contaminated the temperature distribution inside a room becomes uneven It is necessary to clean the inside of the indoor unit Ask your Daikin dealer for details on cleaning the unit This operation requires a qualified service person When the system is changed over to HEATING
144. is pushed during operation described above the operation lamp lights but the compressor does not operate Returns to normal when automatic setting is complete 1 1 6 When the No of Indoor Unit Has Been Changed or Indoor BP or Outdoor Unit PC Board Has Been Changed or the System is transferred Be sure to push and hold the RESET button for 5 seconds If not the addition cannot be recognized In this case the unit cannot be run for up to 12 minutes to automatically set the address indoor outdoor address etc 114 Status Outdoor unit Indoor unit Test lamp H2P ON Can also be set during operation described above If ON button is pushed during operation described above the UH or U4 malfunction indicator blinks Returns to normal when automatic setting is complete Test Operation SIENBE18 621 Test Operation 1 1 7 Check Operation During check operation mount front panel to avoid the misjudging Check operation is mandatory for normal unit operation When the check operation is not executed alarm code U3 will be displayed Press and hold the TEST OPERATION button BS4 on outdoor unit PC board for 5 seconds O The test operation is started automatically The following judgements are conducted within 15 minutes about 30 minutes at the maximum Check for wrong wiring Check stop valve for not open The following indications are conduct
145. is used when there is danger that the reader through incorrect manipulation may damage equipment loose data get Caution an unexpected result or has to restart part of a procedure AN Warning Warning A warning is used when there is danger of personal injury specific topic Reference reference guides the reader to other places in this binder or in this manual where he she will find additional information ona SIENBE18 621 Part 1 List of Functions 1 i List of F FGlOFS vendre veerde ten 2 List of Functions 1 List of Functions SiENBE18 621 1 List of Functions ca m gt gt KR LLI LLI 2 2 Category Functions Functions S c A a 0 x gt gt ra ra Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic amp Inverter with Inverter Power Control Virustatic Functions 5 Operation Limit for Cooling CDB Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter Basic 46 18 Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic 3 en WI yt m Operation Limit for Heating CWB iss Deodorizing Function m Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Control Air Purifying Filter Oval Scroll Compressor Clean Longlife Filter Option Swing
146. less the fan of the outdoor unit will operate at low speed to preserve capacity and the outdoor unit valve will be opened depending on the pressure conditions making it more likely that the sound of refrigerant flowing will be heard Defrost Not vor a unit for cooling only When the outside unit is performing defrosting operation the fan of the indoor unit will stop temporarily and the slight sound of refrigerant flowing will be heard Excessive heating load Not for a unit for cooling only e During heating operation when the outside temperature is high 15 to 24 C the fan of the outdoor unit will be operated at low speed making it more likely that the sound of refrigerant flowing will be heard from the outdoor unit System Configuration 151 Instruction SiENBE18 621 2 2 Wall Mounted Duct Floor Ceiling Floor Standing Type 2 2 1 Manual Contents and Reference Page Wall Mounted Type Illustrations are for wall mounted type FTXS20 25 35 50D as representative 152 Model Series FTXS20 25 35 50D FTXS20 25 35C BUT Read before Operation Safety Precautions 153 153 153 Names of Parts 155 158 161 Preparation before Operation 173 173 173 Operation AUTO DRY COOL HEAT FAN 176 176 176 Operation Adjusting the Air Flow Direction 178 180 182 POWERFUL Operation 188 188 188 OUTDOOR
147. minutes later from the remote control ON Below diagram shows an example of the case that the water level abnormality is recovered during the former 5 min intermittent operation Occurrence of drain water level abnormality 5 1 sec Drain pan Water Ll Drain pump EE OLE E a Error processing orma ON Remote control OFF Amin Compressor starts operation after 2 minutes from remote control ON When 3 min standby of compressor is complete Alarm indication will be turned off with the remote control OFF operation after recovery of drain water level abnormality Recovery of drain water level abnormality Note 1 On the whole of cooling and dry operation Recovery operation for drain water level abnormality does not activate when the water level can be returned normal within A 10 seconds 102 Function SiENBE18 621 Indoor Unit SkyAir Models 2 Heating 2 1 Basic operation In heating operation of the unit equipped with a humidifier when Interlocking of drain pump humidifier 15 25 3 is set to yes 02 the drain pump operates 20 min OFF and 3 min ON repeatedly during compressor is in operation After compressor stops residual operation will be conducted for 5 minutes 2 1 1 When compressor stops during drain pump ON after compressor operation started 20 min niin 20 min 5min Drain pump
148. object on the unit to avoid injury do not remove the fan guard Do not place anything under the indoor or outdoor unit that must be kept away from moisture In certain conditions moisture in the air may condense and drip After a long use check the unit stand and fittings for damage Do not touch the air inlet and aluminum fins of outdoor unit It may cause injury The appliance is not intended for use by young children or infirm persons without supervision Young children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance To avoid oxygen deficiency ventilate the room sufficiently if equipment with burner is used together with the air conditioner Before cleaning be sure to stop the operation turn the breaker off or pull out the supply cord Do not connect the air conditioner to a power supply different from the one as specified It may cause trouble or fire Depending on the environment an earth leakage breaker must be installed Lack of an earth leakage breaker may result in electric shocks Arrange the drain hose to ensure smooth drainage Incomplete draining may cause wetting of the building furniture etc Do not place objects in direct proximity of the outdoor unit and do not let leaves and other debris accumulate around the unit Leaves are a hotbed for small animals which can enter the unit Once in the unit such animals can cause malfunctions smok on fire when making contac
149. of fan motor Refering to information on page 350 Are the fesistances between pins above judgment NO gt Replace the fan motor of outdoor unit Replace outdoor unit PC board 313 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit SiENBE18 621 7 6 Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve Y1E Y3E Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes 314 ES All outdoor unit models Check disconnection of connector Check continuity of expansion valve coil Error is generated under no common power supply when the power is on W Defect of moving part of electronic expansion valve W Defect of outdoor unit PCB A1P W Defect of connecting cable Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit Troubleshooting N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Turn power supply off and turn power supply on again YES External factor other than malfunction for example noise etc Return to normal Electronic expansion valve is connected to X21A and X22A of outdoor unit PC board NO After connecting turn the power off and then back on again Normal when coil check 1 of the moving part of the electronic expansion valve is checked
150. of thermistor R4T for outdoor unit heat exchanger 321 malfunction of thermistor R7T for outdoor unit liquid pipe ecco itti te eene 322 malfunction of thermistor for outdoor air R1T 318 malfunction of transmission between central remote control and indoor unit 348 malfunction of transmission between indoor and outdoor units in the same system 344 malfunction of transmission between indoor units and outdoor units neee ennen 340 malfunction of transmission between inverter and control rr 331 malfunction of transmission between main and sub remote controls 343 malfunction of transmission between remote controller and indoor unit 342 method of replacing the inverter s power transistors modules 358 N night set mode curro rte tete teet 90 noise filter ASP 27 ON OFF button on indoor unit 96 operation mode 2 60 outdoor unit PCB layout 117 P POB BP UMI 22i ti t ho eu dan 29 PCB ceiling mounted cassette type 46 PCB ceiling suspended type 47 piping diagrams BPMKS967B2B cR 363 BPMKS967B3B _
151. only and does not constitute an offer binding upon Daikin Europe N V Daikin Europe N V has compiled the content of this publication to the best of its knowledge No express or implied warranty is given for the completeness accuracy reliability or fitness for particular purpose of its content and the products and services presented therein Specifications are subject to change without prior notice Daikin Europe N V explicitly rejects any liability for any direct or indirect damage In the broadest sense arising from or related to the use and or interpretation of this publication All content is copyrighted by Daikin Europe N V SiENBE18 621 c o amp o 5 S e S A e an 5 5 8 2 5 8 8 8 E gt E 5 amp E 5 8 8 a 8 8 8 5 gt 8 8 5 5 gt B E 3 5 e E o 5 amp o a E g 2 5 S o Q E e lt 8 2 5 o 5 2 u o 2 3 ch 5 S s D S 8 9 5 N gt gt a 5
152. outdoor units in the same system 344 malfunction of transmission between indoor units and outdoor units 2 2 1 340 malfunction of transmission between inverter and control 331 malfunction of transmission between main and sub remote controls 343 malfunction of transmission between remote controller and indoor unit 342 method of replacing the inverter s power transistors modules 358 mode 108 mold proof air filter 97 ImultiSySterm iei ite rci aces 201 multiple settings een 142 SiENBE18 621 N IN EERE 24 29 NEE 29 NA tld etna eus ttn etaed 27 names of parts 155 NB M 27 Mex MI IM 24 night setmode 90 noise filter 27 normal operation 61 oil return operation 2 208 68 ON OFF button on indoor unit 96 operation 251 operation mode saarose E 60 outdoor unit identification function 101 outdoor unit PCB layout 117 OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation 189 outdoor unit therm
153. period for example in spring or autumn turn the breaker OFF e Use the air conditioner in the following conditions Mode Operating conditions If operation is continued out of this range COOL Outdoor temperature lt 2MK X S40 10 to 46 C A safety device may work to stop the operation lt 2MXS52 gt 10 to 46 C In multi system it may work to stop the 3 4 5MK X S 10 to 46 Ca i j lt 5 105 to 46 C operation of the outdoor unit only Indoor temperature 18 to 32 C Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and Indoor humidity 8096 max drip HEAT Outdoor temperature lt 2 540 gt 101 15 5 C A safety device may work to stop the operation 2MXS52 15 to 15 5 C 3 4 5MXS 15 to 15 5 C lt RXS20 25 35 gt 15 to 20 C RXS50 15 to 18 C Indoor temperature 18 to 32 C DRY Outdoor temperature lt 2 540 10 to 46 C A safety device may work to stop the operation lt 2MXS52W 10 to 46 C Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and 3 4 5MK X SW 10 to 46 C lt RK X S gt 10 to 46 C Indoor temperature 18 to 32 C Indoor humidity 80 max drip Operation outside this humidity or temperature range may cause a safety device to disable the system System Configuration 175 Instruction SiENBE18 621 2 2 5 Auto Dry Cool Heat Fan Operation The air conditioner operates with the operation mode of y
154. range is as follows Vertical angle 80 Horizontal angle 100 Side view Top view Sensor may not detect moving objects further than 5m away Check the application range e Sensor detection sensitivity changes according to indoor unit location the speed of passersby temperature range etc The sensor also mistakenly detects pets sunlight fluttering curtains and light reflected off of mirrors as passersby INTELLIGENT EYE operation will not go on during powerful operation e Night set mode will go on during you use INTELLIGENT EYE operation N CAUTION Do not place large objects near the sensor Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside the sensor s detection area This sensor can detect objects it shouldn t as well as not detect objects it should e Do not hit or violently push the INTELLIGENT EYE sensor This can lead to damage and malfunction 196 System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction FTXS 50 60 71 E FTXS 71 B INTELLIGENT EYE is the infrared sensor which detects the human movement B To start INTELLIGENT EYE operation 1 Press SENSOR button is displayed on the LCD B To cancel the INTELLIGENT EYE operation 2 Press SENSOR button again 2 disappears from the LCD EX When somebody in the room Normal operation When nobody in the room 20 min after start energy saving operation Somebody back in the room Back to n
155. remote controls control sytem Names and functions of parts Refer to figure 2 on page 1 a Indoor unit Outdoor unit MM The external appearance of the outdoor unit varies depending on its capacity class The outdoor unit B shown in the figure is for reference to indicate features Contact your Daikin Dealer and verify which outdoor unit you have c Remote control d Inlet air e Discharged air f Air outlet g Air flow flap at air outlet h Refrigerant piping connection electric wire i Drain pipe Air inlet The built in air filter removes dust and dirt k Drain pumping out device built in Drains water removed from the room during cooling Ground wire Wire to ground from the outdoor unit to prevent electrical shocks System Configuration SiEN18 621 Instruction 2 Safety considerations We recommend that you read this instruction manual carefully before use to gain full advantage of the function of the air conditioner and to avoid malfunction due to erroneous handling This air conditioner comes under the term appliances not accessible to the general public The precautions described below are WARNING and CAUTION These are very important precautions concerning safety Be sure to observe all of them without fail N WARNING These are the matters with possibilities leading to serious consequences such as death or seri
156. room Consult the shop if that is the case If the remote control signals happen to operate another appliance move that appliance to somewhere else or consult the shop Remote control holder To remove pull it upwards System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction B Tosetthe clock 1 Press CLOCK button 0 00 is displayed blinks 2 Press TIMER setting button to set the clock to the present time Holding down A or wr button rapidly increases or decreases the time display 3 Press CLOCK button blinks Turn the breaker ON CX Turning ON the breaker opens the flap then POWERFUL TEMP closes it again This is a normal procedure MODE SWING SILENT COMFORT SENSOR M amp Jv TIMER EH NOTE Tips for saving energy Be careful not to cool heat the room too much Recommended temperature setting Keeping the temperature setting at a moderate level helps to save energy For cooling 26 C 28 C Cover windows with a blind or a curtain For heating 20 C 24 C Blocking sunlight and air from outdoors increases the cooling heating effect e Clogged air filters cause inefficient operation and waste energy Clean them once in about every two weeks Please note Theair conditioner always consumes 15 35 watts of electricity even while it is not operating e If you are not going to use the air conditioner for a long
157. supply switch is turned on This shows that the remote control is in normal condition This continues temporary 10 Trouble shooting 1 If one of the following malfunctions occurs take the measures shown below and contact your Daikin dealer The system must be repaired by a qualified service person WARNING When the air conditioner is in abnormal conditions smell of something burning etc unplug the power cord from the outlet and contact your dealer Continued operation under such circumstances may result in a failure electric shock and fire e If a safety device such as a fuse a breaker or an earth leakage breaker frequently actuates or ON OFF switch does not properly work Measure Turn off the main power switch f water leaks from unit Measure Stop the operation System Configuration SiEN18 621 Instruction Ifthe display INSPECTION UNIT No and the OPERATION lamp flash and the MALFUNCTION CODE appears OPERATION lamp T 1 INDOOR UNIT No in which a malfunction occurs MALFUNCTION CODE INSPECTION display Measure Notify and inform the model name and what the malfunction code indicates to your Daikin dealer IL If the system does not properly operate except for the above mentioned case and none of the above mentioned malfunctions is evident investigate the system according to the following procedures 1 Ifthe system does
158. supply wiring 331 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit SiENBE18 621 7 23 High Voltage of Capacitor in Main Inverter Circuit Remote Control Pi Display Applicable All outdoor unit models Models Method of Malfunction is detected according to the voltage waveform of main circuit capacitor built in the Malfunction inverter Detection Malfunction When the aforementioned voltage waveform becomes identical with the waveform of the power Decision supply open phase Conditions Supposed W Defect of main circuit capacitor Causes improper main circuit wiring W Defect of outdoor unit PCB A1P Troubleshooting N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Check for the connection of the main circuit capacitor C4 Is the C4 NO properly connected gt f not connected connect the C4 YES Replace the outdoor unit PC board MP 332 Troubleshooting SIENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit 7 24 Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Rise Sensor Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Troubleshooting PY All outdoor unit models Resistance of radiation fin thermistor is detected when the compressor is not operating When the resistance valu
159. swing When the flap has reached the desired position press SWING button es once more The flap will stop moving s f disappears from the LCD DAIKIN HOME LEAVE ao POWERFUL TEMP Y MODE amp FAN Cmmi 1 2 By TIMER System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction B To adjust the vertical blades louvers Hold the knob and move the louvers You will find a knob on the left side and the right side blades Notes on flaps and louvers angels When SWING button is selected the flaps swinging range depends on the operation mode See the figure W ATTENTION Always use a remote control to adjust the flaps angle If you attempt to move it forcibly with hand when it is swinging the mechanism may be broken careful when adjusting the louvers Inside the air outlet fan is rotating at a high speed System Configuration In DRY mode or COOL mode When stop operation S Upper limit in cooling 25 cn m Lower limit in cooling In HEAT or FAN mode When stop operation E Upper limit in heating 35 In Lower limit in heating 181 Instruction SiENBE18 621 FTXS 50 60 71 E FTXS 71 B You can adjust the air flow direction to increase your comfort To adjust the horizontal blade flap 1 Press SWING button G e es is displayed on the LCD and the flaps begin to swing 2 When the flap has reached t
160. system Indoor unit Outdoor unit Unit with remote control Multi system Indoor unit Indoor unit Outdoor unit Unit with remote control Unit with remote control NOTE e If the unit you purchased is controlled by a infrared remote control also refer to the infrared remote control s operation manual If your installation has a customized control system ask your Daikin dealer for operation that corresponds to your system 228 Heat pump type This system provides cooling heating automatic program dry and fan operation modes Cooling only type This system provides cooling program dry and fan operation modes Precautions for group control system or two remote control control system This system provides two other control systems beside individual control one remote control controls one indoor unit system Confirm the following if your unit is of the following control sytem type e Group control system One remote control controls up to 16 indoor units All indoor units are equally set e Two remote controls control system Two remote controls control one indoor unit In case of group control sytem one group of indoor units The unit is individually operated NOTE Contact your Daikin dealer in case of changing the combination or setting of group control and two
161. telephone 140 WB 20to 15 5 Imperfect grounding work may result in an electric shock RXS35 50 60 Execute complete drain piping for perfect drainage WB 1510 18 Incomol ini 3MXS52 2MXS52 DB 14 to 21 plete piping may result in a water leakage DB 10 to 30 4MXS68 80 WB 151015 5 The appliance is not intended for use by young DB 1 141521 children or infirm persons without supervision 5112 140 160 DB 101030 WB 21510155 Young children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance 3 Operation range If the temperature or the humidity is beyond the following conditions safety devices may work and the air conditioner may not operate or sometimes water may drop from the indoor unit COOLING INDOOR OUTDOOR OUTDOOR UNIT TEMPER HUMID TEMPERA ATURE ITY TURE DB 18 to 33 80 or R35 45 DB 151046 WB 121024 below 9 DB 18 to 33 80 or RY35 45 DB 5 to 46 35 45 60 WB 121024 below R71 100 125 DB 21 to 35 80 or RP71 100 125 below DB 151046 71 100 125 WB 14 to 25 RY71 100 125 DB 181035 anc RYP71 100 125 2 DB 51046 RYEP71 100 125 WB 12 to 25 RZP74 100 125 DB 211055 80 or 5 19 50 WB 14 25 below RQ71 100 125 DB 1810 37 80 or po 51046 WB 121028 below RR71 100 125 08 1810
162. the air filters Refer to MAINTENANCE If the set temperature is not proper Refer to ADJUSTMENT If the air flow angle is not proper Refer to AIR FLOW DIRECTION ADJUST If the FAN SPEED button is set to LOW SPEED 248 Refer to ADJUSTMENT If the doors or the windows are open Shut the doors or windows to prevent wind from coming in If direct sunlignt enters the room when cooling Use curtains or blinds When there are too many inhabitants in the room when cooling Cooling effect decreases if heat gain of the room is too large If the heat source of the room is excessive when cooling Cooling effect decreases if heat gain of the room is too large System Configuration SIENBE18 621 Troubleshooting Part 8 Troubleshooting Caution for Diagnosis s deb vt ed en UE 251 1 1 Troubleshooting with the Operation Lamp RA Indoor Unit 251 1 2 Troubleshooting with the LED on the SkyAir Indoor Unit 252 1 3 Troubleshooting with the LED on the Outdoor Unit 253 1 4 Troubleshooting with the LED on the BP 254 Service Check Function aanne enenenenennnennnnnennennnnen 255 2 1 RA Indoor Unit Infrared Remote 255 2 2 SkyAir Indoor Unit INSPECTION TEST 259 2 3 SkyAir Indoor Unit Wired Remote
163. the multi system If not set all indoor units to the same operation mode and confirm that the lamps flash Moreover when the operation mode is in AUTO set all indoor unit operation modes to COOL or HEAT for a moment and check again that the lamps are normal If the lamps stop flashing after the above steps there is no malfunction An abnormal functioning happens during operation The air conditioner may malfunction with lightning or radio waves Turn the breaker OFF turn it ON again and try operating the air conditioner with the remote control System Configuration 223 Instruction SiENBE18 621 Call the service shop immediately N WARNING When an abnormality such as a burning smell occurs stop operation and turn the breaker OFF Continued operation in an abnormal condition may result in troubles electric shocks or fire Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner Do not attempt to repair or modify the air conditioner by yourself Incorrect work may result in electric shocks or fire Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner If one of the following symptoms takes place call the service shop immediately W The power cord is abnormally hot or damaged W Anabnormal sound is heard during operation W The safety breaker a fuse or the earth leakage breaker Turn the breaker cuts off the operation frequently 5 OFF and call the W Aswitch or a
164. the sake of explanation all indications are shown on the display in figure 1 contrary to actual running situations System Configuration SiEN18 621 Instruction 6 Operation procedure Refer to figure 1 on page 1 e Operating procedure varies with heat pump type and cooling only type Contact your Daikin dealer to confirm your system type e to protect the unit turn on the main power switch 6 hours before operation e If the main power supply is turned off during operation operation will restart automatically after the power turns back on again Cooling heating automatic fan and program dry operation Operate in the following order Operation mode selector Press OPERATION MODE SELECTOR button several times and select the OPERATION MODE of your choice as follows B COOLING B HEATING se B AUTOMATIC o RY e In this operation mode COOL HEAT changeover is automatically conducted FAN DRY OPERATION eee Bs The function of this program is to decrease the humidity in your room with the minimum temperature decrease Micro computer automatically determines TEMPERATURE and FAN SPEED This system does not go into operation if the
165. to MAINTENANCE 233 Instruction SiEN18 621 8 Maintenance For service personnel Only a qualified service person is allowed to perform maintenance IMPORTANT Before obtaining access to terminal devices all power supply circuits must be interrupted To clean the air conditioner be sure to stop operation and turn the power switch off Otherwise an electric shock and injury may result Do not wash the air conditioner with water Doing so may result in an electric shock Be careful with a scaffold or staging Caution must be exercised because of work at a high place How to clean the air filter Clean the air filter when the display shows ge TIME TO CLEAN AIR FILTER It will display that it will operate for a set amount of time Increase the frequency of cleaning if the unit is installed in a room where the air is extremely contaminated If the dirt becomes impossible to clean change the air filter Air filter for exchange is optional 1 Open the suction grille Push it downward slowly while pressing horizontally the buttons provided on two spots Follow the same procedure for closing Fig 1 Detach the air filter Pull the hook of the air filter out diagonally downward and remove the filter Fig 2 3 Clean the air filter Use a vacuum cleaner A or wash the air filter with water B 234 A Using a vacuum cleaner B Washing with water When the air filte
166. vr automatically moves in about 60 minutes to prevent condensation on it coor 7 Ta ATTENTION e Always use a remote control to adjust the flap angle If you attempt to move it forcibly with hand when it is swinging the mechanism may be broken careful when adjusting the louvers Inside the air outlet a fan is rotating at a high speed HEAT System Configuration 185 Instruction SiENBE18 621 FVXS 25 35 50 B You can adjust the air flow direction to increase your comfort B To adjust the horizontal blade flap 4 1 Press SWING button G E is displayed on the LCD and the flaps will begin to swing 2 When the flaps have reached the desired position press SWING button once more The flaps will stop moving disappears from the LCD MODE C 1 2 CANCEL 9 TIMER B To adjust the vertical blades louvers Hold the knob and move the louvers You will find a knob on the left side and the right side blades Notes on flap and louvers angel Unless SWING is selected you should set the flap at a near horizontal angle in COOL or DRY mode to obtain the best performance W ATTENTION When adjusting the flap by hand turn off the unit and use the remote control to restart the unit e Be careful when adjusting the louvers Inside the air outlet a fan is rotating at a high Speed 186 System Configuration SiENBE
167. with the LEDs No 1 15 push the RETURN button and confirm the data for each setting Data such as addresses and number of units is expressed as binary numbers the two ways of expressing are as follows The No 1 cool heat unified address is expressed as a binary serene number consisting of the lower 6 digits 0 63 i 16 4 1 PS Ue 2 In the address is 010110 binary number which translates to 16 4 2 22 base 10 number In other words the address is 22 2000000 The number of terminal blocks for 12 13 is expressed as an 8 digit binary number which is the combination of four upper and four lower digits for No 12 and 13 respectively 0 128 In the address for No 12 is 0101 the address for No 13 is 0110 and the combination of the two is 01010110 binary number which translates to 64 16 4 2 86 base 10 number In other words the number of terminal block is 86 i 64 16 No 12 128 32 See the preceding page for a list of data etc for No 0 25 126 Test Operation SiENBE18 621 Field Setting 3 2 Detail of Setting Mode 3 2 1 Cool Heat Mode Switching There are the following 4 cool heat switching modes Set cool heat separately for each outdoor unit system by indoor unit remote control Set cool heat separately for each outdoor unit system by cool heat switching remote control Set cool heat for more than one outdoor unit system simultaneously
168. 0 CAPACITY SETTING ADAPTER for 140 J160 Position of Attaching the Capacity Setting Adapter X51A Position of Attaching the Capacity Setting Adapter 550 Test Operation 119 Field Setting SiENBE18 621 W Setting by pushbutton switches The following settings are made by pushbutton switches on PCB HIP H2P H3P H4P HSP H6P H7P LED indication e e e e Factory setting BS1 BS2 BS3 BS4 BS5 MODE SET RETURN TEST RESET V2760 There are the following three setting modes Setting mode 1 H1P off Initial status when normal Also indicates during abnormal Setting mode 2 H1P on Used to modify the operating status and to set program addresses etc Usually used in servicing the system Monitor mode H1P blinks Used to check the program made in Setting mode 2 m Mode changing procedure Using the MODE button the modes can be changed as follows Push and hold the BS1 Normal Push the BS1 MODE button MODE button for 5 seconds one time Setting mode 2 Setting mode 1 Monitor mode MODE Push the BS1 MODE button one time MODE MODE O On e Off H
169. 0 60 B Series OPERATION lamp green DAIKIN 7 ON Q0341 Go Bo 251 Caution for Diagnosis SiENBE18 621 N Caution Operation stops suddenly Operation lamp blinks Cause of above trouble could be Operation mode butting Check followings Are the operation modes all the same for indoor units connected to Multi system outdoor unit If not set all indoor units to the same operation mode and confirm that the operation lamp is not blinking Moreover when the operation mode is in Auto set all indoor unit operation mode to Cool or Heat and check again if the operation lamp is normal If the lamp stops blinking after the above steps there is no malfunction Operation stops and operation lamp blinks only for indoor unit which the different operation mode is set later The first set operation mode has priority 1 2 Troubleshooting with the LED on the SkyAir Indoor Unit Foreword 252 m Note Troubleshooting can be carried out by service monitor LED green Blinks when normal 4 LED on LED off 4 LED blinks No connection with troubleshooting Microcomputer Normal Monitor Contents Processing HAP Incorrect wiring between indoor and outdoor unit If outdoor unit s HAP is off proceed outdoor unit s trouble shooting If outdoor unit s HAP blinks failure of wiring or indoor or outdoor unit P C board ass y Note 4 i Failure of indoor unit PC board as
170. 00x650x195 Packaged Dimensions HxWxD mm 714x770x294 Weight kg 13 Gross Weight kg 19 H M L SL dBA 44 40 36 33 45 40 36 33 Sound Power H dBA 56 57 Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Liquid mm 64 Piping Connection Gas mm 12 7 Drain mm 20 0 Drawing No 3D050895 Specifications Conversion Formulae kcal h kWx860 Btu h kWx3414 3 35 3 Specifications SiENBE18 621 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type 50Hz 230V Model FFQ25B8V1B FFQ35B8V1B Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Rated Capacity 2 5kW Class 3 5kW Class Decoration Color White White Panel Dimensions HxWxD 55x700x700 55x700x700 H 9 0 318 9 0 318 10 0 353 10 0 353 m3 min M mE TZ ned E Air Flow Rates cfm L 6 5 230 6 5 230 6 5 230 6 5 230 SL Type Turbo Fan Turbo Fan Fan Motor Output Ww 55 55 Speed Steps 2 Steps 2 Steps Air Direction Control Horizontal Downward Horizontal Downward Air Filter Running Current Rated A 0 37 0 32 0 40 0 36 Power Consumption Rated Ww 73 64 84 76 Power Factor 85 8 87 0 91 3 91 8 Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer Control Dimensions HxWxD mm 260
171. 1 Power Supply PCB 202 dijn Ez 2 044051 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram 43 44 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram SiENBE18 621 PCB Deiail PCB 2 Control PCB PCB 3 Display PCB PCB 4 Signal Receiver PCB Pb Free Free S25 302 301 SW2 TTE 2p La aa Es A 7 PCB3 56 JB SW4 JC BEGG 251 4 821 9 S24 2 5201 LED 12 8 Tid 99288002 OA SW1 LED 11 2P088265 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram and Name SiENBE18 621 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram 1 9 Ceiling Mounted Cassette 600x600 Type Connectors 1 X5A Connector for Terminal Strip for Wired Remote Control 2 X15A Connector for Float Switch 3 X17A Connector for Heat Exchanger Thermistor 2 4 X18A Connector for Heat Exchanger Thermistor 1 5 X19A Connector for Room Temperature Thermistor 6 X20A Connector for Fan Motor 7 24 Connector for Infrared Remote Control Receiver Unit 8 X25A Connector for Drain Pump Motor 9 X27A Connector for Terminal Strip for Inter Unit Wiring 10 X33A Connector for Wring Adapter PCB Optional Accessory 11 X35A Connector for Group Control Adapter Optional Accessory 12 X36A Connector for Swing Motor 13 X40A Connector for ON OFF Input from Outside for Optional Accessory 14 X60A X61A Connector for
172. 120 3 6 127 Type Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow Fan Fan Motor Output Ww 14414 14414 Speed Steps 5 Steps Silent Auto 5 Steps Silent Auto Air Direction Control Right Left Horizontal Upward Right Left Horizontal Upward Air Filter Removable Washable Mildew Proof Removable Washable Mildew Proof Running Current Rated A 0 14 0 14 0 14 0 14 Power Consumption Rated Ww 32 32 32 32 Power Factor 96 99 4 99 4 99 4 99 4 Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer Control Dimensions HxWxD mm 600x650x195 600x650x195 Packaged Dimensions HxWxD mm 714x770x294 714x770x294 Weight kg 13 13 Gross Weight kg 19 19 gperation H MUSL gBA 38 32 26 23 38 32 26 23 39 33 27 24 39 34 29 26 Sound Power H dBA 54 55 Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Liquid mm 64 9 6 4 Piping Connection Gas mm 9 5 9 5 Drain mm 18 0 18 0 Drawing No 3D050874 3D050876 Model FVXS50BAVMB Cooling Heating Rated Capacity 5 0kW Class Front Panel Color Almond White H 10 8 381 13 2 466 m3 min M 9 2 325 11 3 399 Rates L 77 272 9 4 332 SL 6 7 237 8 3 293 Type Cross Flow Fan Fan Motor Output Ww 14414 Speed Steps 5 Steps Silent Auto Air Direction Control Right Left Horizontal Upward Air Filter Removable Washable Mildew Proof Running Current Rated A 0 26 0 32 Power Consumption Rated Ww 55 70 Power Factor 96 92 0 95 1 Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Dimensions HxWxD mm 6
173. 140 fan speed changeover 141 titer Sign iiie oen Deo 140 list of mode 139 range of air flow direction 140 infrared remote control 141 low pressure drop due to refrigerant shortage or electronic expansion valve failure 335 low pressure protection control 74 M ect tre trant etas 25 main sub switch 551 2 0422222 141 maintenance mode setting forced fan 145 individual setting nnen 145 malfunction hysteresis 145 sensor data display 145 Index unit No change 145 malfunction code indication by outdoor unit PCB 264 malfunction code list 268 malfunction hysteresis 145 malfunction of capacity setting 290 malfunction of discharge pipe thermistor R2T ie a eneen 319 malfunction of drain system 284 malfunction of drain water level system 282 malfunction of electronic expansion valve 300 malfunction of field setting switch 297 malfunction of heat exchanger thermistor 2 eneen eenen 291 malf
174. 18 621 Instruction Airflow selection Make air flow selection according to what suits you When setting the air flow selection switch to Air conditioner automatically decides the appropriate blowing pattern depending on the operating mode situation Operating mode Situation Blowing pattern When the room has become fully So that air does not come into direct cool or when one hour has passed contact with people air is blown COOL mode since turning on the air conditioner upper air outlet room temperature is equilised At start of operation or other times when the room is not fully cooled e At times other than below Normal time HEAT mode Airis blown from the upper and lower air outlets for high speed cooling during COOL mode and for filling the room with warm air during HEAT mode At start or when air temperature is So that air does not come into direct low contact with people Air is blown upper air outlet e During Dry mode so that cold air does not come into direct contact with people air is blown upper air outlet When setting the air outlet selection switch to Regardless of the operating mode or situation air blows from the upper air outlet Usethis switch when you do not want air coming out of the lower air outlet While sleeping etc N CAUTION e Donottry to adjust the flap by hand When adjusting by hand the mechanism may not operate properly or
175. 2 0 control A D control Keep the current KTe2 KTe2 KTe2 0 0 5 KTe2 KTe2 0 5 Up control by A D signal Down control by A D signal continues 120 sec continues 120 sec Q0396 63 Basic Control SiENBE18 621 Heating Operation TcS TcS initial value KTc2 KTc2 Correction value by AD signal in heating KTe2 0 without correction During compressor frequency PI Not during compressor frequency PI control KTe2 0 control A D control v 9 Keep the current KTe2 2 KTe2 0 5 2 2 0 5 Up control by D signal Down control by A D signal continues 120 sec continues 120 sec Q0397 64 Function SiENBE18 621 Basic Control 2 3 Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control Main Electronic Expansion Valve EV1 Control Carries out the electronic expansion valve Y1E PI control to maintain the evaporator outlet superheated degree SH at constant during heating operation to make maximum use of the outdoor unit heat exchanger evaporator SH Ts1 Te SH Evaporator outlet superheated degree C Ts1 Suction pipe temperature detected by thermistor R3T C Te Low pressure equivalent saturation temperature The optimum initial value of the evaporator outlet superheated degree is 3 C but varies depending on the discharge pipe superheate
176. 2 39 0Hz 12 86 0Hz 22 146 0Hz 3 43 0Hz 13 92 0Hz 23 152 0Hz 4 47 0Hz 14 98 0Hz 24 158 0Hz 5 52 0Hz 15 104 0Hz 25 164 0Hz 6 52 0Hz 57 0Hz 16 110 0Hz 26 170 0Hz 7 57 0Hz 64 0Hz 17 116 0Hz 27 175 0Hz 8 62 0Hz 71 0Hz 18 122 0Hz 28 180 0Hz 9 68 0Hz 78 0Hz 19 128 0Hz 29 185 0Hz 10 74 0Hz 20 134 0Hz 30 190 0Hz 31 195 0Hz Compressors may operate in a pattern other than those listed in above tables subject to the operating conditions Selection of full load operation to from unload operation is made with the unload circuit solenoid valve Y3S SVUL The full load operation is performed with the SVUL set to OFF while the unload operation is performed with the SVUL set to ON 62 Function SiENBE18 621 Basic Control AD Control Function Receiving the capacity request signal from the indoor unit the outdoor unit corrects its target pressure for capacity control Controls AD signal from indoor unit as follows UP control When the UP command come from more than one indoor unit among thermostat ON indoor units Down control When the down command come from all indoor units among thermostat ON indoor units Keep control Except for the above About detail of AD signal refer to P80 Cooling Operation TeS TeS initial value KTe2 KTe2 Correction value by AD signal in cooling KTe2 0 without correction During compressor frequency PI Not during compressor frequency PI control KTe
177. 261 self diagnosis digital display 97 sensor data display 145 service check function 255 service PCB 2 iater tees 26 setting by dip switches 118 setting by pushbutton switches 120 setting of low noise operation and demand operation 129 setting of refrigerant additional charging Operation rt 133 SH control in cooling operation 83 shutter drive motor shutter limit switch abnormality 277 signal receiver PCB 32 34 36 41 44 signal receiving sign 2 96 special control 1i e ette 67 specifications re 10 Startup control nn oci tee e 67 stopping operation 72 suction air thermistor annen ennen 293 SU AIEO ELO 30 35 37 39 42 S P 39 42 WA ax tan bateae 42 SWT nin eoe a rte 33 SIENBE18 621 swing flap motor malfunction lock 288 system is not set 350 T test operation procedure and outline 112 test operation from the remote control 146 thermistor indoor heat exch
178. 268 8 9 314 Anovi Rates cfm L 6 0 212 7 4 261 6 6 233 8 0 282 SL 5 2 184 6 6 233 5 6 198 7 2 254 Type Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan Fan Motor Output W 34 34 Speed Steps 5 Steps Silent Auto 5 Steps Silent Auto Air Direction Control Right Left Horizontal Downward Right Left Horizontal Downward Air Filter Removable Washable Mildew Proof Removable Washable Mildew Proof Running Current Rated A 0 32 0 34 0 36 0 36 Power Consumption Rated Ww 70 74 78 78 Power Factor 96 95 1 94 6 94 2 94 2 Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer Control Dimensions HxWxD mm 490x1 050x200 490x1 050x200 Packaged Dimensions HxWxD mm 566x1 100x280 566x1 100x280 Weight kg 16 16 Gross Weight kg 22 22 Qperation H M L SL dBA 37 34 31 28 37 34 31 29 38 35 32 29 39 36 33 30 Sound Power H dBA 53 54 Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Liquid mm 64 9 6 4 Piping Connection Gas mm 9 5 9 5 Drain mm 18 0 18 0 Drawing No 3D050866 3D050868 Model FLXS50BAVMB FLXS60BAVMB Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Rated Capacity 5 0kW Class 6 0kW Class Front Panel Color Almond White Almond White H 11 4 402 12 1 427 12 0 424 12 8 452 m3 min M 10 0 353 9 8 346 10 7 378 10 6 374 Arklow Pates cfm L 8 5 300 7 5 265 9 3 328 8 4 297 SL 7 5 265 6 8 240 8 3 293 7 5 265 Type Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan Fan Motor Output 34 34 Steps 5 Steps Silent Auto 5 Steps Silent
179. 286 x575x575 260 286 x575x575 Packaged Dimensions HxWxD mm 370x687x674 370x687x674 Weight kg 17 5 17 5 Gross Weight kg 21 21 Operation H L dBA 29 5 24 5 29 5 24 5 32 0 25 0 32 0 25 0 Sound Power dBA 46 5 49 0 Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Liquid mm 6 4 6 4 Piping Connection Gas mm 9 5 9 5 Drain mm VP20 O D 9 26 1 D 20 VP20 O D 26 1 0 20 Drawing No 3D040445 3D040443 Model FFQ50B8V1B FFQ60B8V1B Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Rated Capacity 5 0kW Class 6 0kW Class Decoration Color White White Panel Dimensions HxWxD 55x700x700 55x700x700 H 12 0 424 12 0 424 15 0 530 15 0 530 m min M T A Flow Rates ctm L 8 0 283 8 0 283 10 0 353 10 0 353 SL Type Turbo Fan Turbo Fan Fan Motor Output Ww 55 55 Speed Steps 2 Steps 2 Steps Air Direction Control Horizontal Downward Horizontal Downward Air Filter Running Current Rated A 0 49 0 45 0 61 0 56 Power Consumption Rated Ww 97 89 120 111 Power Factor 86 1 86 0 85 5 86 2 Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer Control Dimensions HxWxD mm 260 286 x575x575 260 286 x575x575 Packaged Dimensions HxWxD mm 370x687x674 370x687x674 Weight kg 17 5 17 5 Gross Weight kg 21 21 eae HIL dBA 36 0 27 0 36 0 27 0 41 0 32 0 41 0 32 0 Sound Power dBA 53 0 58 0 Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Liquid mm 9 6 4 6 4 Piping C
180. 37 80 po 15 to 46 WB 121028 below 2071 100 125 DB 18 to 37 80 or 7 15 to 50 140 WB 12 to 28 below 5 RS50 60 21 to 32 RKS35 50 60 28 isa DB 100 46 RXS35 50 60 WB 141023 580 3MKS50 4 558 75 9 08 41042 soa or re soto ag 3MXS52 2 552 We 23 below 4MXS68 80 1140 DB 21 to 32 A wes ve soe WB 14to 23 PEOW System Configuration DB Dry bulb temperature C WB Wet bulb temperature C The setting temperature range of the remote control is 16 C to 32 4 Installation site Regarding places for installation e 15 the air conditioner installed at a well ventilated place where there are no obstacles around e Do not use the air conditioner in the following places a Filled with much mineral oil such as cutting oil b Where there is much salt such as a beach area c Where sulfured gas exists such as a hot spring resort d Where there are considerable voltage fluctuations such as a factory or plant e Vehicles and vessels Where there is much spray of oil and vapor such as a cookery etc g Where there are machines generating electromagnetic waves h Filled with acid and or alkaline steam or vapor e Is a snow protection measure taken For details consult your dealer Regarding wiring All wiring must be performed by an authorized electrician To do wiring ask your dealer Ne
181. 43 84 57 55 72 54 70 107 10 83 10 67 8 433 37 423 17 58 53 72 52 84 108 10 52 10 36 9 413 24 403 57 59 51 98 50 96 109 10 21 10 06 10 394 16 384 98 60 49 96 49 06 110 9 92 9 78 11 376 05 367 35 61 48 19 47 33 111 9 64 9 50 12 358 88 350 62 62 46 49 45 67 112 9 36 9 23 13 342 58 334 74 63 44 86 44 07 113 9 10 8 97 14 327 10 319 66 64 43 30 42 54 114 8 84 8 71 15 312 41 305 33 65 41 79 41 06 115 8 59 8 47 16 298 45 291 73 66 40 35 39 65 116 8 35 8 23 17 285 18 278 80 67 38 96 38 29 117 8 12 8 01 18 272 58 266 51 68 37 63 36 98 118 7 89 7 78 19 260 60 254 72 69 36 34 35 72 119 7 68 7 57 20 249 00 243 61 70 35 11 34 51 120 7 47 7 36 21 238 36 233 14 71 33 92 33 35 121 7 26 7 16 22 228 05 223 08 72 32 78 32 23 122 7 06 6 97 23 218 24 213 51 73 31 69 31 15 123 6 87 6 78 24 208 90 204 39 74 30 63 30 12 124 6 69 6 59 25 200 00 195 71 75 29 61 29 12 125 6 51 6 42 26 191 53 187 44 76 28 64 28 16 126 6 33 6 25 27 183 46 179 57 77 27 69 27 24 127 6 16 6 08 28 175 77 172 06 78 26 79 26 35 128 6 00 5 92 29 168 44 164 90 79 25 91 25 49 129 5 84 5 76 30 161 45 158 08 80 25 07 24 66 130 5 69 5 61 31 154 79 151 57 81 24 26 23 87 131 5 54 5 46 32 148 43 145 37 82 23 48 23 10 132 5 39 5 32 33 142 37 139 44 83 22 73 22 36 133 5 25 5 18 34 136 59 133 79 84 22 01 21 65 134 5 12 5 05 35 131 06 128 39 85 21 31 20 97 135 4 98 4 92 36 125 79 123 24 86 20 63 20 31 136 4 86 4 79 37 120 76 118 32 87 19 98 19 67 137 4 73 4 67 38 115 95 113 62 88 19 36 19 05 138 4 61 4 5
182. 4AIS CONFIR 6 SYMBOI L REMOTE 1 TO OUTDOOR X2M UNIT R3T RiT R2T chy d CONNECTOR DISCRIMINA CONNECTOR COLOUR FOR COM CONNECTOR COLOUR FOR PRIN ION COLOUR FOR COMPONENTS PONENTS ED CIRCUIT BOARD t 1 do 1 F1U J1 BLK X19A X18A X17A H05VV U4G2 5 WHT X61A OOOOOOOOOO X10A RED GRN YLW X27A A4P CONTROL X24A NOTE 3 RECEIVER DISPLAY UNIT JE CONNECTOR TERMINAL FIELD WIRING 551 eHtP 5 H2PBS1 SS2 za e H3P X2A H4P ENGINEERING MATERIALS AN ES ACCORDING D CATALOGS ETC BEFORE CONNEC 5 GROUND THE SHIELD OF THE REMOTE CONTROL CORD TO THE LS SHOW AS FOLLOWS RED RE D BLK X60A i 1 EM dM ere KPR X25A YLW YLW e M1P V1TR GRN JN NE 5 WIRED REMOTE F2 CONTROL F1 RIT 551 at C WHT gt ES aS RED BLK P2 P1 Orr
183. 5 39 111 35 109 13 89 18 75 18 46 139 4 49 4 44 40 106 96 104 84 90 18 17 17 89 140 4 38 4 32 41 102 76 100 73 91 17 61 17 34 141 4 27 4 22 42 98 75 96 81 92 17 07 16 80 142 4 16 4 11 43 94 92 93 06 93 16 54 16 29 143 4 06 4 01 44 91 25 89 47 94 16 04 15 79 144 3 96 3 91 45 87 74 86 04 95 15 55 15 81 145 3 86 3 81 46 84 38 82 75 96 15 08 14 85 146 3 76 3 72 47 81 16 79 61 97 14 62 14 40 147 3 67 3 62 48 78 09 76 60 98 14 18 13 97 148 3 58 3 54 49 75 14 73 71 99 13 76 13 55 149 3 49 3 45 50 72 32 70 96 100 13 35 13 15 150 3 41 3 37 356 Troubleshooting Pressure Sensor SIENBE18 621 10 Pressure Sensor Pu Detected Pressure High Side MPa Detected Pressure Low Side MPa Vu Output Voltage High Side Voc Vr Output Voltage Low Side Voc PH 1 38V 0 69 PL 0 57V 0 28 Pu High pressure MPa VL Low pressure MPa V Voltage V Detected Pressure PL 4 Emin See 3 5 2 5 1 5 Output Voltage Vu VL 0 5 0 5 05 5 1 Vpc V3053 357 Troubleshooting Method of Replacing The Inverters Power Transistors Modules SiENBE18 621 11 Method of Replacing The Inverter s Power Transistors Modules 358 Checking failures in power semiconductors mounted on inverter PCB Check the power semiconductors mounted on the inverter PCB by the use of a multiple tester Items to be prepared gt
184. 6 OPERATION HALT DUE TO FAULTY POSITION DETECTION SENSOR H8 CT ABNORMALITY H9 FAULTY SUCTION AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR J3 FAULTY DISCHARGE PIPE TEMPERATURE SENSOR J6 FAULTY HEAT EXCHANGER TEMPERATURE SENSOR L4 HIGH TEMPERATURE AT INVERTER CIRCUIT HEATSINK L5 OUTPUT OVERCURRENT P4 FAULTY INVERTER CIRCUIT HEATSINK TEMPERATURE SENSOR NOTE 1 A short beep and two consecutive beeps indicate non corresponding codes 2 To cancel the code display hold the TIMER CANCEL button down for 5 seconds The code display also cancel itself if the button is not pressed for 1 minute System Configuration 225 Instruction SiENBE18 621 LED ON OUTDOOR UNIT PCB 3MXS 3MKS 4MXS 4MKS series GREEN RED MICROCOMPUTER MALFUNCTION NORMAL DETECTION LED A LED1 LED2 LED3 LED4 DIAGNOSIS NORMALSCHECK INDOOR UNIT le HIGH PRESSURE PROTECTOR WORKED OR FREEZE UP IN OPERATING UNIT OR STAND BY UNIT lt 4 OVERLOAD RELAY WORKED OR HIGH DISCHARGE PIPE TEMPERATURE FAULTY COMPRESSOR START 12 CX INPUT OVERCURRENT 42 THERMISTOR OR CT ABNORMALITY X HIGH TEMPERATURE SWITCHBOX 1 HIGH TEMPERATURE AT INVERTER CIRCUIT HEATSINK OUTPUT OVERCURRENT e xt X REFRIGERANT SHORTAGE X LOW VOLTAGE TO
185. 7 6 7 46 26 45 14 57 5 95 5 84 50 7 0 8 44 05 42 98 58 5 74 5 43 52 6 7 9 41 95 40 94 59 5 14 5 05 Ee 10 39 96 39 01 60 4 96 4 87 58 52 11 38 08 37 18 61 4 79 4 70 475 12 36 30 35 45 62 4 62 4 54 62 446 13 34 62 33 81 63 4 46 4 38 64 415 14 33 02 32 25 64 4 30 4 23 66 3 87 15 31 50 30 77 65 4 16 4 08 68 3 61 16 30 06 29 37 66 4 01 3 94 70 3 37 17 28 70 28 05 67 3 88 3 81 72 3 15 18 27 41 26 78 68 3 75 3 68 74 2 94 19 26 18 25 59 69 3 62 3 56 76 2 75 20 25 01 24 45 70 3 50 3 44 78 2 51 21 23 91 23 37 7i 3 88 3 82 80 2 41 22 22 85 22 35 72 3 27 3 21 F 5 23 21 85 21 37 73 3 16 3 11 86 199 24 20 90 20 45 74 3 06 3 01 88 187 25 20 00 19 56 75 2 96 2 91 90 178 26 19 14 18 73 76 2 86 2 82 92 1 65 27 18 32 17 93 77 2 77 2 72 94 1 55 28 17 54 17 17 78 2 68 2 64 96 1 46 29 16 80 16 45 79 2 60 2 55 98 1 38 30 16 10 15 76 80 2 51 2 47 Troubleshooting 355 Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics SiENBE18 621 Outdoor Unit Thermistors for Discharge Pipe R2T T C 0 0 0 5 T C 0 0 0 5 T C 0 0 0 5 0 640 44 624 65 50 72 32 70 96 100 13 35 13 15 1 609 31 594 43 51 69 64 68 34 101 12 95 12 76 2 579 96 565 78 52 67 06 65 82 102 12 57 12 38 3 552 00 538 63 53 64 60 63 41 103 12 20 12 01 4 525 63 512 97 54 62 24 61 09 104 11 84 11 66 5 500 66 488 67 55 59 97 58 87 105 11 49 11 32 6 477 01 465 65 56 57 80 56 75 106 11 15 10 99 7 454 60 4
186. AVMB FDKS35CAVMB DXS25EAVMA CDXS35EAVMA CDKS25EAVMA CDKS35EAVMA CDXS3BEAVMT CDXS CDKS25EAVMT 4D045449J CDKS35EAVMT CDXS25EV2 CDXS35EV2C FDXS25CVM Appendix 365 Piping Diagrams SiENBE18 621 1 3 3 Floor Ceiling Suspended Dual Type FLXS25 35BAVMB Indoor unit Field piping heat 6 4Cut Sirocco fan 4 Fan motor Field piping 1 9 5Cut 9 5Cut L Refrigerant flow cooling heating 366 Heat exchanger 4D048722A FLXS50 60BAVMB Indoor unit ie NN 5 Heat exchanger 40 Ed Field piping Don heat 6 4Cut Sirocco fan exch Fan motor Field piping 12 7 12 7 L Refrigerant flow cooling heating 4D048724A Appendix SiENBE18 621 Piping Diagrams 1 3 4 Floor Standing Type FVXS25 35BAVMB Indoor unit Heat exchanger Thermistor on heat Field piping 6 4Cut Single union joint i i Field piping 9 5Cut 9 5Cut Single union joint Jj Refrigerant flow cooling heating 4D034714C FVXS50BAVMB Indoor unit Cross flow fan Fan Muffler Q Cross flow fan Fan Field piping 9 5Cut 12 7Cut L j Refrigerant flow cooling heating 4D020911D Appendix 367 Piping Diagrams SiENBE18 621 1 3 5 Ceiling Mou
187. Auto Air Direction Control Right Left Horizontal Downward Right Left Horizontal Downward Air Filter Removable Washable Mildew Proof Removable Washable Mildew Proof Running Current Rated A 0 45 0 45 0 47 0 45 Power Consumption Rated Ww 96 96 98 96 Power Factor 96 92 8 92 8 90 7 92 8 Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer Control Dimensions HxWxD mm 490x1 050x200 490x1 050x200 Packaged Dimensions HxWxD mm 280x1 100x566 280x1 100x566 Weight kg 17 17 Gross Weight kg 24 24 Seien H M L SL dBA 47 43 39 36 46 41 35 33 48 45 41 39 47142 37134 Sound Power H dBA 63 32 64 63 Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Liquid mm 64 9 6 4 Piping Connection Gas mm 012 7 12 7 Drain mm 18 0 18 0 Drawing No 3D050897 3D050882 Conversion Formulae kcal h kWx860 Btu h kWx3414 efm m2 minx35 3 18 Specifications SIENBE18 621 Floor Standing Type 50Hz 230V Model FVXS25BAVMB FVXS35BAVMB Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Rated Capacity 2 5kW Class 3 5kW Class Front Panel Color Almond White Almond White Air Flow Rates H 8 1 286 9 2 325 8 3 293 9 2 325 m min M 6 2 219 7 0 247 6 3 222 7 1 251 cfm L 4 3 152 4 8 169 4 3 152 5 0 177 SL 3 4 120 3 5 124 3 4
188. CTOR M1F EMBEDDED RIT g PPL ld 1 gt Q1M o RIT RIT THERMISTOR indoor Bu 130 C 81 S32 RTHi CONNECTOR MF OPERATION SWITCH VATR PHASE CONTROL CIRCUIT 2 PROTECTIVE EARTH X1M TERMINAL BLOCK CONTROL E oem zic NOISE FILTER FERRITE CORE 3D045012K 2 3 3 Floor Ceiling Suspended Dual Type FLXS25 35 50 60BAVMB PCB3 1 LED LED LED F mp ES Y H1P H2P H3P 1 3 77 oo outdoor PCB4 FIELD WIRING TRANSMISSION 7 S1W CIRCUIT l i CAUTION SIGNAL NOTE THAT OPERATION WILL RESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK ON AGAIN _ PROTECTIEEARTH PCB1 PCB4 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD C70 RUNNING CAPACITOR RIT R2T THERMISTOR e FU FUSE 56 527 X21A CONNECTOR INFRARED H1P H3P PILOT LAMP Siw OPERATION SWITCH SW7 REMOTE MiF FAN MOTOR XIM TERMINAL STRIP CONTROL MIS SWING MOTOR 3D033909E Appendix 373 Wiring Diagrams SiENBE18 621 2 3 4 Floor Standing Type FVXS25 35 50BAVMB 374 INFRARED REMOTE CONTROL 4 TRANSMISSION CIRCUIT
189. Compressor Mould Proof Air Filter Compressor Rotary Compressor Wipe clean Flat Panel Reluctance DC Motor Washable Grille Power Airflow Flap Filter Cleaning Indicator Power Airflow Dual Flaps Mold Proof Operation Power Airflow Diffuser Heating Dry Operation E Wide Angle Louvers Good Sleep Cooling Operation Comfortable 2 Airflow Vertical Auto Swing Up and Down 24 Hour On Off Timer Horizontal Auto Swing Right and Left Timer 72 Hour On Off Timer 3 D Airflow Night Set Mode Comfort Airflow Mode Auto Restart after Power Failure 3 Step Airflow H P Only Self Diagnosis Digital LED Display Auto Fan Speed Worry Free Wiring Error Check Indoor Unit Silent Operation Delanty amp Automatic Test Operation Night Quiet Mode Automatic Outdoor Unit Silent Operation Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor Comfort Manual Heat Exchanger Control Multi Split Split Type Compatible Intelligent Eye Indoor Unit a Quick Warming Function Flexible Voltage Correspondence Hot Start Function m Flexibility High Ceiling Application Automatic Defrosting Chargeless Automatic Operation Either Side Drain Right or Left Operation Programme Dry Function Power Selection 5 Rooms Centralized Controller Fan Only Option New Powerful Operation Remote Control Adapter Non Inverter R
190. Control Air Purifying Filter Qaj Oval Scroll Compressor Health amp Long life Filter Option Swing Compressor Clean Mold Proof Air Filter Compressor Rotary Compressor Wipe clean Flat Panel Reluctance DC Motor Washable Grille Power Airflow Flap Filter Cleaning Indicator Power Airflow Dual Flaps Mold Proof Operation m Power Airflow Diffuser Heating Dry Operation Wide Angle Louvers Good Sleep Cooling Operation omfortable Vertical Auto Swing Up and Down 24 Hour On Off Timer olo Horizontal Auto Swing Right and Left Timer 72 Hour On Off Timer 3 D Airflow Night Set Mode Comfort Airflow Mode Auto Restart after Power Failure 3 Step Airflow H P Only Worry Free Self Diagnosis Digital LED Display Auto Fan Speed Reliability amp wiring Error Check m Durability Anil omi nticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor Indoor Unit Silent Operation Heat Exchanger Multi Split Split Type Compatible Night Quiet Mode Automatic Indoor Unit Comfort it Si i Control Sien Operation Flexible Voltage Correspondence Intelligent Eye Flexibility High Ceiling Application Quick Warming Function Chargeless Hot Start Function Either Side Drain Right or Left Automatic Defrostin
191. Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Troubleshooting u3 All outdoor unit models Check operation is executed or not Malfunction is decided when the unit starts operation without check operation W Check operation is not executed N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred as the check operation performed on Outdoor unit PC Press the BS4 on PC board on the master outdoor unit for 5 seconds or more to execute check operation Replace the main PC board on the outdoor unit V3052 339 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit SiENBE18 621 7 29 Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units and Outdoor Units Remote Control uy Display Applicable All indoor unit models Models All outdoor unit models Method of Microcomputer checks if transmission between indoor and outdoor units is normal Malfunction Detection Malfunction When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time Decision Conditions Supposed W Indoor to outdoor outdoor to outdoor transmission wiring F1 F2 disconnection short circuit Causes or wrong wiring Outdoor unit power supply is OFF System address doesn t match Defect of outdoor unit PCB Defect of indoor unit PCB 340 Troubleshooti
192. E POWER ON AGAIN IF LED AIS OFF gt THE BRANCH PROVIDER UNIT PCB IS FAULTY IF LED A IS FLASHING gt THE INDOOR UNIT PCB IS FAULTY TURN THE RECONNECT LINE 2 OF ALL INTER UNIT WIRING AND CHECK THE DAIGNOSIS BY LEDS ON INDOOR UNIT PCB 3P058760C 254 Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Service Check Function 2 Service Check Function 2 1 RA Indoor Unit Infrared Remote Control In the ARC433A series remote control the temperature display sections on the main unit indicate corresponding codes Check Method 1 1 When the timer cancel button is held down for 5 seconds a 00 indication flashes on the temperature display section A A OONOFF POWERFUL TEMP Po eres pease v TIMER lt ARC433A50 43 Gane SILENT COMFORT SENSOR Ce ON CANCEL TIMER CANCEL button a j It cancels the timer setting R4271 2 Press the timer cancel button repeatedly until a continuous beep is produced W The code indication changes in the sequence shown below and notifies with a long beep No Code No Code No Code 1 oa 12 CT 23 HO 2 ut 13 Ha 24 El 3 F3 14 J3 25 4 Eb 15 AZ 26 L3 5 L 16 Al 27 LH 6 85 17 28 H5 7 ES 18 t 29 T 8 F6 19 HS 30 ue 9 t 20 ub 31 UH 10 UD 21 UR 32 ER 11 22 R5 33 RH In case of ARC433A50 43 gt No Code No Code No Code 1 DD 12 Fs 23 Al 2 UY 13 Cl 24
193. EAT FAN e It displays the current settings 8 SILENT button OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation In this illustration each section is shown with all its 9 FAN setting button displays ON for the purpose of explanation e It selects the air flow rate setting 3 HOME LEAVE button 10 ON TIMER button HOME LEAVE operation 11 OFF TIMER button 4 POWERFUL button 12 TIMER Setting button POWERFUL operation It changes the time setting 5 TEMPERATURE adjustment buttons 13 TIMER CANCEL button e It changes the temperature setting It cancels the timer setting 6 ON OFF button 14 CLOCK button Press this button once to start operation Press once again to stop it 166 System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction FLXS 25 35 50 60 B B Indoor Unit The indoor unit can be installed either to the ceiling or to a wall The descriptions contained in this manual show the case when installation is being carried out to the ceiling The methods of operation use are the same when installing to a wall C Vonn INVERTER B Opening the front grille How to open the front panel N CAUTION Before opening the front grille be sure to stop the operation and turn the breaker OFF System Configuration 167 Instruction SiENBE18 621 B Outdoor Unit W Indoor Unit 1 Louvers vertical blades 13 Indoor Unit ON OFF switch The louvers are inside of the
194. ENBE18 621 Priority Room Setting The Priority Room Setting requires initial programming during installation Please consult your retailer or dealer for assistance The room designated as the Priority Room takes priority in the following situations 202 1 Operation Mode Priority As the operation mode of the Priority Room takes precedence the user can select a different operation mode from other rooms Example Room A is the Priority Room in the examples When COOL mode is selected in Room A while operating the following modes in Room B C and D Operation mode in Room B C and D Status of Room B C and D when the unit in Room A is in COOL mode COOL or DRY or FAN Current operation mode maintained HEAT The unit enters Standby Mode Operation resumes when the Room A unit stops operating If the unit is set to COOL mode operation continues If set to HEAT AUTO mode it enters Standby Mode Operation resumes when the Room A unit stops operating Priority when POWERFUL operation is used Example Room A is the Priority Room in the examples The indoor units in Rooms A B C and D are all operating If the unit in Room A enters POWERFUL operation operation capacity will be concentrated in Room A In such a case the cooling heating efficiency of the units in Rooms B C and D may be slightly reduced Priority when using OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation Example Room A is the Priority Room in the
195. ENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for SkyAir Indoor Unit 5 10 Malfunction of Suction Air Thermistor Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Check No 02 Refer to P 299 Troubleshooting r L FFQ B FHQ BU Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by suction air temperature sensor When the suction air temperature sensor s thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running Failure of the sensor itself Broken or disconnected wire Failure of indoor unit PCB Failure of connector contact Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred N Caution Check contact of connector i N Connect correctly Is it normal ves Disconnect the heat exchange sensor R3T from X17A on the indoor unit PC board and measure the resistance Is the thermistor normal See note YES Heat exchanger sensor replacement If contact is OK replace indoor unit PCB See Reize S NM for Thermistor temperature and resistance characteristics Q0417 293 Troubleshooting for SkyAir Indoor Unit SiENBE18 621 5 11 Malfunction of Remote Control Thermistor Remote Control fu Display Applicable FFQ B FHQ BU Models Method of Even if re
196. Electronic expansion valve Among EVA and the electronic expansion valve of stopping room is called for stopping room EVT Electronic expansion valve While in oil return operation used to adjust the refrigerant circulating rate of indoor C EVH Bypass unit DGA While in cooling operation used to carry out the indoor unit SH control and cooling gas 1 DGC Thermistor Gas pipe pipe isothermal control 2 Es Thermistor Liquid pipe While in heating operation used to carry out the indoor unit SC control 3 R1T Thermistor Room temp Used to detect room air temperature and instructs the capacity supply to BP unit Used to detect heat exchanger temperature and carry out various protection functions 4 R2T Thermistor Heat exchanger and controls of capacity 5 RiT Thermistor Room temp Used to detect room air temperature and instructs the capacity supply to BP unit 6 R2T Thermistor Used to detect heat exchanger temperature and carry out various protection functions Heat exchanger 1 and controls of capacity 7 R3T Thermistor Used to detect heat exchanger temperature and carry out various protection functions Heat exchanger 2 and controls of capacity vi i 4 vL i RA indoor unit i EVH Filter 92 1 E Filter Q AS oO EVs 9 Filter A 1 1 D EVc L LL Filter i d outdoor unit F Filter SA indo
197. F 20 charging operation O e O O e e OK E E E E JO setting Refrigerant charging ON 0900000 Refrigerant recovery de nemgerantrocoy eyi vacuuming OFF O EEEE JOR vacuuming mode setting 9 Refrigerant recovery vacuuming OFF O e e o oe 0e Oe TR Level 1 outdoor fan with 8 step or lower 22 bs time low noise O e O e O O e ox E E E A JO 9 Level 2 outdoor fan with 7 step or lower OR A E E JOR Level 3 outdoor fan with 6 step or lower E E E HORO Test Operation 123 Field Setting SiENBE18 621 Setting item display No MODE TEST C H selection LOW Demand Setting condition display Setting item IND Master Slave 10159 H7P H3P 5 6 Factory set Level 1 outdoor fan with 8 step orlower e e e e 25 Low noise setting Q o O O Level2 outdoor fan with7steporlower e e e o e Level 3 outdoor fan with 6 step orlower e e About 20 00 OK E E E E JO ight time low noise 26 operation start O e About 22 00 factory setting OO e e e e o e setting About 24 00 About 6 00 OK E E E E ZO 2 About 8 00 factory setting OR E E KOR E OFF O EEEE OR Power transistor 28 check mode O e O O O e 0900000 29 Capacity O e O O OK E E E A JO precedence setting O
198. GENT EYE sensor This can lead to damage and malfunction 194 System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction FTXS 20 25 35 C INTELLIGENT EYE is the infrared sensor which detects the human movement B To start INTELLIGENT EYE operation 1 Press SENSOR button 2 is displayed on the LCD B To cancel the INTELLIGENT EYE operation 2 Press SENSOR button again e disappears from the LCD EX When somebody in the room Normal operation When nobody in the room 20 min after start energy saving operation Somebody back in the room Back to normal operation System Configuration 195 Instruction SiENBE18 621 B To adjust the angle of the INTELLIGENT EYE sensor e You can adjust the angle of the INTELLIGENT EYE sensor to increase the detection area Adjustable angle 15 to right and left of centre INTELLIGENT EYE sensor Gently push and slide the sensor to adjust the angle e After adjusting the angle wipe the sensor gently with a clean cloth being careful not to scratch the sensor Moving the sensor to the left Moving the sensor to the right INTELLIGENT EYE is useful for Energy Saving W Energy saving operation e Change the temperature 2 C in heating 2 C in cooling 2 C in dry mode from set temperature Decrease the air flow rate slightly in fan operation In FAN mode only Notes on INTELLIGENT EYE e Application
199. HOES m 24 control PCB indoor unit 31 34 36 37 40 44 46 48 cool heat mode switching 127 cool heat selector 28 cooling operation fan control 66 D defrosting operation 70 demand operation 79 dew condensation prevention control 78 dew prevention fan control 109 diagnosis iTiode oo tir 256 discharge pipe protection control 75 display PCB 32 36 38 41 44 drain pump control _ neee enen 101 DS aesti arcet i ettet pesti usd 26 E Bte Anne Ge 27 307 Beente ueteri d 301 E inte edn 308 ETET 310 EO t 312 y MEM M 313 EO T E atem de nic ede 314 econo mode 0 40 91 econo operation 4422 1212 190 electric function parts 99 electronic expansion valve PI control 65 error codes 270 281 EE TS 282 AD sith atresia Ate tuia irent 271 BAD err nne eel 273 274 285 286 AT veestal 288 EEE EPEN 300 EE 284 RAE 290 PN 276 291 SiENBE18 621 Sod
200. IENBE18 621 INTELLIGENT EYE sensor 32 34 36 inverter compressor abnormal 328 inverter current abnormal 329 inverter POWERFUL operation 95 inverter protection control 76 inverter start up error 330 J JO cotto tue et ettet iet 302 Jo bad xc ECOLE ues MO ocu 319 JA totu trt stet 147 VERTIT 320 JO storici tete bo Dre ett but 321 TEE ETT DEM EMITE RENE 322 vd oed ext b et 323 NI E 30 33 35 37 39 42 147 324 ctn eee 30 33 35 37 39 42 147 VCE 30 33 35 37 39 42 147 325 Jumper Setting uo yere ceteri reote 147 L EM E EEE 29 326 CO 29 Enc PEE 327 Ebo sisse ce aret emn ied 328 Eon aM E T 329 EQ u A 330 B ERES 27 ntu tet ei ud 27 Hor E MEAS 24 331 Bon 24 uiuere 24 LED AC tatiana dee 30 33 35 37 39 42 30 33 35 37 39 CEDI zeten iet aeter 42 Dh 42 EEDIA A iet ete rot 42 ees bs 30 33 35 37 39 CEDI E 30 33 35 37 39 limit switch continuity check 278 list of malfunction code 268 local setting air flow direction 2 140 IO MEC HII
201. INPUT FROM OUTSIDE WIR m D REMOTE CONTROL R1T j HERMISTOR AIR SS1 SELECTOR SWITCH MAIN SUB X60A X61A CONNECTOR INTERFACE ADAPTER OR SKYAIR SERIES INFRARED REMOTE CONTROL RECEIVER DISPLAY UNIT A3P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD A4P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD Appendix NG USED IN CASE OF US LOW PRP PURPLE GRY GRAY BLU BLUE DANCE WI H THE ATTACHED ING SHIELD WIRE C1 S1L X1M X2MD 3D038357B 375 Wiring Diagrams SiENBE18 621 2 3 6 Ceiling Suspended Type
202. IP HIP HIP V2761 m Mode changing procedure Set Select mode with BS2 SET button in each selection step Press BS1 MODE button for more than 5 sec Setting mode 1 Press BS1 MODE button Initial condition Setting mode 2 Monitor mode gt Setting item selection Set gt Check item selection Set Press BS3 Press BS3 button RETURN button Setting condition selection Set Contents display Press BS3 y RETURN button Press BS3 RETURN button Setting condition Contents display Press BS3 RETURN button Press BS3 MODE button Press BS3 MODE button 120 V2762 Test Operation SiENBE18 621 Field Setting a Setting mode 1 This mode is used to set and check the following items 1 Set items eeens In order to make COOL HEAT selection in a batch of outdoor unit group change the setting COOL HEAT selection IND COOL HEAT selection MASTER COOL HEAT selection SLAVE 2 Check items The following items can be checked 1 Current operating conditions Normal Abnormal In check operation 2 Setting conditions of COOL HEAT selection Individual Batch master Batch slave 3 Low noise operating conditions In normal operation In low noise operation 4 Demand operating conditions In normal operation In demand operation Proc
203. L 6 2 219 6 3 222 6 2 219 6 3 222 Type Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow Fan Fan Motor Output 40 40 Steps 5 Steps Silent Auto 5 Steps Silent Auto Air Direction Control Right Left Horizontal Downward Right Left Horizontal Downward Air Filter Removable Washable Mildew Proof Removable Washable Mildew Proof Running Current Rated A 0 21 0 21 0 21 0 21 Power Consumption Rated 48 48 48 48 Power Factor 99 4 99 4 99 4 99 4 Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer Control Dimensions HxWxD mm 283 800 195 283 800 195 Packaged Dimensions HxWxD mm 265x855x340 265x855x340 Weight kg 9 9 Gross Weight kg 12 12 H M L SL dBA 46 41 35 32 46 40 34 31 46 41 35 32 46 40 34 31 Sound Power H dBA 62 62 62 62 Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Liquid mm 9 6 4 9 6 4 Piping Connection Gas mm 12 7 12 7 Drain mm 18 0 18 0 Drawing No 3D051814 3D051815 Specifications Conversion Formulae kcal h kWx860 Btu h kWx3414 cfm m3 minx35 3 13 Specifications SiENBE18 621 50Hz 230V Model FTXS20CAVMB FTXS25CAVMB Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Rated Capacity 2 0kW Class 2 5kW Class Front Panel Color White White
204. LE I Connector color gray High voltage 1 Electronic expansion valve Marking color blue Thermistor discharge Q0524 Refrigerant Circuit 53 SiENBE18 621 Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode 3 Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode Cooling Operation 3 1 ONIdid 07214 a eso HAJ 9500 N4 93 joquod HS 843 Har 04402 HS VA3 OJOHHIS A Q a HOLSINHIHL _ YSONVHOXS g yan BS o woog ANNEN H39 NV HOX3 NAH e mm M 810 HOISIWH3HL uana 2S J T 3018 amor a WOO SATA NOISNvaxa MP Ee OINOH LOAF H 1 TT yn HOISWYBHL vang YOLOW m arawn 2 HAN v WOO AATVA NOISNvdX3
205. ML 50 60 71kW class 750 1000 During powerful operation MH R2818 R2818 1050 rpm H HH Powerful Within this range the airflow rate is automatically controlled when the FAN setting button is set to automatic Note 1 During powerful operation fan rotates at tap 50 90 rpm 2 Fan stops during defrost operation Automatic Air The following drawing explains the principle for fan speed control for heating Flow Control for Thermostat DC motor Rotation speed control Heating setting AC motor Phase control temperature 0 5 C L 1 5 C 4 Difference between room ML d 26 and set temperature M fan speed R4593 Automatic Air The following drawing explains the principle of fan speed control for cooling Flow Control for fan speed Cooling 2 C Difference between room ML and set temperature 1 5 C 1 C L 0 5 C Thermostat setting temperature DC motor Rotation speed control R4594 AC motor Phase control 86 Function SIENBE18 621 Indoor Unit RA Models 7 3 Programme Dry Function Programme dry function removes humidity while preventing the room temperature from In Case of Inverter Units Function lowering Since the microcomputer controls both the temperature and air flow volume the temperature adjustment and fan adjustment buttons are inoperable in this mode The microcomputer automatically sets the temperature and fan s
206. N OK A AA EOR 60 demand OK E E E E JO 30 Demand setting 1 O O 70 demand 80 demand OFF OE E E E E JO 32 Me demand O O e o ON 124 Test Operation SiENBE18 621 Field Setting c Monitor mode mode 1 To enter the monitor mode push the MODE BS1 button when in Setting lt Selection of setting item gt Push the SET BS2 button and set the LED display to a setting item lt Confirmation on setting contents gt Push the RETURN BS3 button to display different data of set items Monitor mode Push the RETURN BS3 button and switches to the initial status of Push the MODE BS1 button and returns to Setting mode 1 Test Operation V2765 LED display No Setting item Data display H1P H3P HsP HEP O Various setting See below 1 C H unified address o 2 Low noise demand address 0 O 3 Not used 4 Airnet address Q Lowers digits 5 Number of connected indoor units OQ e Oo Number of connected zone units 7 excluding outdoor and BS unit
207. N only for several hours on a fine day to dry out the inside Press MODE selector button and select FAN operation e Press ON OFF button and start operation 2 Clean the air filters and set them again Take out batteries from the remote control 4 Turn OFF the breaker for the room air conditioner When a multi outdoor unit is connected make sure the heating operation is not used at the other room before you use the fan operation System Configuration 215 Instruction SiENBE18 621 FLXS 25 35 50 60 B CAUTION Before cleaning ve sure to stop the operation and turn the breaker OFF UNITS B Indoor unit Outdoor unit and Remote control 1 Wipe them with dry soft cloth Front panel 1 Open the front grille Hold the panel by the tabs on the two sides and lift it until it stops with a click 2 Clean the front panel e Wipe it with a soft cloth soaked in water Only neutral detergent may be used e n case of washing the panel with water dry it with cloth dry it up in the shade after washing 3 Close the front panel Push the panel at the 5 points indicated by e Operation without air filters may result in troubles as dust will accumulate inside the indoor unit N CAUTION e Don t touch the metal parts of the indoor unit If you touch those parts this may cause an injury When removing or attaching the front panel use a robust and stable stool and watch your steps carefully Whe
208. NO Replace the moving part of the electronic expansion valve The connecting cable is short circuited or disconnected YES Replace the connecting cable gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P V3067 Make measurement of resistance between the connector pins and then make sure the resistance falls in the range of 40 to 50W Orange 1 O Red 2 GS Measuring points Yellow 3 1 6 2 6 Black 4 O Bg 3 6 5 O 4 6 Grape O ES V3067 Troubleshooting 315 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit SiENBE18 621 7 7 Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting 316 5 F3 All outdoor unit models Abnormality is detected according to the temperature detected by the discharge pipe temperature sensor When the discharge pipe temperature rises to an abnormally high level When the discharge pipe temperature rises suddenly W Faulty discharge pipe temperature sensor Faulty connection of discharge pipe temperature sensor Faulty outdoor unit PCB Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred A Caution Discharge pipe temperature is 120 C or higher when the unit stop by alfunction YES
209. NToperation 9 FAN setting button e It selects the air flow rate setting 10 SWING button 11 MOLD PROOF button MOLD PROOF operation 12 SENSOR button INTELLIGENT EYE operation 13 ON TIMER button 14 OFF TIMER button 15 TIMER Setting button It changes the time setting 16 TIMER CANCEL button e It cancels the timer setting 17 CLOCK button 18 RESET button Restart the unit if it freezes e Use a thin object to push 157 Instruction SiENBE18 621 FTXS 20 25 35C B Indoor Unit 158 System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction B Outdoor Unit HEI 18 f BETTE EDITT AMI m Indoor Unit 1 Air filter 2 Air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function These filters are attached to the inside of the air filters t 3 Air inlet 4 Front panel 5 Panel tab 6 Room temperature sensor e It senses the air temperature around the unit 7 INTELLIGENT EYE sensor e It detects the movements of people and automatically switches between normal operation and endergy saving operation 8 Display 9 Air outlet 10 Flaps
210. ON Comfort Manual Chargsless Control Intelligent Eye Either Side Drain Right or Left Quick Warming Function Power Selection 5 Rooms Centralized Controller Hot Start Function Option olojo Remote Control Adapter Automatic Defrosting PET memole Normal Open Pulse Contact Option 2 9 Remote Control Adapter Automatic Operation Normal Open Contact Option olojo Operation Programme Dry Function ololo DIII NET Compatible Adapter Option O O O Fan Only Wireless Remote New Powerful Operation __ _ Control Wired Non Inverter Inverter Powerful Operation Priority Room Setting Cooling Heating Mode Lock Lifestyle Home Leave Operation olojo Convenience ECONO Mode Indoor Unit On Off Switch Signal Reception Indicator Temperature Display Another Room Operation Note Holding Functions No Functions List of Functions 5 List of Functions SiENBE18 621 g en m Ss 2 lt lt lt lt 28 B g Category Functions D Category Functions LO e LO 9o 515 SE LL LL LL Air Pur
211. ON pprox DRY Always use a remote control to adjust the flaps angle If you attempt to approx 5 35 move it forcibly with hand when it is swinging the mechanism may be broken Becareful when adjusting the louvers Inside the air outlet fan is rotating at a high speed _ STOP p HEAT approx 15 55 FAN approx 5 55 System Configuration 183 Instruction SiENBE18 621 FLXS 25 35 50 60 B You can adjust the air flow direction to increase your comfort Cees TTA To adjust the horizontal blade flap p 1 Press SWING button Cs is displayed on the LCD and the flaps begin to swing 2 When the flap has reached the desired position press SWING button once more The flap will stop moving s disappears from the LCD HOME LEAVE 4 OONOFF POWERFUL v MODE C 1 2 CANCEL 9 am TIMER 184 System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction B To adjust the vertical blades louvers When adjusting the louver use a robust and stable stool and watch your steps carefully Hold the knob and move the louvers You will find a knob on the left side and the right side blades Notes on flaps and louvers angels Unless SWING is selected you should set the flap at a near horizontal angle in COOL or DRY mode to obtain the best performance n COOL or DRY mode if the flap is fixed at a downward position the flap
212. OPERATED VALVE COIL 3D048566A 370 Appendix SIENBE18 621 Wiring Diagrams 2 3 Indoor Units 2 3 1 Wall Mounted Type FTXS20 25 35D3VMW L BEN FIELD WIRING 5 be RECTIFIER A X1M gi 2 vi BLK 4 EHE OUTDOOR e WHT 2 le RED 3 CAUTION le TRANSMISSION ERN vy i CIRCUIT NOTE THAT OPERATION WILL L RESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK 821 7 AGAIN 5 1 x FG FRAME GROUND lo F1U FUSE H1P H3P PILOT LAMP PCB4 S3 1 FAN MOTOR NTELLIGENT EYE MIS SWING MOTOR SENSOR PCB1 PCB4 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD R1T R2T THERMISTOR 51 538 CONNECTOR OPERATION SWITCH 1 TERMINAL STRIP jii SIGNAL INDOOR
213. OS SEA MIAINYD r AlddflS H3MOd NIYIN Q4VO8 LINDYIO Q31NIed di V Svo LOH AATVA GION310S SZA Q1 18 N aax AAVA AYM 3NYVA GION310S SLA 369 Appendix Wiring Diagrams SiENBE18 621 2 2 BP Units RIT R2T R3T RAT DLA DGA DLB DGB tel te ERI II EEEEEEEE FIELD WIRING 092 z RED Y3E x22A8 AAS ORG ROOM B BLU YW aa e 1 6 s RED Y2E xna e BR INDOOR 2 jin RED SEEN se ROOMA ROOMA 11 H2P LED1 HE WHT TRANSMISSION H3P LED2 NGE RED gai VIE CIRCUIT LED3 BLU 9 Wam Sd BYPASS H5P LED4 1 Le WHT 1 DE X90A INDOOR 2 NE F2U WHT FOR
214. PCB Optional Accessory Connector for Group Control Adapter Optional Accessory Connector for ON OFF Input from Outside for Optional Accessory Connector for Interface Adapter Optional Accessory Service Monitor LED Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram and Name 47 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram SiENBE18 621 PCB Detail HAP Service monitor LED X26A Capacity setting X19A X18A adaptor X40A X15A X14A X61A KA X33A X27A X20A X25A 48 X25A Xeon xegn 2P095007 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram and Name SIENBE18 621 Part 4 Refrigerant Circuit 1 Refrigerant NOU eee ne ne p e poet strae 50 TUI OU OOR UNS eenden Neten 50 12 BP UNIS etn 52 2 Functional Paris ded HE MERE 53 21 Outdoor UNIS ore ree 53 Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation 54 3 1 Cooling Operation p E 54 3 2 Heating Operation u eae ee entera e ASE aneka 55 3 3 Cooling Oil Return 56 3 4 Heating Oil Return Operation amp Defrost Operation 57 Refrigerant Circuit 49 Refrigerant Circuit SiENBE18 621 1 Refrigerant Circuit Outdoor Units 1 1 No in refrigerant S
215. T gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P V3070 Refer to Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics table on P355 Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit 7 10 Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor R2T Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Troubleshooting UF All outdoor unit models Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by discharge pipe temperature thermistor When a short circuit or an open circuit in the discharge pipe temperature thermistor is detected W Defect of thermistor R2T for outdoor unit discharge pipe W Defect of outdoor unit PCB A1P AN Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Connector bored NO Connect the thermistor and turn PC board on again A1P YES Resistance is normal when measured after disconnecting the thermistor R2T from the outdoor unit PC board 5 0kW NO gt Replace the thermistor R2T gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P V3072 Refer to thermistor resistance temperature characteristics table on P355 319 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit SiENBE18 621 7 11 Malfunction of Thermistor R3T R5T for Suction 1 2 Remote Control D
216. TOR DGA 15 9CuT mn dom LOCAL PIPING i GAS SIDE REFRIGERANT FLOW THERMISTOR DGB 2 ROOM B See 15 9 _ SEC SUBEATING LOCAL PIPING T COOLING GAS SIDE ROOM C THERMISTOR DGC Zo ENE LOCAL PIPING EXPANSION VALVE BYPASS FILTER INDOOR UNIT en EXPANSION VALVE ROOMA quip SIDE gt FILTER ROOM A THERMISTOR DLA 75 Bae NM CAL PIPING ROOM B OUTDOOR UNIT 64cuT _ gt __ 191 CAL PIPING LOCAL PIPING ROOM C 6 4CuT _ LOCAL PIPING OUTDOOR UNIT 7 FILTER 9 5CuT i LOCAL PIPING 3D048285A Appendix 363 Piping Diagrams SiENBE18 621 1 3 Indoor Units 1 3 1 Wall Mounted Type FTXS20 25 35D3VMW L indoor Heat exchanger 6 4Cut i Thermistor on heat exch 00 Cross flow fan 7 9Cut Field piping 6 4Cut Fan motor 9 5Cut Refrigerant flow cooling heating 4D047912E FTXS20 25 35CAVMB Indoor unit Heat exchanger 1 7 0Cut s Thermistor N on heat exch O Field piping Cross flow fan n Held piping 6 4Cut Fan motor Field piping 9 5Cut 9 5Cut ut Refrigerant flow cooling 4 heating 4D049319A 364 FTXS50D2V1W L Indoor unit Thermistor on heat exch Field piping Cross
217. URE This display shows the set temperature DISPLAY FAN SPEED This display shows the set fan speed 10 DISPLAY 2 AIR FLOW FLAP Refer to AIR FLOW DIRECTION ADJUST 11 DISPLAY 5 TIME TO CLEAN AIR FILTER Refer to HOW TO CLEAN THE AIR FILTER 12 DISPLAY 870 DEFROST Refer to DEFROST OPERATION 5 Name and function of each switch and display on the remote control 13 NON FUNCTIONING DISPLAY If that particular function is not available pressing the button may display the words NOT AVAILABLE for a few seconds When running multiple units simultaneously the NOT AVAILABLE message will only appear if none of the indoor units is equipped with the function If even one unit is equipped with the function the display will not appear Refer to figure 1 on page 1 The illustrations in this operating manual correspond to the remote control format BRC1C type Although the display and shape of the buttons on the BRC1B type are slightly different they may be operated in the same manner ON OFF BUTTON 4 Press the button and the system will start Press the button again and the system will stop OPERATION LAMP RED The lamp lights up during operation DISPLAY UNDER CENTRAL IZED CONTROL When this display shows the system is UNDER CENTRALIZED CONTROL DISPLAY aca
218. Unit INSPECTION TEST Button Explanation The following modes can be selected by using the Inspection Test Operation button on the remote control N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Depress Inspection Test Operation button for more than 4 seconds Service data can be obtained Malfunciton code history Temperature data of various sections Service settings can be made Forced fan ON Air flow direction volume setting Indoor unit settings can be made Filter sign time Air flow direction Others Local setting mode Service mode Depress Inspection Test Operation button Press for more than 4 seconds Inspection Test Operation button once Normal mode Press Inspection Test Operation button once Or after 30 minutes Press Inspection Test Operation button once After 10 seconds Following codes can be checked Malfunction codes Indoor model code Outdoor model code Test operation Thermostat is forcibly turned on mode Press Inspection Test Operation button once V0815 Troubleshooting 259 Service Check Function SiENBE18 621 2 3 SkyAir Indoor Unit Wired Remote Control Explanation If operation stops due to malfunction the remote control s operation LED blinks and malfunction c
219. able and photocatalytic deodorzing filters as burnable waste Item Part No Air Purifying Filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function without frame 1 set KAF918A43 Air Purifying Filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function without frame 1 set KAF918A44 208 System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction FTXS 50 60 71 E FTXS 71 B CAUTION Before cleaning be sure to stop the operation and turn the breaker OFF UNITS B Indoor unit Outdoor unit and Remote control 1 Wipe them with dry soft cloth Front panel 1 Open the front grille Hold the panel by the tabs on the two sides and lift it until it stops with a click 2 Remove the front grille e Open the front panel further while sliding it to either the left or right and pulling it toward you This will disconnect the rotation dowel on one side Then disconnect the rotation dowel on the other side in the same manner 3 Clean the front grille e Wipe it with a soft cloth soaked in water Only neutral detergent may be used In case of washing the grille with water dry it with cloth dry it up in the shade after washing 4 Attach the front grille e Align the rotation dowels on the left and right of the front panel with the slots then push them all the way in e Close the front panel slowly Press the panel at both sides and the center
220. al heat exchange and the air cleaning unit are in operation These are optional accessories DISPLAY 5 66 59 66 59 66 5 66 OPERATION MODE 5 This display shows the current OPERATION MODE For cooling only type A Auto and Heating are not installed DISPLAY TEST INSPECTION TEST OPERATION 6 When the INSPECTION TEST OPERATION BUTTON is pressed the display shows the System mode is in Jw DISPLAY 5 2 PROGRAMMED TIME ee This display shows the PROGRAMMED TIME of the system start or stop DISPLAY 272 SET TEMPERATURE This display shows the set temperature DISPLAY amp FAN SPEED This display shows the set fan speed DISPLAY AIR FLOW FLAP 10 Refer to AIR FLOW DIRECTION ADJUST TIMER ON OFF BUTTON Refer to PROGRAM TIMER OPERATION INSPECTION TEST OPERATION BUT TON This button is used only by qualified service persons for maintenance purposes PROGRAMMING TIME BUTTON 17 Use this button for programming START and or STOP time TEMPERATURE SETTING BUTTON 18 Use this button for SETTING TEMPERA TURE FILTER SIGN RESET BUTTON Refer to HOW TO CLEAN THE AIR FILTER FAN SPEED CONTROL BUTTON 20 Press this button to select the fan speed HIGH or LOW of your choice OPERATION MODE SELECTOR BUTTON Press this button to select OPERATION MODE
221. al transmitter e t sends signals to the indoor unit Display e elt displays the current settings In this illustration each section is shown with all its displays ON for the purpose of explanation HOME LEAVE button HOME LEAVE operation POWERFUL button POWERFUL operation TEMPERATURE adjustment buttons e t changes the temperature setting ON OFF button Press this button once to start operation Press once again to stop it MODE selector button A 160 e It selects the operation mode AUTO DRY COOL HEAT FAN SILENT button OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation FAN setting button e It selects the air flow rate setting 10 SWING button 11 SENSOR button INTELLIGENT EYE operation 12 ON TIMER button 13 OFF TIMER button 14 TIMER Setting button e It changes the time setting 15 TIMER CANCEL button e It cancels the timer setting 16 CLOCK button 8 9 System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction FTK X S 50 60 71 B FTXS 71 D B Indoor Unit 4 3 1 usi EN 9 19 8 6 7 11 oo 12 pee ec ON OFF p d 14 13 Main unit control panel System Configuration 161 Instruction SiENBE18 621 B Outdoor Unit m Indoor Unit 1 1 Air filter 2 Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air Purifying E Filter Th
222. alfunction of Transmission between Inverter and Control PCB 331 7 23 High Voltage of Capacitor in Main Inverter Circuit 332 7 24 Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Rise Sensor 333 7 25 Faulty Combination of Inverter and Fan Driver 334 7 26 Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or Electronic Expansion Valve Failure eese 335 7 27 Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure 337 7 28 Check Operation not 40 339 7 29 Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units and NS C Cm 340 7 30 Malfunction of Transmission between Remote Control and Indoor Uit 342 7 31 Malfunction of Transmission between Main and Sub Remote Controls senen inenen eenn 343 7 32 Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and Outdoor Units in the Same SYSTEM ee 344 7 33 Excessive Number of Indoor Units 2 346 7 34 Address Duplication of Central Remote Control 347 7 35 Malfunction of Transmission between Central Remote Controller and Indoor Unit Sot Det tires Pe 348 7 36 System is not Set yet 350 7 37 Malfunction of System Refrigerant System Address Undefined 351 atta ini bete
223. amp Long life Filter Option ean Reluctance DC Motor Mold Proof Air Filter Power Airflow Flap S Wipe clean Flat Panel Power Airflow Dual Flaps Washable Grille Power Airflow Diffuser Filter Cleaning Indicator Sle Wide Angle Louvers Mold Proof Operation Comfortable Airflow Vertical Auto Swing Up and Down Heating Dry Operation Horizontal Auto Swing Right and Left Good Sleep Cooling Operation 3 D Airflow 24 Hour On Off Timer Comfort Airflow Mode O O Timer 72 Hour On Off Timer 3 Step Airflow H P Only Night Set Mode olojo Auto Fan Speed Auto Restart after Power Failure Indoor Unit Silent Operation Self Diagnosis Digital LED Display O O O __ _ __ Worry Free T PERRA SR Night Quiet Mode Automatic Reliability amp Wiring Error Check Outdoor Unit Silent Operation Durability Comfort Manual e ors Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor EN ee Control Heat Exchanger Intelligent Eye Quick Warming Function ze Multi Split Split Type Compatible EPA Hot Start Function Indoor Unit Automatic Defrosting Flexible Voltage Correspondence Automatic Operation Flexibility High Ceiling Application Operation Programme Dry Function Chargeless Fan Only Either Side Drain Right or Left Oper
224. an Motor Output 18 43 Steps 5 Steps Silent Auto 5 Steps Silent Auto Air Direction Control Right Left Horizontal Downward Right Left Horizontal Downward Air Filter Removable Washable Mildew Proof Removable Washable Mildew Proof Running Current Rated A 0 18 0 18 0 15 0 16 Power Consumption Rated 40 40 34 36 Power Factor 96 6 96 6 98 6 97 8 Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer Control Dimensions HxWxD mm 273x784x195 290x1 050x238 Packaged Dimensions HxWxD mm 258x834x325 337x1 147x366 Weight kg 7 5 12 Gross Weight kg 11 17 H M L SL dBA 39 33 26 23 39 34 29 26 43 39 34 31 42 38 33 30 Sound Power dBA 57 57 59 58 Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Liquid mm 9 6 4 6 4 Piping Connection Gas mm 9 5 12 7 Drain mm 18 0 18 0 Drawing No 3D050945 3D051645 Conversion Formulae kcal h kWx860 Btu h kWx3414 efm m2 minx35 3 14 Specifications SIENBE18 621 50Hz 230V Model FTXS60EV1B FTXS71EV1B Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Rated Capacity 6 0kW Class 7 1kW Class Front Panel Color White White H 16 2 572 17 4 614 17 4 614 19 7 695 m3 min M 13 6 480 15 1 533 14 6 515 16 6 586 AE Flow Rates cfm L 11 4 402 12 7
225. an speed in order to protect the unit There are 2 ways of adjusting the air discharge angle 1 A Up and down adjustment 2 B Left and right direction Air flow direction adjust Fig 1 Up and down adjustment The movable limit of the flap is changeable Contact your Daikin dealer for details System Configuration SiEN18 621 Instruction Press the AIR FLOW DIRECTION ADJUST button to select the air direction as following The AIR FLOW FLAP display swings as shown left and the air flow direction continuously varies Automatic swing setting Press AIR FLOW DIRECTION ADJUST button to select the air direction of your choice The AIR FLOW FLAP display stops swinging and the air flow direction is fixed Fixed air flow direction setting Movement of the air flow flap For the following conditions micro computer controls the air flow direction so it may be different from the display Operation Heating When starting operation When room temperature is higher than the set temperature 1 At defrost operation Air is blown horizontally to prevent the cool air from being blown directly onto anyone in the room Operation mode includes automatic operation Program timer operation Operate in the following order The timer is operated in the following two ways Programming the stop time The system stops operating
226. and Remote control 1 Wipe them with dry soft cloth B Front grille 1 Open the front panel Press the two 5297 places on the left and right of the front panel 2 Remove the front panel e Remove the chain e Allowing the front panel to fall forward will enable you to remove it 3 Clean the front panel e Wipe softly with a damp cloth Only neutral detergent may be used e In case of washing the front panel with water dry it with cloth dry it up in the shade after washing 4 Attach the front panel e Insert the front panel into the grooves of the unit 3 places Attach the chain to the right inner side of the front panel Close the panel slowly Place front panel in grooves N CAUTION Hold the front grille firmly so that it does not fall e Do not touch the metal parts on the inside of the indoor unit as it may result in injury When removing or attaching the front panel use a robust and stable stool and watch your steps carefully When removing or attaching the front panel support the panel securely with hand to prevent it from falling e For cleaning do not use hot water above 40 C benzine gasoline thinner nor other volatile oils polishing compound scrubbing brushes nor other hand stuff After cleaning make sure that the front panel is securely fixed System Configuration 219 Instruction SiENBE18 621 FILTERS 1 Open the front grille 2 Remove the air filt
227. anger troubleshooting 291 292 remote control 2 294 Fierce 293 thermistor or related abnormality indoor unit 276 thermistor resistance temperature characteristics 355 thermistor resistance check 279 299 thermostat control 89 100 TIMER operation nnn eneen eneen 199 titanium apatite photocatalytic air purifying filter 96 transmission error between indoor unit and remote control 295 between main and sub remote control 296 transmission error between indoor unit and PR EET 303 transmission error between outdoor unit and eee vere aree eee 305 troubleshooting ea n 222 troubleshooting with the LED A 254 outdoor unit 253 skyair indoor unit 2 252 troubleshooting with the operation lamp 251 U due Po ERRARE 24 WO aca 335 337 cx PUE 339 UE 303 340 295 342 US 296 343 BUE TIME EE 344 a ETE 297 346 347 cT 348 EET E TE EMITE 350 351 305 unit No Change eee ee
228. ants has led to its close involvement in environmental issues For several years Daikin has had the intension to become a leader in the provision of products that have limited impact on the environment This challenge demands the eco design and development of a wide range of products and an energy management system resulting in energy conservation and a reduction of waste In all of us a green heart DAIKIN EUROPE Naamloze Vennootschap Zandvoordestraat 300 B 8400 Oostende Belgium www daikin eu BTW BE 0412 120 336 RPR Oostende Daikin Europe N V is approved by LRQA for its Quality Management System in accordance with the 1509001 standard 1509001 pertains to quality assurance regarding design development manufacturing as well as to services related to the product 15014001 assures an effective environmental management system in order to help protect human health and the environment from the potential impact of our activities products and services and to assist in maintaining and improving the quality of the environment Daikin units comply with the European regulations that guarantee the safety of the product ER Daikin Europe participates in the Eurovent Certification Programme for Air Conditioners AC Liquid Chilling Packages LCP and Fan Coil Units FC the certified data of certified models are listed in the Eurovent Directory The present publication is drawn up by way of information
229. apillary V i tube x Filter Filter Compressor A co Capillary Solenoid Nes tube valve High pressure switch NN ACCUMULATOR y Stop valve With service port on on site piping side 7 9mm flare connection 362 3D052712 Appendix SIENBE18 621 Piping Diagrams 1 2 BP Units BPMKS967B2B INDOOR UNIT GAS SIDE ROOM A REFRIGERANT FLOW THERMISTOR DGA ET 15 9CuT HEATING e LOCAL PIPING See GAS SIDE GAS ROOM B THERMISTOR DGB OP 15 9007 ES NE Em LOCAL PIPING EXPANSION VALVE BYPASS EIGER ELECTRONIC INDOOR UNIT E EXPANSION VALVE ROOM A LIQUID SIDE ROOM i enn 4 FILTER THERMISTORDLA 6 4CuT LOCAL PIPING ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE ROOM B LIQUID SIDE sania LIQUID FILTER THERMISTOR DLB 75 6 4CuT OUTDOOR UNIT e HH AE _ 19 1CuT LOCAL PIPING LOCAL PIPING OUTDOOR UNIT 7 9 5CuT FILTER o LOCAL PIPING 3D048286B BPMKS967B3B INDOOR UNIT GAS SIDE ROOM A THERMIS
230. arts FTXS 20 25 35 50 D B Indoor Unit 1 2 3 4 ee ee r4 JN 8 5 oo x Te Y UD meu C J 7 1 I I NIN yr SY 16 14 ch 50 3 PE 45 ON OFF 2 System Configuration 155 Instruction SiENBE18 621 B Outdoor Unit T 19 20 18 21 m Indoor Unit 1 Air filter 12 Indoor Unit ON OFF switch 2 Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air Purifying Filter e Push this switch once to start operation Push once These filters are attached to the inside of the air filters again to stop it 3 Air inlet The operation mode refers to the following table 4 Front panel z xU emperature ir flow 5 Paneltab Mode setting tale 6 Room temperature sensor F C TKS COOL 22 6 AUTO e It senses the air temperature around the unit F C TXS AUTO 25 6 AUTO 7 INTELLIGENT EYE sensor e It detects the movements of people and automatically i This switch is useful when the remote control is switches between normal operation and energy saving missing 13 Operation lamp green peration 8 Display 14 TIMER lamp yellow 9 Air outlet 15 INTELLIGENT EYE lamp green 10 Flaps horizontal blades 16 Signal receiver 11 Louvers vertical blades It receives signals from the remote control The louvers are inside
231. ate microcomputer operation condition Even after the error is cancelled and the equipment operates in normal condition the LED indication remains 18 E D v LI LI hy ben Zr MP t da ue e ma e T M LE e 124 LED A HAP 3P187671 Troubleshooting 253 Caution for Diagnosis SiENBE18 621 1 4 Troubleshooting with the LED on the BP Unit LED B GREEN GREEN NORMALLY FLASHING INTERCOMMNICATION TO DIAGNOSIS RED NORMALLY OFF OUTDOOR UNIT NORMAL NORMAL FLASH ABNORMALITY CHECK INTER UNIT WIRING e OFF e ABNORMALITY CHECK INTER UNIT WIRING IRRELEVANT GREEN RED MICROCOMPUTER MALFUNTION DETECTION NORMAL LED 4 LED 2 LED 3 LED 4 DIAGNOSIS 9 e NORMAL5 CHECK INDOOR OR OUTDOOR UNIT 9 e THERMISTORABNORMALITY HIGH PRESSURE PROTECTOR WORKED OR FREEZE UP IN OPERATING UNIT OR STAND BY UNIT e e ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE ABNORMALITY o 11 POWER SUPPLY FAULT OR NOTE 2 NOTES 1 TURN THE POWER OFF THEN ON AGAIN IF THE LED DISPLAY RECURS THE BRANCH PROVIDER UNIT PCB IS FAULTY 2 TURN THE POWER OFF AND THEN ON AGAIN IF THE LED DISPLAY RECURS TURN THE POWER OFF AND DISCONNECT LINE 2 OF INTER UNIT WIRING FOR ALL UNITS THEN TURN TH
232. ating for your pleasant sleep System Configuration 199 Instruction SiENBE18 621 To use ON nd operation Check that the clock is correct If not set the clock to the present time 1 Press ON TIMER button 6 00 is displayed e blinks 2 Press TIMER Setting button until the time setting reaches the point you like Every pressing of either button increases or decreases the time setting by 10 minutes eS Holding down either button changes the OFF setting rapidly men 3 Press ON TIMER button again The TIMER lamp lights up MODE FAN SWNG Jee SILENT COMFORT SENSOR Or cancel TIMER operation 4 Press CANCEL button The TIMER lamp goes off To combine ON TIMER and OFF Asample setting for combining the two timers is shown below Example Present time 11 00 p m The unit operating OFF TIMER at 0 00 a m ON TIMER at 7 00 a m Combined ATTENTION In the following cases set the timer again After a breaker has turned OFF After a power failure e After replacing batteries in the remote control 200 System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction 2 2 13 Note for Multi System lt lt What is a Multi System gt gt This system has one outdoor unit connected to multiple indoor units B Selecting the Operation Mode 1 2 With th
233. ation Non EN Henn Power Selection Inverter Powerful Operation 5 Rooms Centralized Controller Option Priority Room Setting E Remote Control Adapter ololo Cooling Heating Mode Lock Remote Normal Open Pulse Contact Option d du Home Leave Operation e Senne Remote Control Adapter ololo ECONO Mode olol Normal Open Contact Option Indoor Unit On Off Switch Compatible Adapter olo o Option Signal Reception Indicator Remote Wireless Temperature Display Control Wired a Another Room Operation Note O Holding Functions No Functions List of Functions List of Functions SiENBE18 621 ca m m m E Category Functions B 5 Category Functions 9 3 B R B R 0 65 75 142 Ww LL Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic amp Inverter with Inverter Power Control Virustatic Functions RES Operation Limit for Cooling CDB Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter Function iri Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic __ Operation Limit for Heating CWB Deodorizing Function Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic PAM
234. ation OFF Angle of flap Set angle Set angle Air flow direction set with remote Set angle Set angle control If there is a power cut when the unit is operating it will automatically resume the same operating mode when the power is restored When performing maintenance and the power supply is to be shut off be sure to turn the remote control s ON OFF switch OFF first Shutting the power supply switch off while the ON OFF switch is still ON is dangerous because the power failure automatic reset function will cause the indoor fan to start turning immediately or the outdoor unit fan to automatically start turning three minutes after the power supply is turned back on Function SIENBE18 621 Indoor Unit SkyAir Models Fan and Flap Operations Fan Flap Remote FHQ amp FFQ Control Indication Heating Hot Start from Defrost In Swing OFF Horizontal Swing Operation Operation In Airflow OFF Horizontal Set Position Direction Setting Defrost In Swing OFF Horizontal Swing Operation In Airflow OFF Horizontal Set Position Direction Setting Thermostat OFF In Swing LL Horizontal Swing Operation In Airflow LL Horizontal Set Position Direction Setting Hot Start from In Swing LL Horizontal Swing Thermostat OFF Operation Cold Air Prevention i Airflow LL Horizontal Set Position Direction Setting Stop Error In Swing OFF H
235. atmosphere This valve opens at a pressure of 4 0 MPa for prevention of pressure increase thus T 5 resulting in no damage of functional parts due to the increase of pressure in ge pip transportation or storage 1 R1T Thermistor Outdoor air Ta Used to detect outdoor temperature correct discharge pipe temperature and others 2 ROT Thermistor INV discharge used to detect discharge pipe temperature make the temperature protection control of pipe Tdi compressor and others 3 R3T Thermistor used to detect suction pipe temperature keep the suction superheated degree Suction pipe1 Ts1 constant in heating operation and others 4 RAT Thermistor Heat exchanger Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat exchanger determine defrosting deicer Tb operation and others Thermistor 5 R5T Suction pipe2 Ts2 Used to the calculation of an internal temperature of compressor etc 6 R6T Thermistor Subcooling heat Used to control of subcooling electronic expansion valve exchanger gas pipe Tsh Thermistor 7 R7T Liquid pipe TI Used to detect refrigerant over charge in check operation and others 50 Refrigerant Circuit Refrigerant Circuit SiENBE18 621 ircuit Diagram Refrigerant C uonoeuuoo uie Z epis uo od uM AJLA ess eqn ro e Uo1IMS eansseid ubi 9 Jossaidwoy
236. based on constant Restriction of electronic expansion valve opening degrees of non heating room units Restriction of minimum flow rate based on constant Maximum flow rate determined based on flow rates of operating room units 81 BP Unit Control SiENBE18 621 6 2 3 Full Closing of Electronic Expansion Valves Purpose of the The electronic expansion valves are initialized when the power is turned on Function Details The following processes are conducted 1 Conducts P1 pulses close when power is turned on and sets current opening to 0 pulse fully closing process 2 Sends electronic expansion valve initialization signal to outdoor unit 3 Closes the electronic expansion valve of each chamber sets the electronic expansion valve pulse to 0 4 Stops transmission of electronic expansion valve initialization signal when EVH retightening is completed Power ON szerre eneen QP1 EVA EVB 0 Ba EVC 0 uuum mm mm mnm uf 1 EVH M1047 6 2 4 Control Based on EV Opening Command from Outdoor Unit Purpose of the This function operates the electronic expansion valve based on EV opening command sent from Function the outdoor unit Outline The electronic expansion valve operation based on EV opening command provides the following functions 1 Pressure equalization prior to startup 2 Startup control Restart standby Pump down residual operation oa gt
237. bility Anti ion Treat toi Ouid et nticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor Indoor Unit Silent Operation Heat Exchanger Multi Split Split Type Compatible Night Quiet Mode Automatic Indoor Unit Comfort it Si i Control en Silent Operation 2 Flexible Voltage Correspondence Intelligent Eye Flexibility High Ceiling Application Quick Warming Function Chargeless Hot Start Function Either Side Drain Right or Left Automatic Defrosting Power Selection 5 Rooms Centralized Controller Automatic Operation Option i Remote Control Adapter Operation Programme Dry Function O O Remote Normal Open Pulse Contact Option Control Remote Control Adapter Fan Only Q Normal Open Contact Option pn New Powerful Operation DIII NET Compatible Adapter Non Inverter Option Inverter Powerful Operation m Remote Wireless Priority Room Setting Control Wired Cooling Heating Mode Lock Lifestyle Home Leave Operation Indoor Unit On Off Switch Signal Reception Indicator Temperature Display Another Room Operation Note O Holding Functions No Functions List of Functions List of Functions SiENBE18 621 8 List of Functions SIENBE18 621 Part 2 Specifications PEDALO Se en eed eee ee 10 Tzb O
238. c Air Purifying Filter The Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air Purifying Filter can be renewed by washing it with water once Tab every 6 months We recommend replacing it once every 3 years Maintenance 1 2 3 4 5 Remove dust with a vacuum cleaner and wash lightly with water If it is very dirty soak it for 10 to 15 minutes in water mixed with a neutral cleaning agent Do not remove filter from frame when washing with water After washing shake off remaining water and dry in the shade Since the material is made out of paper do not wring out the filter when removing water from it Replacement 1 204 Remove the tabs on the filter frame and replace with a new filter Dispose of the old filter as flammable waste System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction NOTE e Operation with dirty filters 1 cannot deodorize the air 2 cannot clean the air 3 results in poor heating or cooling 4 may cause odour e To order Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air Purifying Filter contact to the service shop where you bought the air conditioner Dispose of old filters as burnable waste Item Part No Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air Purifying Filter without frame 1 set KAF970A46 Check Check that the base stand and other fittings of the outdoor unit are not decayed or corroded Check that nothing blocks the air inlets and the outlets of the
239. charge pipe thermistor R2T sene 319 malfunction of drain system 284 malfunction of drain water level system 282 malfunction of electronic expansion valve 300 malfunction of field setting switch 297 malfunction of heat exchanger thermistor R2T 291 malfunction of heat exchanger thermistor R amp T eenen 292 malfunction of high pressure sensor 324 malfunction of indoor unit fan motor 286 vii SiENBE18 621 malfunction of inverter radiating fin temperature rise 327 malfunction of inverter radiating fin temperature rise sensor 333 malfunction of low pressure sensor 325 malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion valve 42 2 22 2 314 malfunction of outdoor unit fan motor 313 Malfunction of PCB 2 2 20222 326 malfunction of remote control thermistor 294 malfunction of subcooling heat exchanger thermistor R6T raice a eneen 323 malfunction of suction air thermistor 293 malfunction of system refrigerant system address undefined 351 malfunction of thermistor R3T R5T for suction 2 320 malfunction
240. condensation may drip from air outlets System Configuration 187 Instruction SiENBE18 621 2 2 7 POWERFUL Operation POWERFUL operation quickly maximizes the cooling heating effect in any operation mode You can get the maximum capacity n start POWERFUL operation 1 Press POWERFUL button e POWERFUL operation ends 20 minutes Then the system automatically operates again with the settings which were used before POWERFUL operation m When using POWERFUL operation a OONOFF there are some functions which are not POWERFUL TEMP available is displayed on the LCD 1 2 cancel POWERFUL operation SILENT COMFORT SENSOR 2 Press POWERFUL button again Ce Ce disappears from the LCD PON B OFF Jy TIMER W Notes POWERFUL operation 188 POWERFUL Operation cannot be used together with ECONO SILENT or COMFORT Operation Priority is given to the function of whichever button ispressed last POWERFUL Operation can only be set when the unit is running Pressing the operation stop button causes the settings to be canceled and the disappears from the LCD In COOL and HEAT mode To maximize the cooling heating effect the capacity of outdoor unit must be increased and the air flow rate be fixed to the maximum setting The temperature and air flow settings are not variable In DRY mode The temperature setti
241. ction Control SiENBE18 621 4 6 Dew Condensation Prevention Control Outline Detail 78 According to the dew condensation prevention status sent from the BP unit The compressor output frequency is regulated to decrease the compressor capacity in order to prevent the indoor unit from dew condensation Zones are produced based on the dew condensation prevention status signal sent from the BP unit Indoor unit and the dew condensation prevention control prevents dew condensation of the indoor unit C 4 Recovery zone 145 D c E Increase zone 9o 13 5 ww 5 Keep zone 212 5 52 ra Decrease zone 9 2r n SS c Recovery zone Lift the control Increase zone 1 step up 60sec Keep zone Frequency is not controlled Decrease zone 1 step down 60sec SVG open at 52Hz The temperature in above figure depends on models and actual room temperature Reference value Function SiENBE18 621 Other Control 5 Other Control 5 1 Demand Operation In order to save the power consumption the capacity of outdoor unit is saved with control forcibly by using Demand 1 Setting To operate the unit with this mode additional setting of Continuous Demand Setting or external input by external control adapter is required Demand 1 setting Setting Standard for upper limit of power consumption Demand 1 setting 1 Approx 60 Demand 1 se
242. ctor for AC fan motor 3 S21 Connector for centralized control to 5 rooms 4 S26 Connector for display PCB 5 S32 Connector for heat exchanger thermistor PCB 2 Display PCB 1 S1 Connector for control PCB Other designations PCB 1 Control PCB 1 V1 Varistor 2 JA Address setting jumper JB Fan speed setting when compressor is OFF on thermostat JC Power failure recovery function Refer to page 147 for more detail 3 LEDA LED for service monitor green 4 FU1 Fuse 3 15A PCB 2 Display PCB 1 SW1 S1W Forced operation ON OFF switch 2 LED1 LED for operation green 3 LED2 LED for timer yellow 4 LED3 LED for HOME LEAVE operation red 5 RTH1 R1T Room temperature thermistor PCB 1 Control PCB EA D 224 Jo a 2P131149 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram and Name 37 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram SiENBE18 621 PCB Detail PCB 2 Display PCB LED2 2P084375 38 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram and Name SIENBE18 621 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram 1 7 Floor Ceiling Suspended Dual Type Connectors m Note PCB 1 Control PCB 1 S6 Connector for swing motor horizontal swing 2 57 Connector for AC fan motor 3 S21 Connector for centralized control 4 S24 Connector for display PCB 5 S26 Connector for signal receiver PCB 6 S32 Connector for heat exchange
243. cupants of the room is displayed on the LCD lt COOL DRY gt The flap will go up HEAT The flap will go down To cancel COMFORT AIRFLOW operation 4 Press COMFORT AIRFLOW button again The flaps will return to the memory position from before COMFORT AIRFLOW mode disappears from the LCD Notes on COMFORT AIRFLOW operation e POWERFUL operation and COMFORT AIRFLOW operation cannot be used at the same time Priority is given to POWERFUL operation Notes on flaps and louvers angles When SWING button is selected the flaps swinging range depends on the operation mode See the figure ATTENTION Always use a remote control to adjust the flaps angle If you attempt to move it forcibly with hand when it is swinging the mechanism may be In DRY mode or COOL mode When stop operation 10 Upper limit 56 Lower limit broken e careful when adjusting the louvers Inside the air outlet a fan is 2 HEAT mode rotating at a high speed When stop operation 56 SA Upper limit Lower limi In FAN mode When stop operation 5 s Upper limit Ze Lower limi System Configuration 179 Instruction SiENBE18 621 FTXS 20 25 35 C You can adjust the air flow direction to increase your comfort B To adjust the horizontal blades flaps 1 180 Press SWING button e is displayed on the LCD and the flaps will begin to
244. d dli LS NLX IVd 1NO 40 HOVE NO 138V7 NOILNYO NOLWYAdO OL 3338 6 4ONOILISOd SHL 1991 LIA NOLLVTIVLSNI H L OL 44434 8014 0 NOLLdO SHI ONISN NHM 310GOW 3G0lQ HEA HINV3 953799100 lt MIYOS 3AL03108d WNINMAL y ZE LN SINGOW IA TET div BOLOANNO9 NOLOSNNOO 3 18VAOW 6014815 NIHIL o RP H9IH HOLIMS 3 40SS33d Hd LS OTS o ONIMIM MOT HOSN3S 55 16 a Jao Il LINN YOOGLNO OL INO SI eve SIL M HOSN3S AUNSSAHd HdNIS REX lt Io L2 m YOLOATAS H O ME HHM Q38 9 N NE HOISINHJHI HINIJ 9 G 8 ven 9099 Ze AEN ZEN ALW dino HOLSINYSHL 14H Ma OSZ 9 SW sw ak GOOJENS SOLSINHSH I 19H 292 zNOLLOnS HOLSINHAH L ISH o o 5 56 v99x 6 6 1102 ivy VI8X VLOLX v90LX U NOLLONS HOLSIWH3H L 18 L N LA GOUVHOSIC ILN SOLSINGIHL 12M 2 2 veix D VEIXD i HOLSINHAH L LIN wae ive 9 po oe 9 9 n94 HOLSIS3H zu 9 HOLSIS3H SEA a 4 3 55 EA EX N M ITO Xlddns H3MOd Sd E T AMO HOLOW JEN OR vizx 129 19H ISU IVS led 144 Lia M yo Bld ern NV BOLON ALN 9 LA C eorr HOSS3HdWOO HOLON ILA Suz SEA 52 51 HH Mmm dd 0 2 29
245. d Name 27 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram SiENBE18 621 1 1 4 Cool Heat Selector PCB A4P Connectors 1 X1A Connector for Main PCB A1P m Note Other Designation 1 X1M Cool Heat Selector PCB Detail ECOSSOC 2 N Oe or T oj 2 o B Tx XIM m Pic B m ES n LE ECT EN or E zi o ok ib S Es S ub dil 5 E C Lot RS NO LL 1 0 te al 2 174187 28 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram and Name SiENBE18 621 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram 1 2 Branch Provider Unit Connectors m Note PCB Detail 1 X20A 2 X21A to X23A 3 X90A Other Designations 1 F2U 2 X3M 3 XAM 4 X5M 5 F1 F2 on X6M 6 L1 N1 on X1M 7 L2 N2 on X1M 8 H1TP LED A Connector for Bypass Electronic Expansion Valve Connector for Electronic Expansion Valve to Room A B and C Connector for Thermistors Fuse AC250V 3 15A Terminal for Inter Connecting Wire to Room A Terminal for Inter Connecting Wire to Room B Terminal for Inter Connecting Wire to Room C Terminal for Transmission to Outdoor Unit or Other BP units Terminal for Power Supply 230V 50Hz Terminal for Power Supply to other BP units LED for Service Monitor 9 H2P H5P LED 1 to 4 LED for Fault Indication X23A and X5M are not used for BPMKS967B2B 9 1 KO ELTOEDRDIAQOERUI 100 6 NOI
246. d by no common voltage applied when turning the power supply on Faulty harness of electronic expansion valve W Incorrect connectors connection of electronic expansion valve Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred ZIN Caution Turn the power supply off once and then back on Is malfunction NO re generated Keep using as it is Could be outside error other than malfunction Is the electronic expansion valve coil connected to PCB of the faulty part NO Correct the connection Is the resistance of the electronic expansion valve coil normal 46 40 20 C NO Electronic expansion valve coil faulty Replace BP unit PCB of the applicable part Q0390 Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for BP Unit 6 2 Faulty BP Unit PCB Remote Control Display Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Troubleshooting 2 Ec Check data from 2 When data could not be correctly received from the 2 E PROM Type of nonvolatile memory Maintains memory contents even when the power supply is turned off W Defect of BP unit PCB N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Turn of
247. d degree of inverter compressor Subcooling Electronic Expansion Valve EV3 Control Makes PI control of the electronic expansion valve Y3E to keep the superheated degree SH of the outlet gas pipe on the evaporator side for the full use of the subcooling heat exchanger SH Tsh Te SH Outlet superheated degree of evaporator C Tsh Suction pipe temperature detected with the thermistor R6T C Te Low pressure equivalent saturation temperature C Function 65 Basic Control SiENBE18 621 2 4 Cooling Operation Fan Control In cooling operation with low outdoor air temperature this control is used to provide the adequate amount of circulation air with liquid pressure secured by high pressure control using outdoor unit fan Furthermore when outdoor temperature 20 C the compressor will run in Step 7 or higher 66 When outdoor temperature gt 18 C it will run in Step 5 or higher When outdoor temperature gt 12 C it will run in Step 1 or higher Upper limit of fan revolutions Step 8 Pc 2 75MPa Pc gt 3 24MPa Upper limit of outdoor unit fan revolutions Step 7 PI control v Lapse of 20 sec PI control 1 stepon J9 Hold the 1 step on outdoor unit fan current step on 4 outdoor unit fan PI control outdoor unit fan Lapse of 20 sec Fan Steps Coolin
248. de of the indoor unit as it may result in injury 170 System Configuration SIENBE18 621 Instruction B Outdoor Unit W Indoor Unit 1 Photocatalytic deodorizing filter and Air purifying filter These filters are attached to the inside of the air filters Air outlet Display Front panel Louvers vertical blades The louvers are inside of the air outlet Air inlet Air filter Flap horizontal blade 9 Operation lamp green 10 TIMER lamp yellow 11 HOME LEAVE lamp red 12 Indoor Unit ON OFF switch e Push this switch once to start operation Push once again to stop it oF N oN o Outdoor Unit 16 Air inlet Back and side 17 Refrigerant piping and inter unit cable 18 Drain hose Appearance of the outdoor unit may differ from some models System Configuration operation mode refers to the following table Temperature Air flow Mode setting rate FVKS COOL 22 C AUTO FVXS AUTO 25 C AUTO This switch is useful when the remote control is missing 13 Signal receiver Signals are received from the remote control When the unit receives a signal you will hear a short beep e Operation start beep beep Settings changed beep e Operation stop beeeeep 14 Air outlet selection switch 15 Room temperature sensor e It senses the air temperature around the unit 19 Earth te
249. djustment For programming TEMPERATURE FAN SPEED and AIR FLOW DIRECTION follow the procedure shown below Temperature setting Press TEMPERATURE SETTING button and program the setting temperature Each time this button is pressed setting temperature rises 1 C Each time this button is pressed setting temperature lowers 1 C v The setting is impossible for fan operation NOTE The setting temperature range of the remote control is 16 C to 32 Fan speed control Press FAN SPEED CONTROL button High or Low fan speed can be selected Micro computer may sometimes control the fan speed in order to protect the unit pe There are 2 ways of adjusting the air discharge angle 1 A Up and down adjustment 2 B Left and right direction Air flow direction adjust 243 Instruction SiEN18 621 Fig 1 A Up and down direction gt ES B Left and right direction A UP AND DOWN DIRECTION The movable limit of the flap is changeable Con tact your Daikin dealer for details Press the AIR FLOW DIRECTION ADJUST button to select the air direction as following The AIR FLOW FLAP display swings as shown left and the air flow direction continuously varies Automatic swing setting Press AIR FLOW DIRECTION ADJUST button to select the air direction of your choice The AIR FLOW FLAP display stops 4 swinging and the air flo
250. e were and close the front panel e Press the front panel at both sides and the center them with vacuum cleaner e dust does not come off easily wash them with neutral detergent thinned with lukewarm water then dry them up in the shade tis recommended to clean the air filters every two weeks B Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air purifying Filter gray he Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air Purifying Filter can be renewed by washing it with water once every 6 months We recommend replacing it once every 3 years Maintenance 1 2 3 4 Remove dust with a vacuum cleaner and wash lightly with water If it is very dirty soak it for 10 to 15 minutes in water mixed with a neutral cleaning agent After washing shake off remaining water and dry in the shade Since the material is made out of paper do not wring out the filter when removing water from it Replacement 1 210 Remove the tabs on the filter frame and replace with a new filter Dispose of the old filter as flammable waste System Configuration SIENBE18 621 Instruction Check Check that the base stand and other fittings of the outdoor unit are not decayed or corroded Check that nothing blocks the air inlets and the outlets of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit Check that the drain comes smoothly out of the drain hose during COOL or DRY operation If no drain water is seen wate
251. e Priority Room Setting present but Outdoor lt inactive or not present 2 un s 2262 When more than one indoor unit is operating CA priority is given to the first unit that was turned pul 9 In this case set the units that are turned later to the same operation mode 1 as the first unit 5 Otherwise they will enter the Standby Mode and the operation lamp will flash this does not indicate malfunction 1 COOL DRY and FAN mode may be used at the same time e AUTO mode automatically selects COOL mode or HEAT mode based on the room temperature Therefore AUTO mode is available when selecting the same operation mode as that of the room with the first unit to be turned on lt CAUTION gt Normally the operation mode in the room where the unit is first run is given priority but the following situations are exceptions so please keep this in mind If the operation mode of the first room is FAN Mode then using Heating Mode in any room after this will give priority to heating In this situation the air conditioner running in FAN Mode will go on standby and the operation lamp will flash With the Priority Room Setting active See Priority Room Setting on the next page B NIGHT QUIET Mode Available only for cooling operation NIGHT QUIET Mode requires initial programming during installation Please consult your retailer or dealer for assistance NIGHT QUIET Mode reduces the operation noise of the
252. e air filter when the display shows TIME TO CLEAN AIR FILTER It will display that it will operate for a set amount of time Increase the frequency of cleaning if the unit is installed in a room where the air is extremely contaminated If the dirt becomes impossible to clean change the air filter Air filter for exchange is optional 1 Open the suction grille Slide both knobs simultaneously as shown and then pull them downward Do the same procedure for closing Refer to Fig 2 2 Remove the air filters Push the 2 tabs up and slowly loweer the grille Refer to Fig 3 3 Clean the air filter Use a vacuum cleaner A or wash the air filter with water B A Using a vacuum cleaner B Washing with water When the air filter is very dirty use soft brush and neutral detergent gt EX UN Remove water and dry in the shade 245 Instruction SiEN18 621 NOTE 6 Do not wash the air conditioner with hot water of more than 50 C as doing so may result in discoloration and or deformation Do not expose it to fire as doing so may result in burning Fix the air filter Set the hatch of the air filter to the fook of the suction grille and fix the air filter Refer to Fig 5 Close the suction grille Refer to item No 1 After turning on the power press FILTER SIGN RESET button The TIME TO CLEAN AIR FILTER display vanishes How to clean air outlet suction grille and outside panels
253. e drain pan e Clean the drain pan periodically or drain piping may be clogged with dust and may result in water leakage Ask your DAIKIN dealer to clean them Prepare a cover locally to prevent any dust in the air around the indoor unit from getting in the drain pan if there is a great deal of dust present N CAUTION Donotoperate the air conditioner without filters this to avoid dust accummulation inside the unit Do not remove the air filter except when cleaning Unnecessary handling may damage the filter Donotuse gasoline benzene thinner polishing powder liquid insecticide It may cause discoloring or warping Donotletthe indoor unit get wet It may cause an electric shock or a fire e Operation with dusty air filters lowers the cooling and heating capacity and wastes energy The suction grille is option Do not use water or air of 50 C or higher for cleaning air filters and outside panels e Ask your DAIKIN dealer how to clean it Check Check that the base stand and other fittings of the outdoor unit are not decayed or corroded Check that nothing blocks the air inlets and the outlets of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit Check that the drain comes smoothly out of the drain hose during COOL or DRY operation If no drain water is seen water may be leaking from the indoor unit Stop operation and consult the service shop if this is the case B Before a long idle period 1 Operate the FA
254. e e Check the system for each condition through LED displays Refer to information in table on the right Pushing the RETURN BS3 button will bring the system to the initial state of Setting mode 1 V2763 Test Operation Current operating conditions Normal Abnormal In preparation or in check operation X Setting of COO HEAT selection O 9 By individual outdoor unit en a batch of outdoor unit group with master unit Oln a batch of outdoor unit group with slave unit Low noise operating conditions e In normal operation O In low noise operation Demand operating conditions e In normal operation O In demand operation 121 Field Setting SiENBE18 621 b Setting mode 2 Push and hold the MODE BS1 button for 5 seconds and set to Setting mode 2 No Setting item Cool heat unified address Description Sets address for cool heat unified operation Low noise demand Selection of setting items Push the SET BS2 button and set the LED display to a setting item shown in the table on the right 4 Push the RETURN 53 button and decide the item The present setting condition is blinked lt Selection of setting conditions gt y Push the SET BS2 button and set to the setting
255. e indoor unit receives a signal from the remote control the unit emits a signal receiving sound 7 11 3 ON OFF Button on Indoor Unit An ON OFF button is provided on the front panel of the unit Use this button when the remote control is missing or if its battery has run out Every press of the button switches from ON to OFF or from OFF to ON In case of FTXS20 50D Or ON OFF ON OFF button R4269 Push this button once to start operation Push once again to stop it This button is useful when the remote control is missing W The operation mode refers to the following table Mode Temperature setting Air flow rate Cooling Only COOL 22 C AUTO Heat Pump AUTO 25 C AUTO Inthe case of multi system operation there are times when the unit does not activate with this button 7 11 4 Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air Purifying Filter This filter combines the Air Purifying Filter and Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter in a single highly effective unit The filter traps microscopic particles decompose odours and even deactivates bacteria and viruses It lasts for three years without replacement if washed about once every six months 7 11 5 Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter demonstrates powerful oxidation characteristics when subjected to harmless ultraviolet light Photocatalytic deodorizing power is recovered simply by exposing
256. e of thermistor becomes a value equivalent to open or short circuited status Malfunction is not decided while the unit operation is continued P4 will be displayed by pressing the inspection button W Defect of radiator fin temperature sensor W Defect of outdoor unit PC board A1P Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred AN Caution Power OFF Disconnect the cable from the compressor and then check the compressor for the insulation resistance The insulation YES resistance is low i e not more tha 7 2 y NO gt Replace the compressor Remove and insert the fin thermistor connector X11 1A Turn ON the power supply and then check whether or not the malfunction recurs NO Power ON YES Replace the outdoor unit PC board A1P End 333 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit SiENBE18 621 7 25 Faulty Combination of Inverter and Fan Driver Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting 334 Pu All outdoor unit models Check the communication state between inverter PCB and control PCB by micro computer When the communication data about inverter PCB type is incorrect Mismatching of inverter PCB Faulty field setting
257. each air filter then pull it down Take off the air purifying filter with Air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function photocatalytic deodorizing function Hold the recessed parts of the frame and unhook the four claws Air filter See figure with photocalytic deodorizing function as Push they were and close the front panel e Insert claws of the filters into slots of the front panel Close the front panel slowly and push the panel at the 3 points 1 on each side and 1 in the middle vacuum cleaner If the dust does not come off easily wash them with neutral detergent thinned with lukewarm water then dry them up in the shade tis recommended to clean the air filters every two weeks Air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function gray The Air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function can be renewed by washing it with water once every 6 months We recommend replacing it once every 3 years Maintenance 1 2 3 4 5 Remove dust with a vacuum cleaner and wash lightly with water If itis very dirty soak it for 10 to 15 minutes in water mixed with a neutral cleaning agent Do not remove filter from frame when washing with water After washing shake off remaining water and dry in the shade Since the material is made out of paper do not wring out the filter when removing water from it Replacement 1 System C
258. eat Exchanger Isothermal Control in Heating Operation Purpose of the This function ensures appropriate refrigerant distribution when room units are operating in the Function heating mode It prevents abnormal increase of the high pressure and operation with gas shortage due to uneven refrigerant distribution Protection function Outline The indoor unit heat exchanger thermistors of all connected indoor units to the same BP unit including non operating room units in heating operation are detected Then the highest heat exchanger temperature is compared with the heat exchanger temperature of each room unit If the temperature difference exceeds the predetermined value it is judged that indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor position in subcooled zone and the electronic expansion valves of room units with the temperature difference exceeding the predetermined level is opened to return to the saturation zone Since this is a protection function it is effective for all connected room units in heating operation excluding those in defrosting operation This function is inactive in room units with transmission problems Details The heat exchanger temperature is detected at every sampling time of 20 sec of the heat exchanger isothermal control and maximum value of each heat exchanger temperature is obtained If the temperature difference between the heat exchanger temperature and maximum heat exchanger temperature value exceeds 8 C it i
259. ecautions below they are all important for ensuring safety A waRNING A CAUTION If you do not follow these instructions exactly the unit may If you do not follow these instructions exactly the unit may cause property damage personal injury or loss of life cause minor or moderate property damage or personal injury S Never do Be sure to follow the instructions Be sure to earth the air conditioner Never cause the air conditioner including the remote control to get wet Never touch the air conditioner including the remote control with a wet hand WARNING e n order to avoid fire explosion or injury do not operate the unit when harmful among which flammable or corrosive gases are detected near the unit tis not good for health to expose your body to the air flow for a long time Do not put a finger a rod or other objects into the air outlet or inlet As the fan is rotating at a high Speed it will cause injury Do not attempt to repair relocate modify or reinstall the air conditioner by yourself Incorrect work will cause electric shocks fire etc For repairs and reinstallation consult your Daikin dealer for advice and information The refrigerant used in the air conditioner is safe Although leaks should not occur if for Some reason any refrigerant happens to leak into the room make sure it does not come in contact with any flame as of gas heaters kerosene heaters or gas range e I
260. ector Wiring 24 1 1 Outdoor Unit RMXS 112 140 160 E7V3B 24 1 2 Branch Provider Unit be Nee Een oos estis 29 1 3 Wall Mounted Type 20 25 35 50 Class D Series 30 1 4 Wall Mounted Type 20 25 35 Class C Series 33 1 5 Wall Mounted 50 60 71 Class E B 35 1 6 Duct Connected Type cu tekeer sese Ir aetate RI 37 1 7 Floor Ceiling Suspended Dual 39 1 0 Floor Standing Ty pe tente 42 1 9 Ceiling Mounted Cassette 600x600 45 1 10 Ceiling Suspended Type entree 47 Part 4 Refrigerant Circuit 49 1 2 3 Refrigerant snelt ce eoe LU DD ed 50 1 1 Outdoor US ect d tech ep e t e on vate 50 1 2 BP CUMS e onde neee 52 Functional Parts La3yolll ei a o een 53 2 1 Outdoor UMS insteken ent eeen E nt eaae 53 Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation 54 got 54 3 2 Heating ODSratlre eim senec ces
261. ed setting when compressor is OFF on thermostat JC Power failure recovery function Refer to page 147 for more detail 3 LEDA LED for service monitor green 4 FU1 Fuse 3 15A PCB 2 Signal Receiver PCB 1 SW7 S1W Forced operation ON OFF switch 2 LED1 LED for operation green 3 LED2 LED for timer yellow 4 LED3 LED for HOME LEAVE operation red 5 RTH1 RIT Room temperature thermistor Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram and Name 33 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram SiENBE18 621 PCB Detail PCB 1 Control PCB PCB 2 Signal Receiver PCB PCB 3 INTELLIGENT EYE Sensor PCB PCB 1 Control LED 1 LED 2 PCB 2 Signal receiver Pb Free V1 AC220 240V Pb Free 25 t s g LOT 2 zv ON REY A PCB 3 INTELLIGENT EYE Sensor 26 R4886 34 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram and Name SIENBE18 621 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram 1 5 Wall Mounted Type 50 60 71 Class E B Series Connectors m Note PCB 1 Control PCB 1 S1 Connector for DC fan motor 2 S6 Connector for swing motor horizontal blades 3 S8 Connector for swing motor vertical blades 4 S21 Connector for centralized control HA 5 S26 Connector for buzzer PCB 6 S28 Connector for signal receiver PCB 7 S32 Connector for heat exchanger thermistor 8 S35 Connector for Intell
262. ed to have periodical maintenance by a specialist aside from regular cleaning by the user For specialist maintenance contact the service shop where you bought the air conditioner The maintenance cost must be born by the user 224 System Configuration SIENBE18 621 Instruction Fault diagnosis Fault diagnosis by remote control In the ARC433A series the temperature display sections on the main unit indicate corresponding codes 1 When the TIMER CANCEL button is held down for 5 seconds a 00 indication flashes on the temperature display section TIMER CANCEL button It cancels the timer setting 2 Press the TIMER CANCEL button repeatedly until a continuous beep is produced The code indication changes as shown below and notifies with a long beep CODE MEANING SYSTEM 00 NORMAL UO REFRIGERANT SHOTAGE U2 DROP VOLTAGE OR MAIN CIRCUIT OVERVOLTAGE U4 FAILURE OF TRANSMISSION BETWEEN INDOOR UNIT AND OUTDOOR UNIT INDOOR UNIT Al INDOOR PCB DEFECTIVENESS A5 HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL OR FREEZE UP PROTECTOR A6 FAN MOTOR FAULT C4 FAULTY HEAT EXCHANGER TEMPERATURE SENSOR C9 FAULTY SUCTION AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR OUTDOOR UNIT EA COOLING HEATING SWITCHING ERROR E5 OL STARTED E6 FAULTY COMPRESSOR START UP E7 DC FAN MOTOR FAULT E8 OPERATION HALT DUE TO DETECTION OF INPUT OVER CURRENT F3 HIGH TEMPERATURE DISCHARGE PIPE CONTROL F6 HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL IN COOLING H
263. ed while in test operation LED lamp on outdoor unit PC board Remote control Only for SkyAir upper right Check on operation H2P Blinks test operation Indicates during centralized control on Indicates es test operation on lower left Q0379 On completion of test operation LED on outdoor unit PC board displays the following H3P ON Normal completion H2P and H3P ON Abnormal completion Check the indoor unit remote control for Malfunction code In case of an alarm code displayed on remote control abnormal display and correct it Nonconformity during installation Remedial action E3 The stop valves in the outdoor unit remain Open the stop valve on both the gas side and liquid side closed The stop valves in the outdoor unit remain Open the stop valve on both the gas side and liquid side closed The operation mode on the remote control Set the operating mode on all indoor unit remote controls to E4 was changed before the check run cooling F3 The refrigerant is insufficient e Check whether additional refrigerant charge has been finished correctly e Calculate again the required quantity of refrigerant to be charged based on the piping length then charge additionally proper quantity of refrigerant U3 The check operation is not performed Perform the check operation U4 The power is not supplied to the outdoor unit Connect c
264. edure for changing COOL HEAT selection setting Normally Setting mode 1 is set In case of other status push MODE BS1 button one time and set to Setting mode 1 unit factory set with the slave unit Used to select COOL or HEAT by individual outdoor Used to select COOL or HEAT by outdoor unit group with the master unit Used to select COOL or HEAT by outdoor unit group Push the SET BS2 button to set the blinking of LED to any of conditions shown on the right Setting displaying item COOL HEAT select Low MODE TEST Demand Hip Hop IND MASTER SLAVE noise H7P HSP H5P H6P For selection by individual outdoor unit factory set e e e e e e For selection in a batch of outdoor unit group with master unit e e e For selection in a batch of outdoor unit group with slave unit e e e Push the RETURN BS3 button to determine the setting Pushing the RETURN B53 Setting mode 1 button will return the system to the initial condition of Procedure for checking check items The system is normally set to Setting mode 1 Should the system be set to any mode other than that push the MODE BS1 button to set the System to Setting mode 1 COOL HEAT select Low Ee 12 IND MASTER SLAVE noise pile H3P HeP e e e e
265. emote Normal Open Pulse Contact Option Control Remote Control Adapter Inverter Powerful Operation Normal Open Contact Option ET DIII NET Compatible Adapter Fa Priority Room Setting Option Lifestyle Cooling Heating Mode Lock Remote Wireless Convenience Home Leave Operation Control Wired ECONO Mode Indoor Unit On Off Switch Signal Reception Indicator Temperature Display Another Room Operation Note O Holding Functions No Functions List of Functions SIENBE18 621 a S lia TBE 5 2 8 2x RENE Category Functions Z 9 Category Functions B ae ali 09 e e e e e N LO N N LO N 0 00 0 0 X ox X LL LL LL Inverter with Inverter Power Control O O O Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic a Operation Limit for Cooling CDB Virustatic Functions asic Function Operation Limit for Heating CWB mi Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter 4 Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic _ __ PAM Control Deodorizing Function Q Oval Scroll Compressor Se Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic okeee Swing Compressor de Air Purifying Filter Compressor IS 2 Rotary Compressor eM
266. ensate and drip if the humidity reaches 80 or if the drain exit gets clogged Do not place a burner or heater at a place directly exposed to the wind from the air conditioner Incomplete combustion of the burner or heater may result Do not allow a child to mount on the outdoor unit or avoid placing any object on it Falling or tumbling may result in injury Do not expose animals and plants directly to the wind from air conditioner System Configuration SiEN18 621 Instruction Adverse influence to little children plants or animals ma P y HEATING 1 INDOOR OUTDOOR Do not wash the air conditioner with water EDT TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE An electric shock or fire may result B Do not install the air conditioner at any place where RY35 45 60 DB 151027 WB 29071 55 flammable gas may leak out TENE ES iu to 1 lf the gas leaks out and stays around the air conditioner a RYP71 100 125 DB 151027 fire may break out RYEP71 100 125 WB 101015 5 Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker DB 12141071 Unless it is installed an electric shock may result RZP71 100 125 DB 151027 a 1510 155 Be sure the air conditioner is electrically grounded Ep ES DB 191021 Do not connect the grounding conductor to a gas pipe Q DB 104027 WB 10to 15 water pipe lightning arrester and the grounding conductor RZQ71 100 125 DB 101027 DB 19 5 to 21 for a
267. eplace indoor unit board Set the group No correctly Is the transmission wiring with the master NO controller disconnected gt Fix the wiring correctly or wired incorrectly YES Is the master controller s NO connector for seing gt Connect the connector disconnected comgety YES gt Replace the central PC board V2829 349 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit SiENBE18 621 7 36 System is not Set yet Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ur All indoor unit models All outdoor unit models On check operation the number of indoor units in terms of transmission is not corresponding to that of indoor units that have made changes in temperature The malfunction is determined as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected through checking the system for any erroneous connection of units on the check operation Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor outdoor units and outdoor outdoor units W Failure to execute check operation W Defect of indoor unit PC board W Stop valve is left in closed AN Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Are the stop NO valves openned gt Open stop valve Is the check operation carried out l
268. er When the air conditioner is to be installed in a small room itis necessary to take proper measures so that the amount of any leaked refrigerant dose not exceed the limiting concentration even when it leaks If the refrigerant leaks exceeding the level of limiting concentration an oxygen deficiency accident may happen System Configuration For installation of separately sold component parts ask a specialist Be sure to use the separately sold component parts designated by our company Incomplete installation performed by yourself may result in a failure a water leakage electric shock and fire Ask your dealer to move and reinstall the air conditioner Incomplete installation may result in a failure a water leakage electric shock and fire The refrigerant in the air conditioner is safe and normally does not leak If the refrigerant leaks inside the room the contact with a fire of a burner a heater or a cooker may result in a harmful gas Do not use the air conditioner until when a service person confirms to finish repairing the portion where the refrigerant leaks N CAUTION Do not use the air conditioner for other purposes Do not use the air conditioner for a special application Such as the storage of foods animals and plants precision machines and art objects as otherwise the deterioration of quality may result Do not remove the air outlet of the outdoor unit The fan may get exposed and result in injury
269. er e Press the claws on the right and left of the air filter down slightly then pull upward 3 Take off the air purifying filter Photocatalytic deodorizing filter Hold the tabs of the frame and remove the claws in 4 places 4 Clean or replace each filter Air purifying filter See below or photocatalytic Be 5 Set the air filter air purifying filter and photocatalytic deodorizing filter as they were and close the front panel e Operation without air filters may result in troubles as dust will accumulate inside the indoor unit Air filter B Air Filter Wash the air filters with water or clean them with vacuum cleaner dust does not come off easily wash them with neutral detergent thinned with lukewarm water then dry them up in the shade Itis recommended to clean the air filters every two weeks Air Purifying Filter green Replace approximately once every 3 months 1 Detach the filter element and attach a new one e Insert with the green side up It is recommended to replace the air purifying filter every three months B Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter gray Maintenance 1 Dry the photocatalytic deodorizing filter in the sun e After removing the dust with a vacuum cleaner place the filter in the sun for approximately 6 hours By drying the photocatalytic deodorizing filter in the sun its deodorizing and antibacterial capabilities are regenerated Because the filter mat
270. er indicates that the malfunction code is confirmed Continuous beep No abnormality 3 Press the MODE selector button The left O upper digit indication of the malfunction code flashes 4 Malfunction code upper digit diagnosis Press the UP or DOWN button and change the malfunction code upper digit until the malfunction code matching buzzer 2 is generated W The upper digit of the code changes as shown below when the UP and DOWN buttons are pressed gt qoo 5I og ot omo oro Le 23 92526 CHIWIR c UP button DOWN button S2002 2 Number of beeps Continuous beep Both upper and lower digits matched Malfunction code confirmed 2 short beeps Upper digit matched 1 short beep Lower digit matched 5 Press the MODE selector button The right 0 lower digit indication of the malfunction code flashes 6 Malfunction code lower digit diagnosis Press the UP or DOWN button and change the malfunction code lower digit until the continuous malfunction code matching buzzer 2 is generated The lower digit of the code changes as shown below when the and DOWN buttons are pressed gt lol Jo od Jo J DE pa dies Seer oleh SP Tee We wate ty gt UP button DOWN button 52003 Troubleshooting 261 Service Check Function SiENBE18 621 262 Normal status Enters inspection mode from normal status when the INSPECITON
271. erature Control Microcomputer Control Dimensions HxWxD mm 290x1 050x238 Packaged Dimensions HxWxD mm 337x1 147x366 Weight kg 12 Gross Weight kg 15 H M L SL dBA 46 42 37 34 46 42 37 34 Sound Power H dBA 63 63 Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Liquid mm 9 6 4 Piping Connection Gas mm 15 9 Drain mm 18 0 Drawing No 3D050880 Specifications Conversion Formulae kcal h kWx860 Btu h kWx3414 cfm m3 minx35 3 15 Specifications SiENBE18 621 Duct Connected Type 50Hz 230V Model FDXS25CAVMB FDXS35CAVMB Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Rated Capacity 2 5kW Class 3 5kW Class Front Panel Color H 9 5 335 9 5 335 10 0 353 10 0 353 m min M 8 8 311 8 8 311 9 3 328 9 3 328 ser om Rates cfm L 8 0 282 8 0 282 8 5 300 8 5 300 SL 6 7 237 6 7 237 7 0 247 7 0 247 Type Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan Fan Motor Output Ww 62 62 Speed Steps 5 Steps Silent Auto 5 Steps Silent Auto Air Filter Removable Washable Mildew Proof Removable Washable Mildew Proof Running Current Rated A 0 47 0 47 0 47 0 47 Power Consumption Rated Ww 100 100 100 100 Power Factor 96 92 5 92 5 92 5 92 5 Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomp
272. ere is no zero cross detection in approximately 10 continuous seconds W Faulty indoor unit PCB Faulty connector connection A Caution Connector connection check note NO Is it normal YES Replace PCBs Connector Nos vary depending on models Control connector Model Type Connector No Wall Mounted Type 20 25 35 class Terminal strip Control PCB Wall Mounted 50 60 71 class Duct Connected Terminal strip Control PCB Terminal strip Control PCB Floor Ceiling Suspended Dual Type S37 Floor Standing Type Control PCB S7 S201 S203 Power Supply PCB S8 S202 S204 Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred Correct connections R1400 Troubleshooting SIENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for RA Indoor Unit 4 2 Freeze up Protection Control or High Pressure Control AS Remote Control Display Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting High pressure control heat pump model only During heating operations the temperature detected by the indoor heat exchanger thermistor is used for the high pressure control stop outdoor fan stop etc The freeze up protection control operation halt is activated during cooling operation according to the temperature detected by the indoor unit
273. erial is paper it can not be cleaned with water e Itis recommended dry the filter once every 6 months Replacement 1 Detach the filter element and attach a new one 220 System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction Check Check that the base stand and other fittings of the outdoor unit are not decayed or corroded Check that nothing blocks the air inlets and the outlets of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit Check that the drain comes smoothly out of the drain hose during COOL or DRY operation If no drain water is seen water may be leaking from the indoor unit Stop operation and consult the service shop if this is the case B Before long idle period 1 Operate the FAN only for several hours on a fine day to dry out the inside Press MODE selector button and select FAN operation Press ON OFF button and start operation 2 After operation stops turn off the breaker for the room air conditioner Clean the air filters and set them again 4 Take out batteries from the remote control When a multi outdoor unit is connected make sure the heating operation is not used at the other room before you use the fan operation ce NOTE e Operation with dusty air filters lowers the cooling heating capacity and wastes energy Air is also prevented from flowing smaathly through the unit creating a noise e Operation with dirty filters 1 cannot deodorize the air 2 cannot clean the ai
274. ero tet ties 55 3 3 Cooling Oil Return 56 3 4 Heating Oil Return Operation amp Defrost Operation 57 Part 5 DO 1 Operation 60 2 Basie a 61 2 1 Normal Operatori te et ex eel 61 2 2 Compressor PIA Onttol osea Sethe teenies dte lekten lend 62 2 3 Electronic Expansion Valve PI 65 24 Cooling Operation Fari Controls aterert tea 66 9 Special CONO UL Lo t M EE 67 3 1 Startup Control este Hi Fera e ns 67 3 2 Return Operation EE 68 3 3 Defrosting 5 70 Table of Contents SIENBE18 621 3 4 Pump down Residual Operation 71 3 5 Restart eternet eee 71 3 6 Stopping Operation teet ter tUa TR E de 72 Protection Control bedek Deci pore ipea vo 73 4 1 High Pressure Protection Control sese 73 4 2 Low Pressure Protection Control neee nenneneneeeeenneeere eenn 74 4 3 Discharge Pipe ProtectioriGontfol 2 coo e eei ox Rasa 75 4 4 Inverter Protection Control annen eneen venenneereenneeree enn 76 4 5 Freeze up
275. ese filters are attached to the inside of the air filters 3 Air inlet 4 Front panel 5 Panel tab 6 INTELLIGENT EYE sensor e It detects the movements of people and automatically Switches between normal operation and energy saving operation 7 Display 8 Air outlet 9 Flap horizontal blade 10 Louvers vertical blades The Louvers are inside of the air outlet 11 Operation lamp green 12 TIMER lamp yellow 13 HOME LEAVE lamp red Lights up when you use HOME LEAVE Operation Outdoor Unit 17 Air inlet Back and side 18 Air outlet 19 Refrigerant piping and inter unit cable Appearance of the outdoor unit may differ from some models 162 14 Indoor Unit ON OFF switch Push this switch once to start operation Push once again to stop it The operation mode refer to the following table Temperature Air flow Mode setting rate FTKS COOL 22 C AUTO FTXS AUTO 25 C AUTO This switch is useful when the remote control is missing 15 Room temperature sensor It senses the air temperature around the unit 16 Signal receiver It receives signals from the remote control When the unit receives a signal you will hear a short beep e Operation start beep beep Settings changed beep e Operation stop beeeeep 20 Drain hose 21 Earth terminal It is inside of this cover System Configuration SIENBE18 621 Inst
276. essor load Outdoor unit actuator Oil return preparation operation Oil return operation Post oil return operation Compressor Take the current step as the upper limit 52 Hz Full load Low pressure constant control Same as the oil return operation mode Outdoor unit fan Fan control Normal cooling Fan control Normal cooling Fan control Normal cooling e 3 min or e Ts Te lt 5 C Four way valve OFF OFF OFF Wi expansion valve 480 pls 480 pls 480 pls expansion SH control 0 pls 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve SVP OFF OFF OFF e 3 min Ending conditions 20 sec Or E Pe 0 6MPa e HTdi gt 110 C Indoor actuator Cooling oil return operation Indoor unit fan Thermostat ON unit Stopping unit Thermostat OFF unit Set Air Volume OFF Set Air Volume BP unit electronic expansion valve Thermostat ON unit SH control Stopping unit 77 pls Thermostat OFF unit SH control 68 Function SIENBE18 621 Special Control 3 2 2 Oil Return Operation in Heating Operation Conditions to start The heating oil returning operation is started referring following conditions Integrated amount of displaced oil Timer After the power is turned on integrated operating time is 2 hours and subsequently every 8 hours In addition integrated amount of displaced oil is derived from Tc Te and the compressor
277. essure 0 4 40 11 1 310 7 4 Compressor Motor LOCK uci ue tet oie ia ends 312 7 5 Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan 313 7 6 Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve A dcc E LS LN 314 7 7 Abnormal Discharge Pipe 316 7 8 Refrigerant Overcharged tede Ce etr de eee 317 7 9 Malfunction of Thermistor for Outdoor Air 1 318 7 10 Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor R2T 319 7 11 Malfunction of Thermistor RST R5T for Suction Pipet 2 320 7 12 Malfunction of Thermistor RAT for Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger 321 7 13 Malfunction of Thermistor R7T for Outdoor Unit Liquid Pipe 322 7 14 Malfunction of Subcooling Heat Exchanger Thermistor R6T 323 7 15 Malfunction of High Pressure 22 4422 22 2 324 7 16 Malfunction of Low Pressure 325 Zalf Malt rction er POB oou 326 7 18 Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Rise 327 7 19 Inverter Compressor 2 328 7 20 Inverter Current Abnormal uite rti tete 329 7 21 Inverter Start eet ete eek eter eeu nace D RR UE 330 7 22 M
278. ettings The difference between the room temperature at startup and the temperature set by the microcomputer is divided into two zones Then the unit operates in the dry mode with an appropriate capacity for each zone to maintain the temperature and humidity at a comfortable level Room temperature at startup Temperature ON point at which operation starts Frequency switching point Temperature difference for operation stop Room temperature at 24 C 1 5 C r startup 0 5 C 18 C 18 1 0 17 ON point Frequency 10 5 switching point OFF point 5 min 5 min Compressor LHz Stop LHz Stop LHz Stop control x 55Hz Extra low air flow 55Hz V Indoor unit fan Wy Extra low air flow Stop Stop Stop Low air flow Low air flow LHz indicates low frequency Item marked with varies depending on models R1359 87 Indoor Unit RA Models SiENBE18 621 7 4 Automatic Operation Automatic Cooling Heating Function Heat Pump Only When the AUTO mode is selected with the remote control the microcomputer automatically determines the operation mode from cooling and heating according to the room temperature and setting temperature at the time of the operation startup and automatically operates in that mode The unit automatically switches the operation mode to cooling or heating to maintain the room temperature at the main unit set
279. eturning to normal mode 88 may be displayed on the LCD section of the remote control due to initialization operation 139 Field Setting for SkyAir Indoor Unit SiENBE18 621 4 5 Detailed Explanation of Setting Modes 4 5 1 Air Flow Direction Setting FFQ Set the air flow direction of indoor units as given in the table below Set when optional air outlet blocking pad has been installed The second code No is factory set to 01 Seiting Table Mode No First Code No Second Code Setting No 13 23 1 01 F 4 direction air flow 02 T 3 direction air flow 03 W 2 direction air flow 4 5 2 Filter Sign Setting FFQ amp FHQ If switching the filter sign ON time set as given in the table below Set Time Filter Specs Long Life Setting Contamination Light 01 2 500 Contamination Heavy 02 1 250 4 5 3 Range of Air Flow Direction Setting FFQ Make the following air flow direction setting according to the respective purpose Ll 2 N 52537 Mode No First Code No Second Code No Setting 13 23 4 01 Upward Draft prevention 02 Standard 03 Downward Ceiling soiling prevention 4 5 4 Fan Speed OFF When Thermostat is OFF FFQ amp FHQ When the cool heat thermostat is OFF you can stop the indoor unit fan by switching the setting to Fan OFF Used as a countermeasure against odor for barber shops and restaurants
280. ewest hysteresis l 3 Oldest 00 displayed for 4 and subsequent 81958 41 Sensor Data Select the display sensor with Display the programming time up Sensor type down button Display sensor Temperature 00 Remote control sensor mi 0 Suction R1T UNTNo NE f 02 Heat exchange R2T T 03 Heat exchange R3T zi SETTING 81954 43 Forced Fan Turns the fan ON for each unit individually UNIT No el an t SETTING S1955 44 Individual Sets fan speed and air flow Setting direction for each unit individually when using group control Settings are made using the air flow direction adjust and JNIT No fan speed adjust buttons CODE 1 SETTING 81956 45 Unit No Changes unit No Change Set the unit No after changing with the programming time up down button UNIT No LL CODE Jie SETTING 51957 Operation is not reset by malfunction code reset for inspection Cannot be reset because the count is updated each time a malfunction occurs 145 Test Operation and Field Setting for RA Indoor Unit SiENBE18 621 5 Test Operation and Field Setting for RA Indoor Unit 5 1 Test Operation from the Remote Control For Heat pump For Cooling Only 146 In cooling mode select the lowest programmable temperature in heating mode select the highest programmable temperature W Trial operation may be disabled in either mode depending on the room temperature After trial operation is comple
281. f the power once and turn on again Return to normal YES gt External factor other than malfunction for example noise etc NO gt Replace the BP unit PCB Q0391 301 Troubleshooting for BP Unit SiENBE18 621 6 3 Faulty BP Liquid or Gas Pipe Thermistor Remote Control Display Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting 302 When the BP liquid or gas pipe temperature sensor became short circuited or open W Faulty BP liquid or gas pipe temperature sensor Faulty connectors connection of BP liquid or gas pipe temperature sensor N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Disconnect the thermistor connectors from the corresponding BP PCB and measure the resistance of liquid or gas tube temperature sensor S the resistance normal referring to the table below YES NO Replace thermistor or thermistor assembly f insufficient contact is not detected replace the corresponding PCB Q0392 Temp Resistance 10 C 117kQ 0 C 67kQ 10 C 40kQ 20 C 25 30 16kQ 40 C 10kQ 50 C 60 70 C 3kQ Troubleshooting SIENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for BP Unit 6 4 Transmission Error between Indoor Unit and BP Unit Outdoor Unit Indication Me
282. fective for starting the air conditioner W When the horizontal swing and vertical swing are both set to auto mode the airflow become 3 D airflow and the horizontal swing and vertical swing motions are alternated The order of swing motion is such that it turns counterclockwise starting from the right upper point as viewed to the front side of the indoor unit i 7 42 1024 FTXS20 50D The vertical swing flap is controlled not to blow the air directly on the person in the room W The airflow rate is controlled automatically within the following steps Cooling L tap MH tap same as AUTOMATIC Heating ML tap M tap W The latest command has the priority between POWERFUL and COMFORT AIRFLOW Heating Cooling Ls 5 227 70 R4303 R4302 85 Indoor Unit RA Models SiENBE18 621 7 2 Fan Speed Control for Indoor Units Control Mode The airflow rate can be automatically controlled depending on the difference between the set temperature and the room temperature This is done through phase control and Hall IC control For more information about Hall IC refer to the troubleshooting for fan motor on page 273 Phase Steps Phase control and fan speed control contains 9 steps LLL LL SL L ML M MH H and HH Step Cooling Heating Dry mode LLL LL 20 25 35kW class SL Silent 670 880 rpm During powerful operation 720 930 rpm
283. flow fan 6 4Cut 7 9 Field piping 12 7Cut Refrigerant flow cooling gt heating 4D047913D FTXS50 60EV1B Indoor unit 1 7 9Cut JThermistor on heat exch Field piping 6 4Cut Field piping 1 12 7Cut 12 7Cut LIII c 2 Refrigerant flow e cooling heating 4D040081M Appendix SiENBE18 621 Piping Diagrams FTXS71EV1B FTXS71BAVMB Indoor unit jn X Heat exchanger Field piping on eat cach 1 4 Field piping kan motor 12 7 1 12 7Cut Refrigerant flow cooling heating 4D040082M 1 3 2 Duct Connected Type FDXS25 35CAVMB FDXS50 60CVMB FDXS25 35EAVMB Indoor unit Field piping 6 4Cut Field piping ACut A A igerant flow CDXS25CVMB CDXS50CVMB Refrige li t flo CDKS25CVMB CDKS50CVMB cooling CDXS35CVMB CDXS60CVMB heatin CDKS35CVMB CDKSG0CVMB eating CDXS25CVMA CDXS50CVMA CDXS35CVMA CDXS60GVMA FDXS25CVMB CDKS50GVMA FDXS35CVMB CDKS60GVMA 127 FDXS35CVMA CDXS50DVMT FDXS25EAVMB CDXSBODVMT FDXS35EAVMB CDKS50DVMT FDKS25CVMB CDKS60DVMT FDKS35CVMB FDXS50CVM FDKS25EAVMB FDXS60CVMB FDKS35EAVMB FDKS50CVMB CDKS25CVMA 9 5 FDKS60CVMB CDKS35CVMA CDXS50EV2C CDXS25DVMT CDXSBOEV2C CDXS35DVMT FDXS50CVM CDKS25DVMT FDXS60CVMA CDKS35DVMT FDXS25CAVMB FDXS35CAVMB FDKS25C
284. for system protection The operation stopped suddenly OPERATION lamp is on 222 W For system protection the air conditioner may stop operating on a sudden large voltage fluctuation It automatically resumes operation in about 3 minutes System Configuration SIENBE18 621 Instruction Check again Please check again before calling a repair person Case Check The air conditioner does not operate OPERATION lamp is off Hasn t a breaker turned OFF or a fuse blown Isn t it a power failure Are batteries set in the remote control Is the timer setting correct Cooling Heating effect is poor Are the air filters clean Is there anything to block the air inlet or the outlet of the indoor and the outdoor units Is the temperature setting appropriate Are the windows and doors closed Are the air flow rate and the air direction set appropriately Is the unit set to the INTELLIGENT EYE mode Operation stops suddenly OPERATION lamp flashes Are the air filters clean Is there anything to block the air inlet or the outlet of the indoor and the outdoor units Clean the air filters or take all obstacles away and turn the breaker OFF Then turn it ON again and try operating the air conditioner with the remote control If the lamp still flashes call the service shop where you bought the air conditioner Are operation modes all the same for indoor units connected to outdoor units in
285. fthe air conditioner is not cooling heating properly the refrigerant may be leaking so call your dealer When carrying out repairs accompanying adding refrigerant check the content of the repairs with our service staff Do not attempt to install the air conditioner by yourself Incorrect work will result in water leakage electric shocks or fire For installation consult the dealer or a qualified technician e In order to avoid electric shock fire or injury if you detect any abnormally such as smell of fire stop the operation and turn off the breaker And call your dealer for instructions CAUTION air conditioner must be earthed Incomplete earthing may result in electric shocks Do not connect the earth line to a gas pipe water pipe lightning rod or a telephone earth line e e In order to avoid any quality deterioration do not use the unit for cooling precision instruments food plants animals or works of art e Never expose little children plants or animals directly to the air flow Do not place appliances which produce open fire in places exposed to the air flow from the unit or under the indoor unit It may cause incomplete combustion or deformation of the unit due to the heat Do not block air inlets nor outlets Impaired air flow may result in insufficient performance or trouble System Configuration 153 Instruction SiENBE18 621 Do not stand or sit on the outdoor unit Do not place any
286. g Power Selection 5 Rooms Centralized Controller Automatic Operation Option T Remote Control Adapter Operation Programme Dry Function Remote Normal Open Pulse Contact Option Control Remote Control Adapter Fan Only 9 9 Normal Open Contact Option o e New Powerful Operation _ DIII NET Compatible Adapter Non Inverter Option Inverter Powerful Operation Remote Wireless Priority Room Setting Control Wired Cooling Heating Mode Lock Lifestyle Home Leave Operation Convenience ECONO Mode Indoor Unit On Off Switch O O Signal Reception Indicator Temperature Display Another Room Operation Note O Holding Functions No Functions List of Functions SiENBE18 621 212 5 5 2 lt gt lt lt gt lt 81818 Category Functions Category Functions eK LO LO LO e LO e LO N N LO e aala 0 0 0 x X X x ala LL LL LL LL LL LL Air Purifying Filter with Bacteriostatic amp Inverter with Inverter Power Control O O O Virustatic Functions Basic Operation Limit for Cooling Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter m 1 Air Purifying Fi
287. g M1F M2F STEPO 0 rpm 0 rpm STEP1 250rpm 0 rpm STEP2 400 rpm 0 rpm STEPS 285rpm 250rpm STEP4 360 rpm 325 rpm STEP5 445 rpm 410rpm STEP6 580rpm 545 rpm STEP7 715rpm 680rpm STEP8 850 rpm 815rpm Pc HP pressure sensor detection value Function SiENBE18 621 Special Control 3 Special Control 3 1 Startup Control This control is used to equalize the pressure in the front and back of the compressor prior to the startup of the compressor thus reducing startup loads Furthermore the inverter is turned ON to charge the capacitor In addition to avoid stresses to the compressor due to oil return or else after the startup the following control is made and the position of the four way valve is also determined To position the four way valve the master and slave units simultaneously start up 3 1 1 Startup Control in Cooling Operation Thermostat ON Pressure equalization control Startup control prior to startup STEP1 STEP2 57 Hz Unload Compressor 0 Hz 57 Hz Unload 2 steps 20 sec until Pc Pe gt 0 39MPa is achieved lt 20 OFF 1 step 15 sec when gt 2 16 Outdoor unit fan Ta gt 20 C STEP4 1 step 15 sec when lt 1 77 Four way valve 20S1 Holds OFF OFF Main electronic expansion valve EV1 0 pls 480 pls 480 pls Subcooling electronic expansion valve EV3 0 pls 0 pls 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve OFF OFF OFF Ending conditions
288. g Mode 2 134 Test Operation SiENBE18 621 Field Setting 3 2 6 Check Operation To prevent any trouble in the period of installation at site the system is provided with a test operation mode enabling check for incorrect wiring stop valve left in closed coming out or misplacing with suction pipe thermistor of discharge pipe thermistor and judgment of piping length refrigerant overcharging and learning for the minimum opening degree of electronic expansion valve CHECK OPERATION FUNCTION LED display H1P H7P O ON OFF Q BLINK Unit stoppin E 0000000 Press the TEST button for 5 seconds Step 1 Pressure equalizin E E 0000000 10 sec to 10 minutes S C tep 2 ooling start control 0000000 20 sec to 2 minutes Y Step 3 Stability waiting operation 300000 10 minutes y Step4 6 Judgment function e Stop valve close check 900000 e Wrong wiring check 9000000 e Piping length check 900000 3 minutes o o Step 7 Refrigerant over charge judgment iibi E 15 minutes Y Step 8 Pump down residual operation d P eoeoceeo 5 seconds Y Step 9 Standby for restartin 4 0900000 2 minutes Y Completion Test Operation 135 Field Setting for SkyAir Indoor Unit SiENBE18 621 4 Field Setting for SkyAir Indoor Unit 4 1 Explanation Field set is carried out from the remote control At time of installation or after maintenance
289. gnals to the indoor unit e It selects the operation mode 2 Display AUTO DRY COOL HEAT FAN It displays the current settings 8 OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT button In this illustration each section is shown with all its 9 FAN setting button displays ON for the purpose of explanation e It selects the air flow rate setting 3 HOME LEAVE button 10 SWING button for HOME LEAVE operation 11 ON TIMER button 4 POWERFUL button 12 OFF TIMER button for POWERFUL operation 13 TIMER Setting button 5 TEMPERATURE adjustment buttons e changes the time setting e It changes the temperature setting 14 TIMER CANCEL button 6 ON OFF button e It cancels the timer setting Press this button once to start operation Press once 15 CLOCK button again to stop it System Configuration 169 Instruction SiENBE18 621 FVXS 25 35 50 B B Indoor Unit B Opening the front grille How to open the front panel Air outlet selection switch 12 13 dd This setting blows air from upper outlet only This setting automatically decides a blow pattern depending on mode and conditions e This setting is 7 recommended 14 This unit is shipped from the factory with this setting f x Air outlet 184 selection N CAUTION Before opening the front grille be sure to stop the operation and turn the breaker OFF Do not touch the metal parts on the insi
290. gt Refrigerant shortage compression defect etc Defect of the refrigerant System NO Pull out the discharge pipe thermistor from the outdoor PCB and then make measurement of resistance using a multiple meter the characteristics of the discharge pipe thermistor normal NO gt Replace the discharge pipe thermistor Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P V3068 Refer to Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics table on P355 Troubleshooting SIENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit 7 8 Refrigerant Overcharged Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Troubleshooting F5 All outdoor unit models Excessive charging of refrigerant is detected by using the heat exchanging deicer temperature during a check operation When the amount of refrigerant which is calculated by using the heat exchanging deicer temperature during a check run exceeds the standard Refrigerant overcharge Misalignment of the thermistor for heat exchanger W Defect of the thermistor for heat exchanger AN Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Check the mounting condition of the temperature sensors of the heat exchanging deicer thermistor in the piping
291. harge the remaining quantity of refrigerant using this procedure If the refrigerant quantity is insufficient the unit may malfunction Turn ON the power of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit Make sure to completely open the stop valve on the gas side and the stop valve on the liquid side Q Connect the refrigerant charge hose to the service port for additionally charging the refrigerant In the stopped status set to ON the refrigerant additional charging operation in set mode 2 H1P Turn on The operation is automatically started The LED indicator H2P flickers and Test run and Under centralized control are displayed in the remote control After charging the specified quantity of refrigerant press the RETURN button BS3 to stop the operation The operation is automatically stopped within 30 minutes If charging is not completed within 30 minutes set and perform the refrigerant additional charging operation again If the refrigerant additional charging operation is stopped soon the refrigerant may be overcharged Never charge extra refrigerant NNNnnn NNN aN aTa aNaTaNTnaaa aaaTaaaaaaaaaa Disconnect the refrigerant charge hose Service port for additionally charging the refrigerant Test Operation 133 Field Setting SiENBE18 621 3 2 4 Setting of Refrigerant Recovery Mode When carrying out the refrigerant collection on site fully open the respective expansion valve
292. he BP unit s PCB DS2 1 DS2 2 DS2 3 DS2 4 BP unit 1 OFF OFF ON OFF BP unit 2 OFF OFF OFF ON BP unit 3 OFF OFF ON ON DS1 4 Factory setting is OFF The BP unit 1 through 3 show the first through third unit respectively The order of these units is flexible The above table is just for your reference The redundancy of addresses can be avoided when the DIP switch settings are individually specified With the DIP switch settings reprogrammed power on the outdoor unit and BP unit again Check for address redundancy If an error display appears on the indoor unit BP unit or outdoor unit follow its code and description 1 1 4 When Turning On Power First Time The unit cannot be run for up to 12 minutes to automatically set address indoor outdoor address etc Status Outdoor unit Indoor unit Test lamp H2P Blinks Can also be set during operation described above If ON button is pushed during operation described above the UH malfunction indicator blinks Returns to normal when automatic setting is complete 1 1 5 When Turning On Power the Second Time and Subsequent Tap the RESET BS5 button on the outdoor unit PC board Operation becomes possible for about 2 minutes If not the unit cannot be run for up to 10 minutes Status Outdoor unit Indoor unit Test lamp H2P Blinks Can also be set during operation described above If ON button
293. he desired position press SWING button once more The flap will stop moving disappears from the LCD B To adjust the vertical blades louvers 3 Press SWING button ams is displayed on the LCD tcl zs INS Ue 2I 20h OONOFF 2 MODE FAN CG 1 2 SILENT SENSOR SWING 3 4 5 4 4 When the louvers have reached the desired position press the SWING button once more The louvers will stop moving 182 System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction B To3 D Airflow 1 3 Press the SWING button G and the SWING button m the S and ms display will light up and the flap and louvers will move in turn B To cancel 3 D Airflow 2 4 Press either the SWING button G or the SWING button Notes on louvers angles W ATTENTION Always use a remote control to adjust the louvers angles In side the air outlet a fan is rotating at a high speed Notes on flap angle When SWING button is selected the flaps swinging range depends on TE the operation mode See the figure Three Dimensional 3 D Airflow Using three dimensional airflow circulates cold air which tends to collected at the bottom of the room and hot air which tends to collect near the STOP ceiling throughout the room preventing areas of cold and hot developing imd M ATTENTI
294. he heat source of the room is excessive when cooling Cooling effect decreases if heat gain of the room is too large System Configuration 237 Instruction SiENBE18 621 2 4 Ceiling Suspended Type 238 1 Y DAIKIN AV se O D U 16 15 17 18 22 11 10 21 20 19 System Configuration SiEN18 621 Instruction 1 What to do before operation This operation manual is for the following systems with standard control Before initiating operation contact your Daikin dealer for the operation that corresponds to your system Pair system Indoor unit Outdoor unit Unit with remote control Multi system Indoor unit Indoor unit Outdoor unit Unit with remote control Unit with remote control NOTE e If the unit you purchased is controlled by a infrared remote control also refer to the infrared remote control s operation manual If your installation has a customized control system ask your Daikin dealer for operation that corresponds to your system System Configuration Heat pump type This system provides cooling heating automatic program dry and fan operation modes Cooling only type T
295. he malfunction NO gt Replace the outdoor PC board A1P PC board equipped with a resin case Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit 7 18 Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Rise Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Troubleshooting L4 All outdoor unit models Fin temperature is detected by the thermistor of the radiation fin When the temperature of the inverter radiation fin increases above 83 C Actuation of fin thermal Actuates above 83 C W Defect of inverter PCB W Defect of fin thermistor AN Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred The radiator fin temperature is supposed to have risen to 83 C or more YES Faulty heat radiation of power unit Air suction opening blocked Dirty radiator fin High outdoor temperature ls the connector X111A of the fin thermistor properly connected to the Qutdoor PCB NO gt Properly connect Turn ON the power supply and then press the remote controller check button once Is the malfunction code YES P4 displayed on the remote control gt To P4 troubleshooting NO Does the malfunction code L4 recur when the unit starts operation
296. he sensor detects human motion detection signal it let the set temperature and the fan speed return to the original set point keeping a normal operation Others W The dry operation can t command the setting temperature with a remote control but internally the set temperature is shifted by 1 C Function 93 Indoor Unit RA Models SiENBE18 621 7 9 HOME LEAVE Operation Outline Detail of the Control Others 94 In order to respond to the customer s need for immediate heating and cooling of the room after returning home or for house care a measure to switch the temperature and air volume from that for normal time over to outing time by one touch is provided This function responds also to the need for keeping up with weak cooling or heating This time we seek for simplicity of operation by providing the special temperature and air volume control for outing to be set by the exclusive button 1 Start of Function The function starts when the HOME LEAVE button is pressed in cooling mode or heating mode including stopping and powerful operation If this button is pressed while the operation is stopped the function becomes effective when the operation is started If this button is pressed in powerful operation the powerful operation is reset and this function becomes effective W The HOME LEAVE button is ineffective in dry mode and fan mode 2 Details of Function A mark representing HOME LEAVE is indicated
297. heat exchanger thermistor High pressure control During heating operations the temperature detected by the indoor heat exchanger thermistor is above 65 C Freeze up protection When the indoor unit heat exchanger temperature is below 0 C during cooling operation Operation halt due to clogged air filter of the indoor unit Operation halt due to dust accumulation on the indoor unit heat exchanger Operation halt due to short circuit Detection error due to faulty indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor Detection error due to faulty indoor unit PCB 271 Troubleshooting for RA Indoor Unit SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting Check No 06 Check the air passage Refer to P 279 Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Sae YES Is there any short circuit gt Provide sufficient air passage NO Check the intake air filter gt Clean the air filter Check the dust accumulation on the indoor unit heat exchanger YES gt Clean the heat exchanger NO Check No 06 Indoor unit heat exchanger thermistor check YES Does it conform to the thermistor characteristic chart gt Replace the indoor unit PCB gt Replace the thermistor replace the indoor unit PCB R4695 272 Troubleshooting SIENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for RA Indoor Unit 4 3 Fan Motor or Related Abn
298. his system provides cooling program dry and fan operation modes Precautions for group control system or two remote control control system This system provides two other control systems beside individual control one remote control controls one indoor unit system Confirm the following if your unit is of the following control sytem type e Group control system One remote control controls up to 16 indoor units All indoor units are equally set e Two remote controls control system Two remote controls control one indoor unit In case of group control sytem one group of indoor units The unit is individually operated NOTE Contact your Daikin dealer in case of changing the combination or setting of group control and two remote controls control sytem Names and functions of parts Refer to figure 2 on page 1 a Indoor unit Outdoor unit e external appearance of the outdoor unit varies depending on its capacity class The outdoor unit shown in the figure is for reference to indicate features Contact your Daikin Dealer and verify which outdoor unit you have Remote control d Inlet air e Discharged air f Air outlet g Airflow flap at air outlet h Refrigerant piping connection electric wire i Drain pipe Air inlet The built in air filter removes dust and dirt Drain pumping out device built in Drains water removed from the room during cooling G
299. hooting SIENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit 7 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit 7 1 Faulty Outdoor Unit PCB Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Troubleshooting El All outdoor unit models Check data from 2 When data could not be correctly received from the E7PROM E PROM Type of nonvolatile memory Maintains memory contents even when the power supply is turned off W Defect of outdoor unit PCB A1P AN Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Turn off the power once and turn on again Return to normal NO YES gt External factor other than malfunction for example noise etc Replace the outdoor unit main PC Board A1P V3064 307 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit SiENBE18 621 7 2 Actuation of High Pressure Switch Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes 308 E3 All outdoor unit models Abnormality is detected when the contact of the high pressure protection switch opens Error is generated when the HPS activation count reaches the number specific to the operation mode Reference Operating pressure of high pressure
300. hooting SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for RA Indoor Unit 4 6 3 Thermistor Resistance Check Check No 06 Troubleshooting Remove the connectors of the thermistors on the PCB and measure the resistance of each thermistor using tester The relationship between normal temperature and resistance is shown in the graph and the table below Thermistor R25 C 20kQ B 3950 Temperature C 20 211 0 kQ 15 150 10 116 5 5 88 0 67 2 5 51 9 10 40 15 31 8 20 25 25 20 30 16 35 13 40 10 6 45 8 7 50 7 2 E ome Resistance range R1437 279 Troubleshooting for RA Indoor Unit SiENBE18 621 4 6 4 Hall IC Check Check No 16 280 1 Check the connector connection 2 With the power ON operation OFF and the connector connected check the following Output voltage of about 5 V between pins 1 and 3 Generation of 3 pulses between pins 2 and 3 when the fan motor is operating Failure of 1 faulty PCB Replace the PCB Failure of 2 faulty hall IC Replace the fan motor Both 1 and 2 result gt Replace the PCB The connector has 3 pins and there are two patterns of lead wire colors 1 Gray power supply 2 Purple signals 3 Blue grounding 1 White power supply 2 White with black line signals 3 White with manufacturer mark grounding R1990 Troubleshooting
301. ifying Filter with Bacteriostatic amp Inverter with Inverter Power Control Virustatic Functions Operation Limit for Cooling Sallie Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter Basic Function ne Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic Operation Limit for Heating C WB Deodorizing Function E Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic NITE PAM Control Air Purifying Filter Oval Scroll Compressor Long life Filter Option A Health amp Clean Swing Compressor Mold Proof Air Filter Compressor Rotary Compressor Wipe clean Flat Panel Reluctance DC Motor Washable Grille 0 Power Airflow Flap Filter Cleaning Indicator Power Airflow Dual Flaps Mold Proof Operation Power Airflow Diffuser t Heating Dry Operation Wide Angle Louvers 0 Good Sleep Cooling Operation Comfortable Vertical Auto Swing Up and Down 24 Hour On Off Timer olo Horizontal Auto Swing Right and Left Timer 72 Hour On Off Timer 3 D Airflow rl Night Set Mode Comfort Airflow Mode Si Auto Restart after Power Failure 3 Step Airflow H P Only Worry Free Self Diagnosis Digital LED Display Auto Fan Speed Reliability amp Wiring Error Check 2 poe Durability Ari ion Treal I ug nticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor Indoor Unit Silent Operation 1 Heat Exchanger
302. igent Eye sensor PCB PCB 2 Signal Receiver PCB 1 S29 Connector for control PCB PCB 3 Buzzer PCB 1 S27 Connector for control PCB 2 S38 Connector for display PCB PCB 4 Display PCB 1 S37 Connector for buzzer PCB PCB 5 INTELLIGENT EYE sensor PCB 1 S36 Connector for control PCB Other designations PCB 1 Control PCB 1 V1 Varistor 2 JA Address setting jumper JB Fan speed setting when compressor is OFF on thermostat JC Power failure recovery function Refer to page 147 for detail 3 LEDA LED A for service monitor green 4 FU1 Fuse 3 15A PCB 2 Signal Receiver PCB 1 SW1 S1W Forced operation ON OFF switch PCB 3 Buzzer PCB 1 RTH1 R1T Room temperature thermistor PCB 4 Display PCB 4 LED1 LED for operation green 5 LED2 LED for timer yellow 6 LED3 LED for HOME LEAVE operation red Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram and Name 35 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram SiENBE18 621 PCB Detail PCB 1 Control PCB indoor unit 34 a Bib germ amp S32 S28 PCB 2 Signal Receiver PCB PCB 3 Buzzer PCB S27 S29 LED1 LED2 LED3 S37 R2863 R2864 36 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram and Name SIENBE18 621 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram 1 6 Duct Connected Type Connectors m Note PCB Detail PCB 1 Control PCB 1 S1 Connector for AC fan motor 2 S7 Conne
303. imit frequency 1 step up from current compressor frequency HTdi gt 120 C for 10 min or more or HTdi 115 C Tp gt 135 C HTdi gt 130 C In discharge pipe temp HTdi gt 120 C protection control T for 90 sec or more or HTdi gt 135 C 36 Hz Unload Discharge pipe temperature standby Function When occurring 3 times within 100 minutes the malfunction code F3 is output 75 Protection Control SiENBE18 621 4 4 Inverter Protection Control Inverter current protection control and inverter fin temperature control are performed to prevent tripping due to a malfunction or transient inverter overcurrent and fin temperature increase Inverter overcurrent protection control Not limited Inverter current 23 8A marter curren 2n BA Le INV upper limit frequency max Hz Limited v INV upper limit frequency 1 step down from current 6 compressor frequency 10 sec Inverter current gt 23 8A Matching of frequency Status quo 4 Inverter current lt 23 8A Without conditions continues for 3 min INV upper limit frequency 1 step up from current compressor frequency Inverter current lt 24 9A continues for 260 sec Inverter current When occurring 4 times within 60 min standby the malfunction code L8 is output Inverter fin temperature control
304. in accordance with unified master outdoor unit by indoor unit remote control amp Set cool heat for more than one outdoor unit system simultaneously in accordance with unified master outdoor unit by cool heat switching remote control Set Cool Heat Separately for Each Outdoor Unit System by Indoor Unit Remote Control does not matter whether or not there is outdoor outdoor unit wiring Set outdoor unit PC board DS1 1 to IN factory set Set cool heat switching to IND individual for Setting mode 1 factory set Test D C H SELECT Marne IND MASTER SLAVE eee H3P HSP H7P L N O P DEMAND C H CELECT OUT MULTI Q1 Q2 Oo 0 Indoor unit Indoor unit FE EA V3058 Set the master unit indoor unit having the right to In the case of infrared remote controls select the cooling heating operation mode gt After the check operation the timer lamp is flashing in all In the case of wired remote controls connected indoor units Ps dme Select an indoor unit to be used as the master unit in After the check operation CHANGEOVER UNDER accordance with the request from the customer CONTROL is flashing in all connected remote controls It is recommended to select an indoor unit which will be Select an indoor unit to be used as the master unit in used most often as the maste
305. in water Only neutral detergent may be used Incase of washing the panel with water dry it with cloth dry it up in the shade after washing Attach the front panel Setthe keys of the front panel into the slots and push them in all the way Close the front panel slowly and push the panel at the 3 points 1 on each side and 1 in the middle Check to see if the rotating axis in the upper center section is moving Fit into the slot e Don t touch the metal parts of the indoor unit If you touch those parts this may cause an injury When removing or attaching the front panel use a robust and stable stool and watch your steps carefully When removing or attaching the front panel support the panel securely with hand to prevent it from falling e For cleaning do not use hot water above 40 C benzine gasoline thinner nor other volatile oils polishing compound scrubbing brushes nor other hand stuff After cleaning make sure that the front panel is securely fixed 206 System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction Filters B Air Filter Open the front panel Pull out the air filters Cleanor replace each filter Setthe air filter and the air purifying filter Wash the air filters with water or clean them with Push alittle upwards the tab at the center of
306. ing both a wired and a infrared remote control for 1 indoor unit the wired controller should be set to MAIN Therefore set the MAIN SUB switch SS1 of the transmitter board to SUB MAIN SUB MAIN SUB Switch SS1 After completing setting seal off the opening of the address switch and the MAIN SUB switch with the attached sealing pad 141 Field Setting for SkyAir Indoor Unit SiENBE18 621 Address Setting It is Factory Set to 4 Multiple Settings Alb 142 Setting from the remote control gt 1 Hold down the 88 button and the button for at least 4 seconds to get the FIELD SET MODE Indicated in the display area in the figure at below Press the button and select a multiple setting A b Each time the button is pressed the display switches between A and b Press the 4 button and V button to set the address DOWN 6 51941 Address can be set from 1 to 6 but set it to 1 3 and to same address as the receiver The receiver does not work with address 4 6 Press the button to enter the setting Hold down the button for at least 1 second to quit the FIELD SET MODE and return to the normal display ON OFF Mode Address Multiple setting 1942 When the indoor is being operating by outside control central remote control etc it sometimes does not respond to ON OFF and tem
307. ing time Press the PROGRAMMING TIME button and set the time for stopping or starting the system When this button is pressed the time advances by 1 hour When this button is pressed the time goes backward by 1 hour Timer ON OFF Press the TIMER ON OFF button The timer setting procedure ends The display or changes from flashing light to a constant light Refer to figure 4 on page 1 NOTE When setting the timer OFF and On at the same time repeat the above procedure from 1 to 3 once again When the timer is programmed to stop the system after 3 hours and start the system after 4 hours the system will stop after 3 hours and then 1 hour later the system will start e After the timer is programmed the display shows the remaining time e Press the TIMER ON OFF button once again to cancel programming the display vanishes System Configuration SiEN18 621 Instruction 7 Optimum operation Observe the following precautions to ensure the system operates Adjust the room temperature properly for a comfortable environment Avoid excessive heating or cooling e Prevent direct sunlight from entering a room during cooling operation by using curtains or blinds Ventilate the room regularly Using the unit for long periods of time requires attentive ventilation of the room Keep doors and windows closed If the doors and windows remain open room ai
308. into the room The refrigerant gas itself is harmless but it can generate toxic gases when it contacts flames such as fan and other heaters stoves and ranges When replacing the coin battery in the remote control be sure to disposed of the old battery to prevent children from swallowing it If a child swallows the coin battery see a doctor immediately AN Caution Installation of a leakage breaker is necessary in some cases depending on the conditions of the installation site to prevent electrical shocks Do not install the equipment in a place where there is a possibility of combustible gas leaks If a combustible gas leaks and remains around the unit it can cause a fire Be sure to install the packing and seal on the installation frame properly If the packing and seal are not installed properly water can enter the room and wet the furniture and floor For integral units only 1 1 3 Inspection after Repair AN Warning Check to make sure that the power cable plug is not dirty or loose then insert the plug into a power outlet all the way If the plug has dust or loose connection it can cause an electrical shock or fire If the power cable and lead wires have scratches or deteriorated be sure to replace them Damaged cable and wires can cause an electrical shock excessive heat generation or fire Introduction SiENBE18 621 AN Warning Do not use a
309. inutes Incorrect connection of transmission wire Faulty outdoor unit power supply Faulty BP unit PCB Faulty outdoor unit PCB Distortion of power supply wave Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector A Caution or parts damage may be occurred Turn the power supply off Check the transmission wire between outdoor unit BP unit NO j YES Turn the power supply back on t Is HAP on the outdoor unit PCB blinking 5 Is UJ displayed Check No 14 Check the power supply waveform YES Is it deformed Check the transmission wire and the connection orders Replace outdoor unit control PCB Could be outside causes other than errors Probe where the noise comes from and apply remedy required Probe the causes for deformation of power supply waveform and apply remedy required Replace outdoor unit control PCB Q0394 305 Troubleshooting for BP Unit SiENBE18 621 6 6 Check 6 6 1 Power Supply Waveforms Check Check No 14 Measure the power supply waveform between pins 1 and 3 on the terminal board and check the waveform disturbance W Check to see if the power supply waveform is a sine wave Fig 1 W Check see if there is waveform disturbance near the zero cross sections circled in Fig 2 Fig 1 Fig 2 ML105 ML 104 306 Troubles
310. ion the operation shall be carried out without exception If the abnormality could not be recovered during intermittent operation the latter 5 min ON operation is continued until recovery of the abnormality Note 2 2 a 1 When a water level abnormality occurs during drain pump ON Recovery operation for drain water level abnormality does not activate when the water level can be returned normal within A 10 seconds Function 103 Indoor Unit SkyAir Models SiENBE18 621 2 2 2 When a water level abnormality occurs during drain pump OFF The abnormality is determined when 80 seconds elapse from compressor stop Other than above behavior is same as 2 2 a Occurrence of drain water level abnormality Intermittent operation 1 5min 1581 Water level abnormality Drain pan Normal Drain pump Oe ON Compressor OFF Error processing hoe SSS Note 2 2 a 2 When a water level abnormality occurs during drain pump OFF Recovery operation for drain water level abnormality does not activate when the water level can be returned normal within A 80 seconds 2 2 b Behavior when the unit restarts by remote control after the water level abnormality is recovered Abnormal water level shall be cancelled simultaneausly when the unit is turned off with remote control after recovery of abnormal water level When the unit is turned on with remote control thereafter
311. ion Mode Guard Remote Control with Function Liquid Crystal L ON OFF Malfunction Detection Function Air flow direction Fan speed etc Ceiling Soiling Prevention Remote Control uneven Sensor Not provided for infrared remote control 82540 98 Function SIENBE18 621 Indoor Unit SkyAir Models 8 2 Electric Function Parts FFQ B8V1B FHQ BVV1B Function Capacity 25 35 50 60 Remarks Wired remote control BRC1C517 Optional Accessory Infrared remote Heat pump BRC7EAS30W Optional control Cooling only BRC7EA531W Accessory Electronic control unit 2P095006 8 EC0608 Fan motor 3P104408 1 55W Fan motor capacitor 4uF 440 VAC Float switch 4P104167 1 FS 0211B Drain pump 3P103929 1 PLD 12230DM 17 Capacity 35 50 60 Remarks Wired remote control BRC1D528 Optional Accessory Infrared remote Heat pump BRC7EA63W Optional control Cooling only BRC7EA66 Accessory Electronic Control Unit 2P095007 7 0606 Fan Motor 3PN04213 1 62W Fan Motor Capacitor 3 0uF 440VAC Swing Motor 3PN04208 1 99 Indoor Unit SkyAir Models SiENBE18 621 8 3 Function Details Thermostat Control 16 TF 18 1 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 28 30 31 32 33 34 M release edel A i d A SS Bd T 25 2 Initial setting sro 1 D
312. ion or parts damage may be occurred 7 Connector NO is E o gt Connect the thermistor and turn unt Oar i ATP on again YES Resistance is normal when measured after disconnecting the thermistor R7T from the outdoor unit PC board 3 5kW NO gt Replace the thermistor R7T Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P V3074 Refer to thermistor resistance temperature characteristics table on P355 Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit 7 14 Malfunction of Subcooling Heat Exchanger Thermistor R6T Remote Control 48 Display Applicable All outdoor unit models Models Method of Malfunction is detected according to the temperature detected by subcooling heat exchanger Malfunction gas pipe thermistor Detection Malfunction When the subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor is short circuited or open Decision Conditions Supposed Faulty subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor R6T Causes Faulty outdoor unit PCB Troubleshooting N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred the connector for subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor connected to outdoor unit PC board A1P NO Connect connector and operate unit again YES Is the resistance measured after removing the thermistor R6T from outd
313. ir filter is set to FILTER CONTAMINATION HEAVY SET MODE NO to 10 FIRST CODE NO to 0 and SECOND CODE NO to 02 Test Operation 2P068938 1 137 Field Setting for SkyAir Indoor Unit SiENBE18 621 4 2 2 m Note Infrared Remote Control Procedure If optional accessories are mounted on the indoor unit the indoor unit setting may have to be changed Refer to the instruction manual optional hand book for each optional accessory 1 When in the normal mode push the button for a minimum of four seconds and the FIELD SET MODE is entered Select the desired MODE NO with the button Push the 4 button and select the FIRST CODE NO Push the V button and select the SECOND CODE NO DOWN Push the button and the present settings are SET Push the button to return to the NORMAL MODE DaN MODE NO FIELD SET MODE SECOND CODE NO FIRST CODE NO 2 1 6 81934 4 3 Initial Setting Contents Setting Contents Filter Filter Sign High Air Selection Air Flow Air Flow External Long Fan Simul Sign Estimation of Outlet of Air Direction Direction Static Life Speed _ taneous Accumulated Velocity Flow Adjust Range Pressure Filter Up operation Operating for Direction Setting Type Twin Hours Applicati
314. isplay Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting 320 J5 All outdoor unit models Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the thermistor for suction pipe 1 2 When a short circuit or an open circuit in the thermistor for suction pipe 1 2 are detected W Defect of thermistor R3T R5T for outdoor unit suction pipe W Defect of outdoor unit PCB A1P AN Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Connector of the thermistor for suction pipe1 2 is connected to outdoor unit PC board A1P NO gt Connect the thermistor and turn on again Resistance is normal when measured after disconnecting the thermistor R3T R5T from the outdoor unit PC NO gt Replace the thermistor R3T R5T gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P V3073 Refer to thermistor resistance temperature characteristics table on P355 Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit 7 12 Malfunction of Thermistor RAT for Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger Remote Control Jb Display Applicable All outdoor unit models Models Method of Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the heat exchanger thermistor Malfunction Detection Malfunction When a short ci
315. istics normal Faulty low compressor the pressure value checked with the Service Checker y capacity Faulty control PCB rj pressure control corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor control Faulty low pressure sensor Are the electrical characteristics normal Faulty low f pressure Faulty hot gas solenoid valve Are the coil resistance and insulation normal In both cooling protection ty hot g and heating 415 the pressure value checked with the Service Checker See 2 Fautty control PCB corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor In cooling P Faulty valve coil Are the coil resistance and insulation normal Low evaporating If the indoor unit expansion valve electronic Faulty valve body expansion valve is throttled too much Faulty gas pipe Check for the thermistor resistance and connection See 3 Faulty thermistor of indoor unit control INE Faulty electronic Faulty liquid pipe thermistor lt Check for the thermistor resistance and connection expansion valve of indoor unit control Faul IPCB ls the pressure value checked with the Service Checker contio corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor Faulty outdoor Faulty valve coil Are the coil resistance and insulation unit electronic normal expansion valve Faulty valve body In heating outdoor unit Faulty low pressure sensor Are the electrical characteristics normal electronic Fau
316. istors for discharge pipe 356 P EEE 24 serch isthe haa tae Sa nt 332 EEE 333 photocatalytic deodorizing filter 96 piping diagrams sss 362 BJ ei aient ot od ei ette 334 power failure recovery FUNCOM 30 33 35 37 39 42 power supply insufficient or instantaneous failure 337 power supply 40 43 power supply waveforms check 306 power airflow dual flaps 85 POWERFUL operation 188 preparation before operation 173 pressure Sernsor ans ueteri nitus 357 printed circuit board PCB BP nit PGB nost tete bete 29 buzzer PCB san ipee ne ute 36 control PCB indoor unit E E EP 31 34 36 37 40 44 46 48 cool heat selector A4P 28 display PCB 32 36 38 41 44 INTELLIGENT EYE sensor 32 34 36 main AIP nennen 25 noise filter ASP 27 power supply 40 43 service PCB AOP iiia ci et oerte 26 signal receiver 32 34 36 41 44 printed circuit board connector wiring diagram 24 program dry operation function 106 programme dry function
317. it PC board A1P After turning on again L8 blinks again Reset and restart YES Compressor inspection Inspect according to the diagnosis procedure for odd noises vibration and operating status of the compressor V3184 329 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit SiENBE18 621 7 21 Inverter Start up Error Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting 330 LS All outdoor unit models Malfunction is detected from current flowing in the power transistor When overload in the compressor is detected during startup W Defect of compressor W Pressure differential start W Defect of outdoor unit PCB A1P N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred The difference between high and low pressure when starting is above 0 2MPa NO gt Unsatisfactory pressure equalization Check refrigerant system Disconnect the connection between the compressor and inverter Make the power transistor check mode ON by service mode Inverter output voltage check Inverter output voltage is not balanced Normal if within 5V Must be measured when frequency is stable NO gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P After turning NO on again L9 blinks gt Reset
318. joined power cable or extension cable or share the same power outlet with other electrical appliances since it can cause an electrical shock excessive heat generation or fire AN Caution Check to see if the parts and wires are mounted and connected properly and if the connections at the soldered or crimped terminals are secure Improper installation and connections can cause excessive heat generation fire or an electrical shock If the installation platform or frame has corroded replace it Corroded installation platform or frame can cause the unit to fall resulting in injury Check the grounding and repair it if the equipment is not properly grounded Improper grounding can cause an electrical shock Be sure to measure the insulation resistance after the repair and make sure that the resistance is 1 Mohm or higher Faulty insulation can cause an electrical shock Be sure to check the drainage of the indoor unit after the repair Faulty drainage can cause the water to enter the room and wet the furniture and floor 1 1 4 Using Icons Icons are used to attract the attention of the reader to specific information The meaning of each icon is described in the table below 1 1 5 Using Icons List Icon Type of Description Information Note A note provides information that is not indispensable but may nevertheless be valuable to the reader such as tips and tricks Note Caution A caution
319. k No 01 the hin pressure has become high 1 Make a comparison between the voltage of the pressure sensor and that read by the pressure gauge As to the voltage of the pressure sensor make measurement of voltage at the connector and then convert it to pressure according to information on page 353 2 Make a comparison between the high pressure value checked with the Service Checker and the voltage of the pressure sensor see 1 3 Make measurement of voltage of the pressure sensor 5 Connector for high pressure sensor 4 Red 3 Black High pressure Sensor Micro controller A D input 1 White Make measurement of DC voltage between these wires Troubleshooting 309 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit SiENBE18 621 7 3 Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes 310 EY All outdoor unit models Abnormality is detected by the pressure value with the low pressure sensor Error is generated when the low pressure is dropped under specific pressure Operating pressure 0 07MPa Abnormal drop of low pressure Lower than 0 07MPa Defect of low pressure sensor Defect of outdoor unit PCB Stop valve is not opened Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit Troubleshooting
320. l ith Ph lyti Function Operation Limit for Heating CWB Deodorizing fed CIC SMS sies Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Control Health amp Air Purifying Filter Oval Scroll Compressor Clean Mold Proof Air Filter olojo Swing Compressor Wipe clean Flat Panel Rotary Compressor Washable Grille Reluctance DC Motor Mold Proof Operation Power Airflow Flap Heating Dry Operation Power Airflow Dual Flaps Good Sleep Cooling Operation Power Airflow Diffuser 117 24 Hour On Off Timer Wide Angle Louvers Night Set Mode Comfortable Airflow Vertical Auto Swing Up and Down Auto Restart after Power Failure Horizontal Auto Swing Right and Left Worry Free Self Diagnosis Digital LED Display O O O 3 D Airflow Reliability amp Wiring Error Check m Durability Xni ion Treat toi Ouid 2 nticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor 3 Step Airflow H P Only Heat Exchanger Multi Split Split Type Compatible Auto Fan Speed Indoor Unit Indoor Unit Silent Operation Flexible Voltage Correspondence olojo Night Quiet Mode Automatic High Ceiling Application Outdoor Unit Silent O ti Flexibility utdoor Unit Silent Operation M
321. lace indoor unit PCB S2733 284 Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for SkyAir Indoor Unit 5 4 Indoor Unit Fan Motor Lock Ab Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Troubleshooting FHQ BU Detection by failure of signal for detecting number of turns to come from the fan motor When number of turns can t be detected even when output voltage to the fan is maximum Failure of indoor unit fan motor Broken or disconnected wire Failure of contact Failure of indoor unit PCB A Caution Are X20A and X26A properly connected YES With X26A unplugged and the power Supply turned on is there about 12 VDC between pins 1 and 3 of X26A YES Indoor unit PCB Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred Connect correctly Check indoor unit fan motor and motor wiring Q0413 285 Troubleshooting for SkyAir Indoor Unit SiENBE18 621 5 5 Malfunction of Indoor Unit Fan Motor Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes 286 Detection of abnormal fan speed by signal from the fan motor When fan speed does not increase Disconnection short circuit o
322. lele elo 22 Night time OFF low noise Factory setting setting Mode 1 0 2 O og Mode 3 Ole le 26 Night time PMS8 00 O 20 low noise start setting PM 10 00 Factory Oele 0 e setting PMO0 00 Oe 9 27 Oj e o o e o 600 O e low noise end setting AM 7 00 O 1 e e 8 00 Oele 9 9 e setting 29 Capacity Low noise precedence precedence setting ES O Factory e 9 setting Capacity precedence 30 Demand 60 of setting 1 ratedpower O consumption 70 of rated power consumption O e e 0 Factory setting 80 of ratedpower O o 9 consumption 32 Normal OFF demand Factory o setting setting ON Ole 0 Setting mode indication section Setting No indication section Set contents indication section 132 Test Operation SiENBE18 621 Field Setting 3 2 3 Setting of Refrigerant Additional Charging Operation Refrigerant additional charging operation procedure When the outdoor unit is stopped and the entire quantity of refrigerant cannot be charged from the stop valve on the liquid side make sure to c
323. lfunction 1 Push the RETURN BS3 button once to display First digit of malfunction code Contirmation of malfunction 2 Push the SET BS2 button once to display Second digit of malfunction code Contirmation of malfunction 3 Push the SET BS2 button once to display malfunction location Contirmation of malfunction 4 Push the SET BS2 button once to display master or slave 1 or slave 2 and malfunction location Push the RETURN BS3 button and Switches to the initial status of Monitor mode Push the MODE BS1 button and returns to Setting mode 1 266 Detail description on next page Contents of malfunction Malfunction code Open phase Power supply imbalance Imbalance of inverter power supply voltage Faulty temperature sensor of inverter radiation fin Faulty thermistor of inverter fin Gas shortage Gas shortage alarm Abnormal power supply voltage Insufficient Inverter voltage Faulty charge of capacitor in main inverter circuit Malfunction due to SP PAM overvoltage Malfunction due to P N short circuit No implementation of test run Transmission error between indoor and outdoor unit Transmission error of other system Erroneous field setting System transmission malfunction Refrigerant abnormal
324. ll turn on again automatically The system does not restart immediately when TEMPERATURE SETTING button is returned to the former position after pushing the button If the OPERATION lamp lights the system is in normal condition It does not restart immediately because a safety device operates to prevent overload of the system After 3 minutes the system will turn on again automatically The system does not start when the display shows 4 UNDER CENTRALIZED CONTROL and it flashes for few seconds after pressing an operation button This is because the system is under centralized control Flashes on the display indicate that the system cannot be controlled by the remote control The system does not start immediately after the power supply is turned on System Configuration SiEN18 621 Instruction Wait one minute until the micro computer is prepared for operation The outdoor unit is stopped This is because the room temperature has reached the set temperature The indoor unit switches to fan operation Il When under centralized control is displayed and operation is different from the remote control display This is because operating mode is controlled by a micro computer as shown below depending on the operating mode of the other connected indoor units when using in a multi system Ifthe operating mode does not match that of the other indoor units which are already running the indoor unit goes int
325. lt m Beesel ave Faulty suction pipe thermistor Check for the thermistor resistance and connection j Faulty control PCB in cooling Low suction air Short circuit ls the suction air temperature not less than 14 C temperature of indoor unit Low ambient temperature 15 the indoor temperature not less than 14 C Low suction mem m Is the connector properly connected SEM ON Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal ofthe evaporator Low suction air temperature of outdoor unit lt 1 the outdoor temperature not less than 15 C ls the connector properly connected Faulty outdoor temperature thermistor of outdoor unit Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal In heating Abnormal length piping Does the piping length fall in the permissible range High pipe T Bent or crashed pipe Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions Clogging of foreign particles lt 15 there any temperature difference caused before and after the filter or branch pipe Stop valve closed Less Check to be sure the stop valve is open aay of Inadequate refrigerant quantity Refer to page 331 refrigerant 5 Moisture choke Eliminate moisture by vacuum operation Dirt Dead evaborator Is the heat exchanger clogged Degradation condensing Faulty fan motor Can the fan motor be rotated with hands capacity Decreased Are the motor coil resistance and insulation normal
326. lter Rear suction Pull the bottom side of the air filter backwards over the 3 bends Bottom suction Pull the filter over the 3 bends situated at the backside of the unit 2 Cleaning the air filter e Remove dust from the air filter using a vacuum cleaner and gently rinse them in cool water Do not use detergent or hot water to avoid filter shrinking or deformation After cleaning dry them in the shade 3 Replacing the air filter Rear suction Hook the filter behind the flap situated at the top of the unit and push the other side gently over the 3 bends Bottom suction Hook the filter behind the flap situated at the middle of the unit and push the other side gently over the 3 bends E Main unit B Attach the filter to the main unit while pushing down on the tabs In case of back side In case of bottom side 212 System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction B Cleaning the drain pan e Clean the drain pan periodically or drain piping may be clogged with dust and may result in water leakage Ask your DAIKIN dealer to clean them Prepare a cover locally to prevent any dust in the air around the indoor unit from getting in the drain pan if there is a great deal of dust present N CAUTION e Do not operate the air conditioner without filters this to avoid dust accumulation inside the unit not remove the air filter except when cleaning Unnecessary handli
327. lty control i ds poar lf a spare PC board is mounted is the ncluding 2 Capacity setting capacity setting properly made High air Dirty filter ls the air filter clogged passage ae Obstacle Is there any obstacle in the air passage Refer to page 313 Is the indoor unit too small compared to In heating the large sized outdoor unit 1 In cooling it is normal if the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve EV1 is fully open 2 In heating the indoor unit electronic expansion valve is used for subcooled degree control C SDK04009 Troubleshooting SIENBE18 621 Check Check No 02 Check for causes of drop in low pressure Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis FTA shown below probe the faulty points In cooling _ 2 See 1 Faulty A Faulty low pressure sensor Are the electrical character
328. measurement of DC voltage between these wires Troubleshooting 311 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit SiENBE18 621 1 4 Compressor Motor Lock Remote Control ES Display Applicable All outdoor unit models Models Method of Inverter PCB takes the position signal from UVW line connected between the inverter and Malfunction compressor and the malfunction is detected when any abnormality is observed in the phase Detection current waveform Malfunction This malfunction will be output when the inverter compressor motor does not start up even in Decision forced startup mode Conditions Supposed W Compressor lock Causes W High differential pressure 0 5MPa or more W Incorrect UVW wiring W Faulty inverter PCB W Stop valve is left in closed Troubleshooting AN Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Check the installation conditions NO Is the stop valve open Open the stop valve Is the UVW wiring NO Connect correctly normal YES Is high YES differential pressure starting gt Remedy the cause 0 5MPa or more NO Check and see whether compressor is short circuited or ground NO MED Replace the compressor Are inverter NO output voltages the same for 3 phases Replace the inverter PC board A1P Does low or high pressure vary even instantaneously
329. mote control thermistor is faulty system is possible to operate by system thermistor Malfunction Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by remote control thermistor Detection Malfunction When the remote control thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running Decision Conditions Supposed W Failure of sensor itself Causes W Broken wire Troubleshooting N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Check No 02 Refer to P 299 Turn the power supply off once and then back on displayed on the YES remote control gt Replace remote control Could be outside cause noise etc other than malfunction See for Thermistor temperature and resistance characteristics 90418 294 Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for SkyAir Indoor Unit 5 12 Transmission Error between Indoor Unit and Remote Control Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Hic Li FFQ B FHQ BU Microcomputer checks if transmission between indoor unit and remote control is normal When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time W Failure of remote control W Failure of indoor PCB W Outside cause noise etc
330. n removing or attaching the front panel support the panel securely with hand to prevent it from falling e For cleaning do not use hot water above 40 C benzine gasoline thinner nor other volatile oils polishing compound scrubbing brushes nor other hand stuff After cleaning make sure that the front panel is securely fixed 216 System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction FILTERS 1 Open the front grille 2 Pull out the air filter e Push upwards the tab at the center of each air filter then pull it down 3 Take off the air purifying filter Photocatalytic deodorizing filter Holdthe tabs of the frame and remove the Air purifying filter claws in 4 places or Photocatalytic deodorizing filter 4 Clean or replace each filter i See below 5 Set the air filter air purifying filter and photocatalytic deodorizing filter as they were and close the front grille e Insert claws of the filters into slots of the front panel Push the panel at the 5 points B Air Filter 1 Wash the air filters with water or clean them with vacuum cleaner dust does not come off easily wash them with neutral detergent thinned with lukewarm water then dry them up in the shade e It is recommended to clean the air filters every two weeks Air Purifying Filter green Replace approximately once every 3 months 1 Detach the filter element and attach a new one e Insert with the green side up e tis
331. n the LL mode even though the remote control of the fan is in stop mode Purpose On multiple units when units of other rooms start heating operation after unit of the own room starts cooling or dry operation high temperature refrigerant flows to the unit of the own room thus resulting in evaporation of condensate retained in heat exchanger or drain pan At this time if casing temperature is below dew point dew gets condensed In order to prevent the dew condensation this control is used to operate the fan for a specified period of time thus discharging the moisture from the indoor unit Outline e The fan rotates in LL mode even though the unit is turned off by the use of remote control This control can be reset only by conducting the cooling or dry operation of the unit of the own room with thermostat ON This control is enabled within 8 hours after the Outdoor unit operation mode has changed from cooling or dry operation to heating operation During the 8 hours this control is activated for a cumulative period of 40 minutes W Emergency operation is not conducted The outdoor unit has no emergency function Therefore in the case of connecting to Split or Split Multi outdoor unit only the fan operation is conducted even though the dip switch of indoor unit is set to EMERGENCY 109 Indoor Unit SkyAir Models SiENBE18 621 110 Function SIENBE18 621 Test Operation Part 6 Test Operation ZREK 19 ri
332. nd replace the two old batteries together e When the system is not used for a long time take the batteries out e We recommend replacing once a year although if the remote control display begins to fade or if reception deteriorates please replace with new alkali batteries Do not use manganese batteries The attached batteries are provided for the initial use of the system The usable period of the batteries may be short depending on the manufactured date of the air conditioner System Configuration 173 Instruction SiENBE18 621 To operate the remote control To use the remote control aim the transmitter at the indoor unit If there is anything to block signals between the unit and the remote control such as a curtain the unit will not operate Do not drop the remote control Do not get it wet The maximum distance for communication is about 7m B Tofix the remote control holder on the wall 1 ATTENTION 174 About remote control Choose a place from where the signals reach the unit Fix the holder to a wall a pillar etc with the screws supplied with the holder Place the remote control in the remote control holder Never expose the remote control to direct sunlight Dust on the signal transmitter or receiver will reduce the sensitivity Wipe off dust with soft cloth Signal communication may be disabled if an electronic starter type fluorescent lamp such as inverter type lamps is in the
333. ng SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit Troubleshooting Troubleshooting N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Has the indoor or outdoor unit PC board been replaced or has the indoor outdoor or outdoor outdoor unit transmission wiring XES gt Push and hold the RESET button on the master outdoor unit PC Board for 5 seconds The unit will not operate for up to 12 minutes All indoor unit remote control of the Is indoor outdoor and outdoor Qutdoor unit transmission iring normal YES Replace the indoor unit PC board Fix the indoor outdoor unit transmission wiring Reset the power supply Outdoor unit PC board microcomputer monitor HAP blinks voltage between terminals L1 and N of the outdoor unit PC board is 220 240 V Supply 220 240 V The fuse on YES the outdoor unit s PC board is burn Replace the fuse Secondary voltage NO of the transformer is about Replace the transformer gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P Operation ready lamp H2P is blinking YES Lamp does YE not go off for 12 minutes S gt Push and hold the RESET or more button on the outdoor unit PC No board for 5 seconds indoor outdoor and outdoor outdoor unit tra
334. ng Connections 4 for Interunit Wiring Piping Liquid mm Main 9 5 1 Branch 6 4 2 Main 69 5x1 Branch 6 4 3 Connection Gas mm Main 19 1 1 Branch 15 9 2 Main 19 1 1 Branch 15 9 3 Brazing Drain mm Drain Processingless Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Max Piping Length m Amount of Additional Charge g m Max Height Difference m Max Combination kW 14 2 20 8 Min Combination kW 2 0 2 0 Installation Manual pc 1 Liquid 1 For I D 66 4 For Main Gas 1 For I D 912 7 L Shape Reducer pc Gas 1 For I D 915 9 19 1 Gas 2 For I D 012 7 9 5 3 For I D 612 7 9 5 Accessories For Branch Liquid 1 For I D 69 5 Hanger Metal pc 4 Screws pc 8 M4x8 Heat Insulation 2pc is 1 set 3 Set 4 Set Binding Band pc 2 Drawing No C 4D050058B Note 1 BP or Indoor Unit Max Height BP or Indoor Unit Min Height gt Max 15m Conversion Formulae Set up BP and indoor unit within 15m height difference kcal h kWx860 2 The piping connection must be cut so as to suit the piping sizes of the indoor unit which will be connected Btu h kWx3414 The same sizes should be used for the piping on the outdoor unit 3 35 3 3 including auxiliary piping length Specifications 11 Specifications SiENBE18 621 1 3 Indoor Units Wall Mounted Type
335. ng Heating Cooling Heating Rated Capacity 3 5kW Class 3 5kW Class Front Panel Color White Silver Line H 8 9 314 9 7 342 8 9 314 9 7 342 m min M 6 9 244 7 9 279 6 9 244 7 9 279 Air Flow Rates cfm L 4 8 169 6 0 212 4 8 169 6 0 212 SL 4 0 141 5 2 184 4 0 141 5 2 184 Type Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow Fan Fan Motor Output W 40 40 Speed Steps 5 Steps Silent Auto 5 Steps Silent Auto Air Direction Control Right Left Horizontal Downward Right Left Horizontal Downward Air Filter Removable Washable Mildew Proof Removable Washable Mildew Proof Running Current Rated A 0 18 0 18 0 18 0 18 Power Consumption Rated Ww 40 40 40 40 Power Factor 96 6 96 6 96 6 96 6 Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer Control Dimensions HxWxD mm 283 800 195 283 800 195 Packaged Dimensions HxWxD mm 265x855x340 265x855x340 Weight kg 9 9 Gross Weight kg 12 12 operation H L SL dBA 39 26 23 39 29 26 39 26 23 39 29 26 Sound Power H dBA 57 57 57 57 Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Liquid mm 6 4 6 4 Piping Connection Gas mm 9 5 9 5 Drain mm 18 0 18 0 Drawing No 3D051089 3D051090 Model FTXS50D2V1W FTXS50D2V1L Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Rated Capacity 5 0kW Class 5 0kW Class Front Panel Color White White H 11 4 402 11 4 402 11 4 402 11 4 402 m3 min M 9 3 328 9 4 332 9 3 328 9 4 332 Ar Plow Mates cfm L 71 251 7 4 261 7 1 251 7 4 261 S
336. ng is lowered by 2 5 C and the air flow rate is slightly increased In FAN mode The air flow rate is fixed to the maximum setting When using priority room setting See Note for multi system System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction 2 2 8 OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT Operation OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation lowers the noise level of the outdoor unit by changing the frequency and fan speed on the outdoor unit This function is convenient during night B To start OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation 1 Press SILENT button is displayed on the LCD B To cancel OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation NOTE 2 Press SILENT button disappears from the LCD W Note on OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation e If using a multi system this function will work only when the OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation is set on all operated indoor units However if using priority room setting see Note for multi system This function is available in COOL HEAT and AUTO modes This is not available in FAN and DRY mode e POWERFUL operation and OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation cannot be used at the same time Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last System Configuration ECONO OONOFF M SILENT COMFORT SENSOR fo ON CANCEL x v TIMER GEREI 1 2 189 Instruction SiENBE18 621 2 2 9 ECONO Operation ECONO operation is a f
337. ng may damage the filter e Do not use gasoline benzine thinner polishing powder liquid insecticide It may cause discoloring or warping Donotletthe indoor unit get wet It may cause an electric shock or a fire e Operation with dusty air filters lowers the cooling and heating capacity and wastes energy suction grille is option Do not use water or air of 50 C or higher for cleaning air filters and outside panels Check Check that the base stand and other fittings of the outdoor unit are not decayed or corroded Check that nothing blocks the air inlets and the outlets of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit Check that the drain comes smoothly out of the drain hose during COOL or DRY operation f no drain water is seen water may be leaking from the indoor unit Stop operation and consult the service shop if this is the case B Before a long idle period 1 Operate the FAN only for several hours on a fine day to dry out the inside Press MODE selector button and select FAN operation Press ON OFF button and start operation 2 After operation stops turn off the breaker for the room air conditioner Clean the air filters and set them again 4 Take out batteries from the remote control When a multi outdoor unit is connected make sure the heating operation is not used at the other room before you use the fan operation ce System Configuration 213 Instruction SiENBE18 621 FDXS
338. nit Push and hold the RESET button on the outdoor unit gt There are too many indoor units within the same refrigerant system PC board for 5 seconds NO gt Normal Does a malfunction occur Does the refrigerant type of indoor and outdoor unit 2 gt Matches the refrigerant type of indoor and outdoor unit Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P V3169 The number of indoor units that can be connected to a single outdoor unit system depends on the type of outdoor unit Troubleshooting SIENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit 7 34 Address Duplication of Central Remote Control Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Troubleshooting UL All indoor unit models W Address duplication of centralized remote control W Defect of indoor unit PCB AN Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Optiona controllers for centralized control are connected to the indoor unit YES Address duplication of central remote control The setting must be changed so that the central remote control address is not duplicated Replace indoor unit PC board V2828 347 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit SiENBE18 621 7 35 Malfunction of Transmi
339. nit operation can be reset with changing operation mode into heating changing air flow direction or turning ON or OFF the unit operation After continuous 30 minutes of operation with downward horizontal blade position change the blade position to level and after one hour the unit operation can be reset 1 Regardless of thermostat ON or OFF the control can be functioned with the operation mode of cooling automatic cooling or programmed drying 2 The function is not provided for models other than FHQ models If the indoor unit is for both a heat pump and cooling only type this function differentiates whether the outdoor unit is functioning as a heat pump or cooling only unit and automatically decides the which operation modes can be set W Operation modes which can be set Heat pump Fan cool dry auto heat Drain Pump Control FFQ and FHQ OPTION Time A shown in Period from occurrence of drain water level abnormality to compressor stop below diagram A sec FHQ 10 Other than FHQ 0 1 Cooling and dry operation 1 1 Basic operation For cooling or dry operation mode drain pump is turned ON on compressor starting while turned OFF when residual operation for 5 minutes is complete after compressor stopped Drain pump ON OFF 1 Compressor nn OFF Function 101 Indoor Unit SkyAir Models SiENBE18 621 1 2 Ope
340. nnector Output Check Check No 01 Check No 02 1 Check connector connection 2 Check motor power supply voltage output pins 4 7 and 4 8 3 Check motor control voltage pins 4 3 4 Check rotation command voltage output pins 4 2 5 Check rotation pulse input pins 4 1 1 or S301 5302 7 Motor power supply voltage 8 gt Motor power supply voltage 6 o Unused 7 Unused 5 Unused 6 4 POV reference potential 5 3 Motor control voltage 15 VDC 4 L POV reference potential 2 Rotation command voltage 1 5 VDC 3 O Motor control voltage 15 VDC 1 Rotation pulse input 2 gt Rotation command voltage 1 to 5 VDC 1 Rotation pulse input R4684 1 Check connector connection 2 Check motor control voltage output pins 2 1 S202 5 Motor power supply voltage 40 3 o Unused 2140 POV reference potential 1 0 Motor control power supply R1073 4 6 2 Limit Switch Continuity Check Check No 03 278 Remove the front grille The limit switch is located at the left side of the drain pan assembly Check the continuity of the switch connection Shutter status Continuity Continuity No continuity Forward Q0363 Limit switch The shutter can be opened and closed with hand Keep the shutter open and closed all the way for each continuity check steps Troubles
341. nnot be reversed even though the swing flap Decision motor is energized for a specified amount of time about 30 seconds Conditions Supposed Failure of motor Causes Failure of microswitch Failure of connector connection Failure of indoor unit PCB 288 Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for SkyAir Indoor Unit Troubleshooting Troubleshooting N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Are the connectors Correctly connected to X29A and X14A limit switch s transfer connector correctly connected NO NO Connect correctly Turn the power supply off once and back on and check whether the swing flap motor swings when the power supply is turned back on Does the swing flap motor swing Turn the power supply off once and back on and measure the output voltage of connector X29A when the power supply is turned back on 220 240 VAC NO Disconnect X144 turn the power supply off once and back on and check if the limit switch has continuity when the power supply is turned back on Does continuity no continuity reverse gt Connect correctly gt Replace the indoor unit P C B gt Replace the swing flap motor S2009 289 Troubleshooting for SkyAir Indoor Unit SiENBE18 621 5 7 Malfunc
342. nnot be used at the same time The latest command has the priority Power consumption Appraa and current Normal 30 Econo Mode Time R4607 Details ECONO mode can be activated while the unit is running The remote control can send the ECONO command when the unit is in COOL HEAT DRY or AUTO operation m When the ECONO command is valid the upper limit of frequency is restricted Function 91 Indoor Unit RA Models SiENBE18 621 7 8 INTELLIGENT EYE This is the function that detects existence of humans in the room by a human motion sensor INTELLIGENT EYE and reduces the capacity when there is no human in the room in order to save electricity Processing 1 Detection method by Intelligent Eye If the sensor detects the outputs 10 times sec sampling 20msec or more it judges humans exist High Low Sensor output Human motion Human detectionON signal OFF R2821 W This sensor detects human motion by receiving infrared rays and displays the pulse wave output W A microcomputer in an indoor unit carries out a sampling every 20 msec and if it detects 10 cycles of the wave in one second total corresponding to 20msec x 10 100 it judges human is in the room as the motion signal is ON 2 The motions for example in cooling within 20 minutes 20 min 20 min gt gt 40 min x Human detection ON i i 7 signal OEE
343. noise is heard when the drain pump is in operation e APPishi pishi squeaking sound is heard when the system is in operation or after the stop of operation Expansion and contraction of plastic caused by temperature change makes this noise VII Dust from the units e Dust may blow out from the unit after starting operation from long resting time Dust absorbed by the unit blows out VIII The units give off odors The unit absorbs the smell of rooms furniture cigarettes ect and then emits them IX The liquid crystal of the remote control show 88 e It happens immediately after the main power supply switch is turned on This shows that the remote control is in normal condition This continues temporary 10 Trouble shooting l If one of the following malfunctions occurs take the measures shown below and contact your Daikin dealer The system must be repaired by a qualified service person Z N WARNING When the air conditioner is in abnormal conditions smell of something burning etc unplug the power cord from the outlet and contact your dealer Continued operation under such circumstances may result in a failure electric shock and fire 247 Instruction SiEN18 621 If a safety device such as a fuse a breaker or an earth leakage breaker frequently actuates or ON OFF switch does not properly work Measure Turn off the main power switch If water leaks from unit Measure Stop the operati
344. not operate at all Check if there is a power failure Wait until power is restored If power failure occurs during operation the system automatically restarts immediately after the power supply recovers Check if the fuse has blown or breaker has worked Change the fuse or set the breaker 2 If the system stops operating after operating the system e Check if the air inlet or outlet of outdoor or indoor unit is blocked by obstacles Remove the obstacle and make it well ventilated e Check if the air filter is clogged Ask a qualified service person to clean the air filters Refer to MAINTENANCE 3 The system operates but it does not sufficiently cool or heat e Ifthe air inlet or outlet of the indoor or the outdoor unit is blocked with obstacles Remove the obstacle and make it well ventilated e Ifthe air filter is clogged Ask a qualified service person to clean the air filters Refer to MAINTENANCE e If the set temperature is not proper Refer to ADJUSTMENT FAN SPEED button is set to LOW SPEED Refer to ADJUSTMENT e If the air flow angle is not proper Refer to AIR FLOW DIRECTION ADJUST e doors or the windows are open Shut the doors or windows to prevent wind from coming in e If direct sunlight enters the room when cooling Use curtains or blinds e When there are too many inhabitants in the room when cooling Cooling effect decreases if heat gain of the room is too large If t
345. ns 3 Press MODE button twice will appear on the display to indicate that Trial Operation mode is selected 4 Trial run mode terminates in approx 30 minutes and switches into normal mode To quit a trial operation press ON OFF button 3 1 4 R4294 Test Operation SiENBE18 621 Test Operation and Field Setting for RA Indoor Unit 5 2 Jumper Settings 5 2 1 When Two Units are Installed in One Room When two indoor units are installed in one room the two infrared remote controls can be set for different addresses How to set the different addresses W Control PCB of the indoor unit 1 Remove the electrical box 2 Cut the address jumper JA on the control PCB W infrared remote control 1 Slide the front cover and take it off 2 Cut the address jumper J4 JA ADDRESS JA EXIST zx S S zl Ez 22 J4 ADDRESS EXIST 1 CUT 2 CUT 4417 4418 5 2 2 Jumper Setting Jumper Function When connected When cut On indoor PCB factory set JC Power failure Auto start Unit does not resume operation recovery function after recovering from a power failure Timer ON OFF settings are cleared JB Fan speed setting Fan speed setting Fan rpm is set to 0 when compressoris Remote control Fan stop OFF on thermostat setting effective only at cooling operation
346. nsmission wiring normal NO gt Fix the indoor outdoor unit transmission wiring gt Replace the outdoor unit PC board A1P V3187 341 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit SiENBE18 621 7 30 Malfunction of Transmission between Remote Control and Indoor Unit Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting 342 IIZ Li All indoor unit models In case of controlling with 2 remote control check the system using microcomputer is signal transmission between indoor unit and remote control main and sub is normal Normal transmission does not continue for specified period Malfunction of indoor unit remote control transmission Connection of two main remote controls when using 2 remote controls Defect of indoor unit PCB Defect of remote control PCB Malfunction of transmission caused by noise AN Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred SS1 of both remote control is set to MAIN Using 2 remote control control YES Set one remote control to SUB turn the power supply off once and then back on Operation feturns to normal when the power is turned off momentarily All indoor PC board microcomputer monitors blink Replace indoor unit PC board
347. nstantaneous Failure Remote Control ue Display Applicable All outdoor unit models Models Method of Detection of voltage of main circuit capacitor built in the inverter and power supply voltage Malfunction Detection Malfunction When the abnormal voltage of main circuit capacitor built in the inverter and abnormal power Decision supply voltage are detected Conditions Supposed W Power supply insufficient Causes W instantaneous power failure W Defect of outdoor unit fan motor W Defect of outdoor control PCB A1P Troubleshooting 337 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting Check No 03 Refer to P 354 338 N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Is the sine A NO Correct power supply Is the P N resistance not less than several hundred of ohms NO Field factors Check No 03 Is the resistance above standard value YES NO gt Replace the fan motor When the compressor is running measure the voltage between and of electrolytic capacitor C C Is the measured voltage YES 220 VDC or more Monitor the voltage Instantaneous voltage drop Replace the inverter PC board A1P S2605 Troubleshooting SIENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit 7 28 Check Operation not Executed Remote
348. nted Cassette Type FFQ25 35 50 60B8V1B Indoor heat exchanger Indoor unit 1 3 6 Ceiling Suspended Type Field piping A Field piping B MODEL FFQ25 35B8V1B 6 4 9 5 FFQ50 60B8V1B 6 4 12 7 C1220T O To Outdoor unit C1220T O C 4D039335 FHQ35 50 60BVV1B 368 To Outdoor unit Indoor heat exchanger C 2 2 3 Field piping C1220T 0 Field piping 6 B 1220 0 Indoor unit MODEL A B FHQ35BUV1B FHQ35BVV1B 6 4 9 5 FCQ35BVE 50 60BUV1B FHQ50 60BVV1B FCQ50 60BVE 6 4 12 7 FBQ60BV1 FBQ60BVL FUQ71 100 125BUV1B FUQ71 100 125BVV1B FHQ71 100 125BUV1B FHQ71 100 125BVV1B FAQ71 100BUV1B FAQ71 100BVV1B 95 159 FXUQ70 100 125MV1 FHQ71 100 125BAV3B FCQ71 100 125 140DV3B FCQ71 100 125 140DAV3B FCQ71BVE FBQ71BV1 FBQ71BVL 4D037995F Appendix Wiring Diagrams lagrams D Outdoor Units RMXS112 140 160E7V3B iring SiENBE18 621 2 2 1
349. ntilated place Using the welder in an enclosed room can cause oxygen deficiency owegoo 1 1 2 Cautions Regarding Products after Repair viii AN Warning Be sure to use parts listed in the service parts list of the applicable model and appropriate tools to conduct repair work Never attempt to modify the equipment The use of inappropriate parts or tools can cause an electrical shock excessive heat generation or fire When relocating the equipment make sure that the new installation site has sufficient strength to withstand the weight of the equipment If the installation site does not have sufficient strength and if the installation work is not conducted securely the equipment can fall and cause injury Be sure to install the product correctly by using the provided standard installation frame Incorrect use of the installation frame and improper installation can cause the equipment to fall resulting in injury Be sure to install the product securely in the installation frame mounted on a window frame If the unit is not securely mounted it can fall and cause injury For integral units only For integral units only SIENBE18 621 AN Warning Be sure to use an exclusive power circuit for the equipment and follow the technical standards related to the electrical equipment the internal wiring regulations and the instruction manual for installation when conducting electrical
350. o c o GND 3 Black o a 5 1 White ks A D input 2 Measure DC voltage here V2807 2 Refer to Pressure Sensor pressure voltage characteristics table on P357 324 Troubleshooting SIENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit 7 16 Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Troubleshooting uL All outdoor unit models Malfunction is detected from pressure detected by low pressure sensor When the low pressure sensor is short circuit or open circuit W Defect of low pressure sensor W Connection of high pressure sensor with wrong connection W Defect of outdoor unit PCB Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred A Caution The low pressure sensor is NO connected to X18A blue of outdoor unit PC board A1P gt Connect low pressure sensor property and restart system The relationship between the 1 VL and low pressure is normal see 2 when voltage i measured between X18A pin 2 and 3 of outdoor uni PC board A1P see 1 YES gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P gt Replace the low pressure sensor V2808 1
351. o failure diagnosis for A1 other units within the same refrigerant The A9 display blinks on the remote controls of YES malfunction code other units within the same refrigerant The U4 display blinks on the remote controls of YES Refer to failure diagnosis for A9 malfunction code other units within the same refrigerant gt Refer to failure diagnosis for U4 malfunction code Refer to failure diagnosis for U5 malfunction code V2826 345 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit SiENBE18 621 7 33 Excessive Number of Indoor Units Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting 346 uA All indoor unit models Excess of connected indoor units Defect of outdoor unit PCB A1P Mismatching of the refrigerant type of indoor and outdoor unit Setting of outdoor PCB was not conducted after replacing to spare parts PCB Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred A Caution Is the outdoor P C board replaced to spare parts PC board YES gt The refrigerant classification has not been set yet The total of indoor units displaying UA and indoor units connected to the same refrigerant system i within connectable number of u
352. o standby mode the fan stops and the air flow flaps become horizontal The unit will go into the above mode if either cool ing dry or fan operation mode are set together with heating mode NOTE Normally the operation mode in the room where the unit is first run is given priority but the follow ing situations are exceptions so please keep this in mind a If the operation mode of the first room is FAN Mode then using Heating Mode in any room after this will give priority to heating In this sit uation the air conditioner running in FAN Mode will go on standby b With the Priority Room Setting activeContact your Daikin dealer for the operation that corresponds to your system If the total capacity of all the indoor units run ning exceeds the limit the indoor unit will go into standby mode fan and air flow direction remain as set Only for cooling only type e f another indoor unit goes into heating mode after cooling the unit may go into dry mode fan operates whisper and the air flow flaps become horizontal THE FAN SPEED IS DIFFERENT FROM THE SETTING Pressing the fan speed control button does not change the fan speed When the room temperature reaches the set tem perature in heating mode the power supply from the outdoor unit stops and the indoor unit goes into whisper mode in a multi system the fan goes back and forth between stop and whisper This is to prevent the cool air from being blown directly onto
353. ode is displayed Even if stop operation is carried out malfunction contents are displayed when the inspection mode is entered The malfunction code enables you to tell what kind of malfunction caused operation to stop See page 264 for malfunction code and malfunction contents Operation lamp Indoor unit No in which a malfunction occurs Inspection display Malfunction code 52001 260 Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Service Check Function 2 4 SkyAir Indoor Unit Infrared Remote Control If equipment stops due to a malfunction the operation indicating LED on the light reception section flashes The malfunction code can be determined by following the procedure described below The malfunction code is displayed when an operation error has occurred In normal condition the malfunction code of the last problem is displayed Procedure 1 Press the INSPECTION TEST button to select Inspection The equipment enters the inspection mode The Unit indication lights and the Unit No display shows flashing 0 indication 2 Set the Unit No Press the UP or DOWN button and change the Unit No display until the buzzer 1 is generated from the indoor unit 1 Number of beeps 3 short beeps Conduct all of the following operations 1 short beep Conduct steps 3 and 4 Continue the operation in step 4 until a buzzer remains ON The continuous buzz
354. of indoor and outdoor units All indoor and outdoor unit s operation are prohibited Operation In Setting Mode 2 with units in stop mode set Refrigerant Recovery Vacuuming mode procedure to ON The respective expansion valve of indoor and outdoor units are fully opened TEST OPERATION and UNDER CENTRALIZED CONTROL are displayed on the remote control and the indoor outdoor unit operation is prohibited After setting do not cancel Setting Mode 2 until completion of refrigerant recovery operation Collect the refrigerant using a refrigerant recovery unit See the instruction attached to the refrigerant recovery unit for more detal Press Mode button BS1 once and reset Setting Mode 2 3 2 5 Setting of Vacuuming Mode In order to perform vacuuming operation at site fully open the expansion valves of indoor and outdoor units and turn on some solenoid valves Operating In Setting Mode 2 with units in stop mode set Refrigerant Recovery Vacuuming mode procedure to ON The respective expansion valve of indoor and outdoor units are fully opened TEST OPERATION and UNDER CENTRALIZED CONTROL are displayed on the remote control and the indoor outdoor unit operation is prohibited After setting do not cancel Setting Mode 2 until completion of Vacuuming operation Use the vacuum pump to perform vacuuming operation Press Mode button BS1 once and reset Settin
355. of the air outlet ia the unit receives a signal you will hear a short eep e Operation start beep beep Settings changed beep e Operation stop beeeeep Outdoor Unit 17 Air inlet Back and side 21 Earth terminal 18 Air outlet e tis inside of this cover 19 Refrigerant piping and inter unit cable 22 Outside air temperature sensor 20 Drain hose It senses the ambient temperature around the unit Appearance of the outdoor unit may differ from some models 156 System Configuration SIENBE18 621 Instruction B Remote control 1 2 HE g B i Dials Ta gj 988098888 5 3 7 4 6 9 7 MODE FAN GSWNG 10 L IL 15 14 lt ARC433A50 43 1 Signal transmitter e It sends signals to the indoor unit Display e It displays the current settings In this illustration each section is shown with all its displays ON for the purpose of explanation ECONO button ECONO operation POWERFUL bution POWERFUL operation TEMPERATURE adjustment buttons e It changes the temperature setting ON OFF button Press this button once to start operation Press once again to stop it MODE selector button e It selects the operation mode AUTO DRY COOL HEAT FAN System Configuration 8 SILENT button OUTDOOR UNIT SILE
356. olor White Silver Line H 8 7 307 9 4 332 8 7 307 9 4 332 m min M 6 7 237 7 6 268 6 7 237 7 6 268 SCHOK platos cfm L 4 7 166 5 8 205 4 7 166 5 8 205 SL 3 9 138 5 0 177 3 9 138 5 0 177 Type Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow Fan Fan Motor Output Ww 40 40 Speed Steps 5 Steps Silent Auto 5 Steps Silent Auto Air Direction Control Right Left Horizontal Downward Right Left Horizontal Downward Air Filter Removable Washable Mildew Proof Removable Washable Mildew Proof Running Current Rated A 0 16 0 16 0 16 0 16 Power Consumption Rated Ww 35 35 35 35 Power Factor 95 1 95 1 95 1 95 1 Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer Control Dimensions HxWxD mm 283 800 195 283 800 195 Packaged Dimensions HxWxD mm 265x855x340 265x855x340 Weight kg 9 9 Gross Weight kg 12 12 i H L SL dBA 38 25 22 38 28 25 38 25 22 38 28 25 Sound Power H dBA 56 56 56 56 Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Liquid mm 9 6 4 9 6 4 Piping Connection Gas mm 9 5 9 5 Drain mm 18 0 18 0 Drawing No 3D051087 3D051088 Conversion Formulae kcal h kWx860 Btu h kWx3414 cfm m3 minx35 3 12 Specifications SiENBE18 621 50Hz 230V Model FTXS35D3VMW FTXS35D3VML Cooli
357. oma na e EUR fad draa 292 OTE ERE 277 276 293 294 ch 307 BO Antas 301 IM 308 EE 310 EEN 312 Eftal eU 313 EO MR 314 316 E6 dn tun n 317 318 HO 302 do EET 319 va dem eda debt 320 MEHREREN EIE 321 JA 322 323 JA A tr 324 JC E EA detest athe MT UTE 325 Ed dini dte etel eb e Cedo Pisa cine Des 326 LEA iio EE 327 328 a A 329 LEG 330 331 Pl dnte er al en T Pre ace 332 ERECTAE 333 PJ astute 334 node va an eni coner Te de 335 Eee dtt eat Pado as 337 WIS Aen a 339 303 340 Ulmer M 295 342 WS p me rete 296 343 344 UA conie ite ede et ela 297 346 Mem T nnm 347 tedio tdt tena 348 350 true sedens en atnto tete bo 351 ON RENEE 305 error codes and LED indication indoor 263 rd auia 263 excessive number of indoor units
358. ompletion of the oil return operation or defrosting operation V3152 SIENBE18 621 Basic Control 2 Basic Control 2 1 B Cooling Operation Normal Operation Actuator Operation Remarks Compressor Compressor PI control Used for high pressure protection control low pressure protection control discharge pipe temperature protection control and compressor operating frequency upper limit control with inverter protection control Outdoor unit fan Cooling fan control Four way valve OFF Main electronic expansion valve EV1 480 pls Subcooling electronic expansion valve EV3 PI control Hot gas bypass valve SVP OFF This valve turns on with low pressure protection control B Heating Operation Actuator Operation Remarks Compressor Compressor PI control Used for high pressure protection control low pressure protection control discharge pipe temperature protection control and compressor operating frequency upper limit control with inverter protection control Outdoor unit fan STEP 7 or 8 Four way valve ON Main electronic expansion valve PI control Subcooling electronic expansion valve EV3 PI control Hot gas bypass valve SVP OFF This valve turns on with low pressure protection control Heating operation is not functional at an outdoor air temperature of 24 CDB or more Functi
359. on 61 Basic Control SiENBE18 621 2 2 Compressor PI Control Compressor PI Control Carries out the compressor capacity PI control to maintain Te at constant during cooling operation and Tc at constant during heating operation to ensure stable unit performance RMXS112 140 160E Cooling operation Controls compressor capacity to adjust Te to achieve target value TeS TeS initial value Condition L itecto n Seth 4 AD up 3 6 9 AD keep 12 12 12 AD down 12 12 13 Te Low pressure equivalent saturation temperature C TeS Target Te value Varies depending on Te setting operating frequency etc Te changes corresponding to the capacity which indoor units require the above as the initial value However 7 lt Te lt 15 Heating operation Controls compressor capacity to adjust Tc to achieve target value TcS TcS initial value L 43 M Normal factory Setting 46 49 Tc High pressure equivalent saturation temperature C TcS Target Tc value Varies depending on Tc setting operating frequency etc Tc changes corresponding to the capacity which indoor units require the above as the initial value However 42 x Tc lt 51 STn INV Fullload INV Unload STn INV Fullload INV Unload STn INV Fullload INV Unload 1 36 0Hz 11 80 0Hz 21 140 0Hz
360. on F T W to Ceiling Higher than 2 7m Indoor Models Ceiling Heat Suspended Pump type FHQ FHQ 35 60 BUV1B Ceiling Heat O O Mounted Pump Cassette FFQ type 25 60 FFQ BV1B 138 Test Operation SiENBE18 621 Field Setting for SkyAir Indoor Unit 4 4 Local Setting Mode Number Example To set the filter sign time to filter contamination heavy for all units in a group Set mode No to 10 setting switch No to 0 and setting position No to 02 Table FHQ amp FFQ Mode ecg Setting Description Setting Position No Note 2 No witch Note 1 No 01 02 03 10 0 Filter contamination Long Life Light Approx Heavy Approx 20 light Setting of operating Type 2 500 1 250 hours for filter sign indication hours hours Change setting when reducing filter sign indication time to half due to quick soiling of filter 1 Long life filter type Setting of filter sign Long Life Filter indication time Change setting when Ultra long life filter is installed 2 Remote control thermostat Use Not use Set when remote control thermostat sensor is used 3 Estimation of filter operating hour ON OFF Change setting when filter sign indication is not used 11 2 Indoor unit fan OFF when thermostat OFF in Fan OFF 21 cooling heating 12 5 Automatic restart after power failure reset OFF ON 22
361. on If the display xs INSPECTION UNIT No and the OPERATION lamp flash and the MALFUNCTION CODE appears OPERATION lamp INDOOR UNIT INSPECTION No in which a display malfunction occurs MALFUNCTION CODE Measure Notify and inform the model name and what the malfunction code indicates to your Daikin dealer If the system does not properly operate except for the above mentioned case and none of the above mentioned malfunctions is evident investigate the system according to the following procedures If the system does not operate at all Check if there is a power failure Wait until power is restored If power failure occurs during operation the system automatically restarts immediately after the power supply recovers Check if the fuse has blown or breaker has worked Change the fuse or set the breaker If the system stops operating after operating the system Check if the air inlet or outlet of outdoor or indoor unit is blocked by abstacles Remove the obstacle and make it well ventilated Check if the air filter is clogged Ask a qualified service person to clean the air filters Refer to MAINTENANCE The system operates but it does not sufficiently cool or heat If the air inlet or outlet of the indoor or the outdoor unit is blocked with obstacles Remove the obstacle and make it well ventilated If the air filter is clogged Ask a qualified service person to clean
362. on the liquid crystal display of the remote control The indoor unit is operated according to the set temperature and air volume for HOME LEAVE which were pre set in the memory of the remote control The LED Red of indoor unit representing HOME LEAVE lights up It goes out when the operation is stopped 3 End of Function The function ends when the HOME LEAVE button is pressed again during HOME LEAVE operation or when the powerful operation button is pressed Scene Cooling Home leave operation n a Home leave operation Set temp Normal operation Normal operation Time Start Home leave operation Stop Home leave operation AIH Scene lt Heating gt ind s Home leave operation set tem Home leave operation Set tem P Normal operation Normal operation Time k Start Home leave operation Stop Home leave operation The set temperature and set air volume are memorized in the remote control When the remote control is reset due to replacement of battery it is necessary to set the temperature and air volume again for HOME LEAVE Function SIENBE18 621 Indoor Unit RA Models 7 10 Inverter POWERFUL Operation Outline Details of the Control Function In order to exploit the cooling and heating capacity to full extent operate the air conditioner by increasing the indoor fan rotating speed and the compressor frequency When POWERFUL
363. onfiguration Remove the tabs on the filter frame and replace with a new filter Dispose of the old filter as flammable waste 207 Instruction SiENBE18 621 Check Check that the base stand and other fittings of the outdoor unit are not decayed or corroded Check that nothing blocks the air inlets and the outlets of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit Check that the drain comes smoothly out of the drain hose during COOL or DRY operation If no drain water is seen water may be leaking from the indoor unit Stop operation and consult the service shop if this is the case B Before long idle period 1 Operate the FAN only for several hours on a fine day to dry out the inside Press MODE selector button and select FAN operation Press ON OFF button and start operation 2 After operation stops turn off the breaker for the room air conditioner Clean the air filters and set them again 4 Take out batteries from the remote control When a multi outdoor unit is connected make sure the heating operation is not used at the other room before you use the fan operation e NOTE e Operation with dirty filters 1 cannot deodorize the air 2 cannot clean the air 3 results in poor heating or cooling 4 may cause odour e To order Air Purifying Filter with photocatalytic deodorizing functioning contact to the service shop where you bought the air conditioner Dispose of old filters as non burn
364. onnection Gas mm 12 7 12 7 Drain mm VP20 O D 26 1 0 9 20 VP20 O D 26 1 0 20 Drawing No 3D040441 3D040436 dimension including control box Conversion Formulae kcal h kWx860 Btu h kWx3414 efm m2 minx35 3 20 Specifications SIENBE18 621 Ceiling suspended Type 50Hz 230V Model FHQ35BVV1B FHQ50BVV1B FHQ60BVV1B Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Rated Capacity 3 5kW Class 5 0kW Class 6 0kW Class Decoration Color White White White Panel Dimensions HxWxD H 13 0 458 13 0 458 13 0 458 13 0 458 17 0 600 16 0 565 m2 min M E Air Elow Rates cfm L 10 0 353 10 0 353 10 0 353 10 0 353 13 0 459 13 0 459 SL Type Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan Fan Motor Output Ww 62 62 62 Speed Steps 2 Steps 2 Steps 2 Steps Air Direction Control Right Left Horizontal Downward Right Left Horizontal Downward Right Left Horizontal Downward Air Filter Removable Washable Mildew Proof Removable Washable Mildew Proof Removable Washable Mildew Proof Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer Control Dimensions HxWxD mm 195x960x680 195x960x680 195x1 160x680 Packaged Dimensions HxWxD mm 279x1 046x818 279x1 046x818 279x1 246x818 Weight kg 24 25 27 Gross Weight kg 31 32 35 oetan dBA 37 32 38 33 39 33 Sound Po
365. ons 2 min Function 71 Special Control SiENBE18 621 3 6 Stopping Operation Operation of the actuator when the system is down is cleared up 3 6 1 When System is in Stop Mode Actuator Operation Compressor OFF Outdoor unit fan OFF Four way valve Keep former condition Main electronic expansion valve EV1 0 pls Subcooling electronic expansion valve EV3 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve SVP OFF Ending conditions Indoor unit thermostat is turned ON 72 Function SiENBE18 621 Protection Control 4 Protection Control 4 1 High Pressure Protection Control This high pressure protection control is used to prevent the activation of protection devices due to abnormal increase of high pressure and to protect compressors against the transient increase of high pressure In cooling operation High pressure not limited Pc HP pressure sensor detection value INV upper limit frequency Max High pressure limited INV upper limit frequency 3 step down from current compressor frequency After 10 sec Y Pos3 47MPa P Keeping the current step Pc 3 23MPa sec INV upper limit frequency 1 step up from current compressor frequency Pc gt 3 64MPa When occurring 10 times within 60 High pressure minutes HPS is activated without high standby pressure standby
366. ooling heat exchanger thermistor 323 R6T JA Malfunction of discharge pipe pressure sensor x 324 JC Malfunction of suction pipe pressure sensor 325 LO Inverter system error 268 Troubleshooting SIENBE18 621 List of Malfunction Code 0 Blink e OFF Malfunction Malfunction contents Page Referred cate RAIndoor 5 BP Unit Outdoor Unit Indoor Unit Unit Outdoor L1 Malfunction of PC board 326 Unit L4 Malfunction of inverter radiating fin temperature rise m 327 L5 Inverter compressor motor grounding short circuit 328 L8 Inverter current abnormal 329 L9 Inverter start up error 330 LA Malfunction of power unit LC Malfunction of transmission between inverter and 331 control PC board P1 High voltage of capacitor in main inverter circuit 332 P4 Malfunction of inverter radiating fin temperature rise 333 Faulty combination inverter fan driver 334 Malfunction of capacity setting System UO Low pressure drop due to refrigerant shortage or 335 electronic expansion valve failure U1 Reverse phase open phase U2 Power supply insufficient or instantaneous failure 337 U3 Check operation is not conducted
367. oor unit PC board normal 3 5 kW to 360 kW NO gt Replace thermistor R6T Replace outdoor unit PC board MP V3075 Refer to Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics table on P355 Troubleshooting 323 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit SiENBE18 621 7 15 Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor Remote Control uH Display Applicable All outdoor unit models Models Method of Malfunction is detected from the pressure detected by the high pressure sensor Malfunction Detection Malfunction When the high pressure sensor is short circuit or open circuit Decision Conditions Supposed W Defect of high pressure sensor Causes W Connection of low pressure sensor with wrong connection W Defect of outdoor unit PCB Troubleshooting N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred The high pressure sensor is connected to X17A of outdoor unit PC board A1P Connect the high pressure sensor and turn on again relationship between the 1 H and high pressure is normal see 2 when voltage is measured between gt Replace outdoor unit PC board X17A pins 1 and 3 of A1P outdoor unit PC board A1P see 1 Replace the high pressure sensor V2806 1 Voltage measurement point Outdoor unit PC board ATP 5V 17 4 Red 5
368. or TEMPY and change the digit until you hear the sound of beep MODE 0C ME R4277 6 Diagnose by the sound The both numbers of tens and units do not accord with the error code pi pi The number of tens accords with the error code beep The both numbers of tens and units accord with the error code 7 Determine the error code The digits indicated when you hear the beep sound are error code 8 Exit from the diagnosis mode Press the MODE button R4278 Troubleshooting 257 Service Check Function SiENBE18 621 Error Code List in Not used for troubleshooting Relation to RA Indication on Description of the Fault Details of fault Indoor Units the remote Refer to the control indicated page Dn Indoor unit in normal condition Conduct a diagnosis of the outdoor 23 unit AI Indoor unit PCB abnormality 270 95 Freeze up protection control high pressure control heat pump 27 model only AC motor Wall 20 35 C series Duct Floor 273 Fan motor or related Seng Hb abnormality DC motor Wall 50 71 E series 20 50 D series and 71 B series 274 Floor cy Heat exchanger thermistor or related abnormality 276 Shutter drive motor shutter limit switch abnormality 277 cg Room temperature thermistor abnormality 276 258 Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Service Check Function 2 2 SkyAir Indoor
369. or after an indoor or outdoor unit PC board has been Does a malfunction occur even after 12 minutes elapses from the time when electricity is introduced to indoor and outdoor units Normal indoor outdoor and outdoor outdoor unit transmission wiring normal NO gt After fixing incorrect wiring push and hold the RESET button on the master outdoor unit PC board for 5 seconds The unit will not run for up to 12 minutes After fixing incorrect wiring push and hold the RESET button on the outdoor unit PC board for 5 seconds NO Does a malfunction occur gt Normal Does UH malfunction occu for all indoor units in the system YES NO gt Replace indoor unit PC board gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P v2831 351 Check SiENBE18 621 8 Check Check No 01 Rise in high pressure Check for causes of rise in high pressure Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis FTA shown below probe the faulty points Local pressure rise In cooling See 1 352 Faulty high pressure control In heating If the indoor unit electronic expansion valve excessively throttled See 2 In cooling If the outdoor unit electronic Faulty outdoor expansion valve is throttled unit electronic
370. or unit Q0403 52 Refrigerant Circuit SiENBE18 621 Functional Parts Layout 2 Functional Parts Layout 2 1 Outdoor Units Birds eye view CY2S Solenoid valve TD Connector color black Reactor lead wire High voltage Solenoid valve lead wire Connector color black High voltage A Led CSTNPEDPressure sensor high Connector color red ES en Sw A qE wey valve EME vj GY YTS 24 way valve ange jo or blue 2 Connector color blue g ge 2 High voltage Pressure sensor high SINPED lead wire Connector color red Low voltage Thermistor suction 1 Pressure sensor low Marking color red CSTNPL lead wire Connector color blue JThermistor suction 2 Marking color green CSTNPD Pressure sensor low Connector color blue Solenoid valve Connector color pink High voltage Solenoid valve lead wire 52 Connector color pink High voltage Thermistor suction 2 Marking color green S1PH Pressure switch CY LE Electronic expansion valve Connector color white Pressure switch lead wire Connector color white A Wd 2 rte Wy rankgase heater lead wire CRT D Thermistor liquid pipe SA of SQ NS
371. orite operation mode simply by pressing the HOME LEAVE button on the remote control This function is convenient in the following situations Useful in these cases 1 Use as an energy saving mode Set the temperature 2 3 C higher cooling or lower heating than normal Setting the fan strength to the lowest setting allows the unit to be used in energy saving mode Also convenient for use while you are out or sleeping Every day before you leave the house Before bed LL eb T When you go out push the HOME LEAVE Operation button and the air conditioner will adjust capacity to reach the preset temperature for HOME LEAVE Operation Set the unit to HOME LEAVE Operation before leaving the living room when going to bed When you return you will be welcomed by a comfortably air conditioned room The unit will maintain the temperature in the room at a comfortable level while you sleep Push the HOME LEAVE Operation button again and the air conditioner will adjust capacity to the set temperature for normal operation When you enter the living room in the morning the temperature will be just right Disengaging HOME LEAVE Operation will return the temperature to that set for normal operation Even the coldest winters will pose no problem 2 Use as a favorite mode Once you record the temperature and air flow rate settings y
372. orizontal Operation In Airflow OFF Horizontal Direction Setting Overload Thermostat In Swing LL Horizontal Swing OFF Operation In Airflow LL Horizontal Set Position Direction Setting Cooling Thermostat ON in In Swing L Swing Swing Operation Program Dry Mode Operation In Airflow L Setting Set Position Direction Setting Thermostat OFF in In Swing OFF Swing Swing Program Dry Mode Operation In Airflow OFF Setting Set Position Direction Setting Cooling Thermostat Swing Setting Swing Swing OFF Operation In Airflow Setting Setting Set Position Direction Setting Stop Error In Swing OFF Horizontal Operation In Airflow OFF Setting Direction Setting Freeze Prevention in In Swing L Swing Swing Program Dry Mode Operation 1 Including Cooling fin Airflow L Settin it g Set Position Operation Direction Setting 1 Lor LL operation for FFQ only L for 4 way outlet and LL for 2 way or 3 way outlet Function 107 Indoor Unit SkyAir Models SiENBE18 621 Mode Conflict 108 m Note Overview While the indoor unit for another room and the outdoor unit are operating when the indoor unit for the own room is activated the operation mode which can be selected in the own room has some restrictions as mentioned below i In case an priority for operation mode selection is given to the own room by setting the dip switch of outdoor unit The own room can be operated in any mode In case an priority
373. ormal operation System Configuration HOME LEAVE POWERFUL Y OM Loc MODE SWING SILENT SENSOR SWING Ey TIMER Cm Ct Cam T 3 197 Instruction SiENBE18 621 INTELLIGENT EYE is useful for Energy Saving W Energy saving operation e Change the temperature 2 C in heating 2 C in cooling 2 C in dry mode from set temperature Decrease the air flow rate slightly in fan operation In FAN mode only Notes on INTELLIGENT EYE e Application range is as follows Vertical angle 90 Horizontal angle 110 Side View Top View Sensor may not detect moving objects further than 7m away Check the application range Sensor detection sensitivity changes according to indoor unit location the speed of passersby temperature range etc The sensor also mistakenly detects pets sunlight fluttering curtains and light reflected off of mirrors as passersby INTELLIGENT EYE operation will not go on during powerful operation Night set mode will not go on while you use INTELLIGENT EYE operation N CAUTION Do not place large objects near the sensor Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside the sensor s detection area This sensor can detect objects it shouldn t as well as not detect objects it should Do not hit or violently push the INTELLIGENT EYE sensor This can lead to damage and malfunction 198 S
374. ormality 4 3 1 AC Motor Wall 20 35 C series Duct Floor Ceiling Remote Control Display Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Check No 16 Refer to P 280 Troubleshooting Ab The rotation speed detected by the Hall IC during fan motor operation is used to determine abnormal fan motor operation When the detected rotation speed is less than 50 of the HH tap under maximum fan motor rotation demand Operation halt due to short circuit inside the fan motor winding Operation halt due to breaking of wire inside the fan motor Operation halt due to breaking of the fan motor lead wires Operation halt due to faulty capacitor of the fan motor Detection error due to faulty control PCB Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred AN Caution Operate the fan YES Check No 16 Check Hall IC Does it rotate Rotate the fan by hand Does it rotate smoothly NO Replace the fan motor or control Is there an output PCB NO Replace the fan motor gt Check the fan motor voltage Check the fan motor voltage immediately after re start Is it at the rated voltage NO Replace control PCB Is it at the rated voltage Replace the fan motor NO Replace the control PCB gt Mea
375. orrectly the power cable of the outdoor unit UA Improper type of indoor units or BP units are Check the type of indoor units and BP units currently connected connected If they are not proper replace them with proper ones The stop valves in the outdoor unit remain Open the stop valve on both the gas side and liquid side closed The piping and wiring of the specified indoor Confirm that the piping and wiring of the specified indoor unit are UF unit are not connected correctly to the connected correctly to the outdoor unit outdoor unit The operation mode on the remote control Set the operating mode on all indoor unit remote controls to was changed before the check operation cooling UH The unit to unit wirings are not connected Connect correctly the unit to unit wirings to the F1 and F2 TO BP correctly UNIT terminals on the PC board A1P in the outdoor unit Test Operation 115 Test Operation SiENBE18 621 1 1 8 Confirmation on Normal Operation e Conduct normal unit operation after the check operation has been completed When outdoor air temperature is 30 CDB or higher the unit can not be operated with heating mode See the installation manual attached e Confirm that the indoor outdoor units can be operated normally When an abnormal noise due to liquid compression by the compressor can be heard stop the unit immediately and turn on the crankcase heater to heat up it sufficiently then start operation again
376. ote 261 2 5 Sky Air Indoor Unit Error Codes and LED Indication 263 2 6 Malfunction Code Indication by Outdoor Unit 264 2 List of Malfunction GOOS Ri iis e Rea 268 Troubleshooting for RA Indoor Ren 270 4 1 Indoor Unit PCB ADrHOrmality uenire ttr en i eroe bad ee ep rots 270 4 2 Freeze up Protection Control or High Pressure Control 271 4 3 Fan Motor or Related Abnormality 273 4 4 Thermistor or Related Abnormality Indoor 276 4 5 Shutter Drive Motor Shutter Limit Switch Abnormality 277 4 Chek D ER 278 Troubleshooting for SkyAir Indoor Unit eneen 281 5 1 Indoor Unit PCB Abnormalily rettet 281 5 2 Malfunction of Drain Water Level System Float 282 5 3 Malfunction of Drain System 284 5 4 Indoor Unit Fan Motor Lock smsen nend 285 5 5 Malfunction of Indoor Unit Fan 286 5 6 Swing Flap Motor Malfunction 288 5 7 Malfunction of Capacity 4 00 290 5 8 Malfunction of Heat Exchanger Thermistor R2T
377. ou most often use you can retrieve them by pressing HOME LEAVE button You do not have to go through troublesome remote control operations NOTE 192 Once the temperature and air flow rate for HOME LEAVE operation are set those settings will be used whenever HOME LEAVE operation is used in the future To change these settings please refer to the Before using HOME LEAVE operation section above HOME LEAVE operation is only available in COOL and HEAT mode Cannot be used in AUTO DRY and FAN mode HOME LEAVE operation runs in accordance with the previous operation mode COOL or HEAT before using HOME LEAVE operation HOME LEAVE operation and POWERFUL operation cannot be used at the same time Last button that was pressed has priority The operation mode cannot be changed while HOME LEAVE operation is being used When operation is shut off during HOME LEAVE operation using the remote control or the indoor unit ON OFF switch f will remain on the remote control display System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction 2 2 11 INTELLIGENT EYE Operation FTXS 20 25 35 50 D INTELLIGENT EYE is the infrared sensor which detects the human movement B To start INTELLIGENT EYE operation 1 Press SENSOR button is displayed on the LCD B To cancel the INTELLIGENT EYE operation 2 Press SENSOR button again disappears from the LCD EX When somebody in the room Normal operation ECONO
378. our choice From the next time on the air conditioner will operate with the same operation mode B To start operation 1 Press MODE selector button and select an operation mode Each pressing of the button advances the mode setting in sequence 4 AUTO DRY COOL HEAT amp FAN lt F C TKS gt GPSr d Bk de Press ON OFF button The OPERATION lamp lights up B To stop operation 3 Press ON OFF button again Then OPERATION lamp goes off B change the temperature setting 4 Press TEMPERATURE adjustment button 4 5 2 3 CES X Jl 1 MODE amp FAN GSWNG SILENT COMFORT SENSOR fe 5 ON gt v TIMER SES DRY or FAN mode AUTO or COOL or HEAT mode The temperature setting is not variable Press a to raise the temperature and press W to lower the temperature Set to the temperature you like 2111 Lt 176 System Configuration SIENBE18 621 Instruction B To change the air flow rate setting 5 Press FAN setting button DRY mode AUTO or COOL or HEAT or FAN mode The air flow rate setting is not variable e Indoor unit quiet operation Five levels of air flow rate setting from to o plus fal are available
379. ous injury due to erroneous handling CAUTION These are the matters with possibilities leading to injury or material damage due to erroneous handling including probabilities leading to serious consequences in some cases After reading keep this manual at a place where any user can read at any time Furthermore make certain that this operation manual is handed to a new user when he takes over the operation N WARNING Avoid exposure of your body directly to the cold air for a long time or avoid excessive exposure of your body to the cold air Otherwise your physical condition may be deteriorated and or your health may be ruined When the air conditioner is in abnormal conditions smell of something burning etc unplug the power cord from the outlet and contact the dealer where you purchased the air conditioner Continued operation under such circumstances may result in a failure electric shock and fire Ask your dealer for installation of the air conditioner Incomplete installation performed by yourself may result in a failure a water leakage electric shock and fire Ask your dealer for improvement repair and maintenance Incomplete improvement repair and maintenance may result in a failure a water leakage electric shock and fire Do not insert your finger a stick etc into the air inlet outlet and fan blades A fan in high speed running may result in injury For refrigerant leakage consult your deal
380. outdoor unit during the night time hours to prevent annoyance to neighbors The NIGHT QUIET Mode is activated when the temperature drops 5 C or more below the highest temperature recorded that day Therefore when the temperature difference is less than 5 C this function will not be activated NIGHT QUIET Mode reduces slightly the cooling heating efficiency of the unit B OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT Operation 1 With the Priority Room Setting present but inactive or not present When using the OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation feature with the Multi system set all indoor units to OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation using their remote controls When clearing OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation clear one of the operating indoor units using their remote control However OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation display remains on the remote control for other rooms We recommend you release all rooms using their remote controls With the Priority Room Setting active See Priority Room Setting on the next page B Cooling Heating Mode Lock Available only for heat pump models The Cooling Heating Mode Lock requires initial programming during installation Please consult your retailer or dealer for assistance The Cooling Heating Mode Lock sets the unit forcibly to either Cooling or Heating Mode This function is convenient when you wish to set all indoor units connected to the Multi system to the same operation mode System Configuration 201 Instruction Si
381. p No first turn on the power supply of the central remote control unified ON OFF controller and indoor unit 1 If the inspection test button is pushed for 4 seconds or more when in the normal mode operation enters the field set mode 2 Using the temperature control buttons set the mode No to 00 3 Push the inspection test button to inspect the group No display 4 Using the programming time button set the group No for each group Group No rises in the order of 1 00 1 01 1 15 2 00 4 15 etc The unified ON OFF controller however displays only the range of group numbers selected by the switch for setting each address 5 Push the timer ON OFF button and enter the selected group No 6 Push the inspection test button and return to the normal mode y AIR CONDITIONER Mode No 7 Field i set L L 9071 88 L SETTING Group No 51095 If the address has to be set individually for each unit for power consumption counting etc set the mode No to 30 Indoor unit F Fi F P1 P2 PLP Central remote control Unified ON OFF controller Group No for Fa centralized 1 00 1 01 1 02 control FE Fr LPLP2 P1 P2 P1 P2 1 2 No remote control ad FE Remote control centralized control automatic address 1 03 1 04 51946
382. perature setting commands from this remote control Check what setting the customer wants and make the multiple setting as shown below Remote Control Indoor Unit Multiple Setting Remote Control Controlled by other Air For other than on Left Display Conditioners and Devices A Standard All items Displayed Commands other than ON OFF and Temperature Setting Accepted 1 LONG BEEP or 3 SHORT BEEPS Emitted b Multiple display Operations set only is All Commands Accepted 2 SHORT BEEPS displayed shortly after execution Test Operation SiENBE18 621 Field Setting for SkyAir Indoor Unit After Setting Stick the Unit No label at decoration panel air discharge outlet as well as on the back of the infrared remote control Infrared remote control Neh Unit No label Decoration EE panel PRECAUTIONS Set the Unit No of the receiver and the infrared remote control to be equal If the settings differ the signal from the remote control cannot be transmitted Test Operation 143 Field Setting for SkyAir Indoor Unit SiENBE18 621 4 6 Centralize Group No Setting Centralized Group No Setting by Remote Control Group No Setting Example m Note 144 If carrying out centralized control with a central remote control and unified ON OFF controller you have to set the group No for each group by remote control To set the grou
383. perature to user setting level e If you do not like AUTO operation you can manually select the operation mode and setting you like W Note on air flow rate setting Atsmaller air flow rates the cooling heating effect is also smaller System Configuration 177 Instruction SiENBE18 621 2 2 6 Adjusting the Air Flow Direction FTXS 20 25 35 50 D You can adjust the air flow direction to increase your comfort B To adjust the horizontal blades flaps W 1 Press SWING button G is displayed on the LCD and the flaps will begin to swing 2 When the flaps have reached the desired position press SWING button once more The display will go blank The flaps will stop moving MODE FAN Eun 1 2 SILENT COMFORT SENSOR 5 ft 3 4 ON CANCEL EE B To adjust the vertical blades louvers Hold the knob and move the louvers You will find a knob on the left side and the right side blades When the unit is installed in the corner of a room the direction of the louvers should be facing away from the wall If they face the wall the wall will block off the wind causing the cooling or heating efficiency to drop 178 System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction B To start COMFORT AIRFLOW operation 3 Press COMFORT AIRFLOW button The flap position will change preventing air from blowing directly on the oc
384. push the BS1 MODE button one time Setting mode 1 is entered and H1P off During the setting mode 1 is displayed In low noise operation and In demand control are displayed 2 Setting mode 2 H1P on In setting 1 push and hold the BS1 MODE button for more than 5 seconds Setting mode 2 is entered and H1P lights Push the BS2 SET button several times and match the LED display with the Setting No you want Push the BS3 RETURN button one time and the present setting content is displayed Push the BS2 SET button several times and match the LED display with the setting content as shown on next page you want Push the BS3 RETURN button two times Returns to Push the BS1 MODE button one time Returns to the setting mode 1 and turns H1P off Test Operation 131 Field Setting SiENBE18 621 e OFF Blink Setting Setting Setting No indication Setting No indication Setting Setting contents indication Initial setting No contents contents HSP H6P H7P HP HSP H5P H6P H7P H P HSP H7P 12 External lownoise O e e e e Demand set setting YES ole
385. r 357 11 Method of Replacing The Inverters Power Transistors Modules 358 Part 9 261 Te PIPING 362 Tc Outdoor Units s d nER eue 362 363 1 3 Indoor Units een nnen ener nnn 364 2 Mino Diagram Ss crete hee ter D eara er ee armed 369 2 p Outdoor OMS nn notet eem p EE bt p 369 N A CEE 370 2 3 WAITS nrden eee petet eld emd eden E NER weed enna 371 Drawings amp Flow Charts VII vi Table of Contents SIENBE18 621 1 Introduction 1 1 Safety Cautions Cautions and Be sure to read the following safety cautions before conducting repair work Warnings W The caution items are classified into Warning and AN Caution The AN Warning 1 1 1 items are especially important since they can lead to death or serious injury if they are not followed closely The A Caution items can also lead to serious accidents under some conditions if they are not followed Therefore be sure to observe all the safety caution items described below W About the pictograms ZN This symbol indicates an item for which caution must be e
386. r 3 results in poor heating or cooling 4 may cause odour The air purifying filter and Photocatalytic deodorizing filter cannot be reused even if washed e n principle there is no need to replace the photocatalytic deodorizing filter Remove the dust periodically with a vacuum cleaner However it is recommended to replace the filter in the following cases 1 The paper material is torn or broken during cleaning 2 The filter has become extremely dirty after long use To order air purifying filter or Photocatalytic deodorizing filter contact to the service shop where you bought the air conditioner Dispose of old air filters as non burnable waste and Photocatalytic deodorizing filters as burnable waste Item Part No Photocatalytic deodorizing filter with frame KAZ917B41 Photocatalytic deodorizing filter without frame KAZ917B42 Air purifying filter with frame KAF925B41 Air purifying filter without frame KAF925B42 System Configuration 221 Instruction SiENBE18 621 2 2 15 Troubleshooting These cases are not troubles The following cases are not air conditioner troubles but have some reasons You may just continue using it Case Explanation Operation does not start soon When ON OFF button was pressed soon after operation was stopped When the mode was reselected This is to protect the air conditioner You should wait for about 3 minutes Hot air does not flow ou
387. r See note sensor replacement YES If contact is OK replace indoor unit PCB See Ree S NV for Thermistor temperature and resistance characteristics Q0416 291 Troubleshooting for SkyAir Indoor Unit SiENBE18 621 5 9 Malfunction of Heat Exchanger Thermistor R3T Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Check No 02 Refer to P 299 292 r L FFQ B FHQ BU Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by heat exchanger sensor RST When the heat exchanger thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running Failure of the sensor itself Broken or disconnected wire Failure of electronic circuitry indoor unit PCB Failure of connector contact AN Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Check contact of connector Is it normal YES Connect correctly measure the resistance Is the thermistor normal Disconnect the heat exchange sensor R3T from X17A on the indoor unit PC board and Heat exchanger See note sensor replacement YES gt If contact is OK replace indoor unit PCB See Ree S NE for Thermistor temperature and resistance characteristics Q0417 Troubleshooting Si
388. r conditioner a fire may break out Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker Unless it is installed an electric shock may result Be sure the air conditioner is electrically grounded Do not connect the grounding conductor to a gas pipe water pipe lightning arrester and the grounding conductor for a telephone Imperfect grounding work may result in an electric shock Execute complete drain piping for perfect drainage Incomplete piping may result in a water leakage The appliance is not intended for use by young children or infirm persons without supervision Young children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance 3 Operation range If the temperature or the humidity is beyond the following conditions safety devices may work and the air conditioner may not operate or sometimes water may drop from the indoor unit COOLING INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPE HUMI TEMPERA RATURE DITY TURE RS50 60 D 21 to 32 E 211932 goe or 100046 RXS25 35 w 4410 23 below 5 50 60 pg 140 3MKS50 D 4MKS58 75 B 21 to 32 80 or 90 10 to 46 4MXS68 80 B HEATING OUTDOOR INDOOR OUTDOOR UNIT TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE DB RXS25 35 DB 10 to 30 WB 14to 24 RXS50 60 DB 101030 Hwa 3MXS52 DB 14to 21 DB 4MXS68 80 101030 4519155 DB Dry bulb temperature C
389. r disengagement of connector in fan motor harness Faulty fan motor disconnection poor insulation Abnormal signal from fan motor faulty circuit Faulty PCB Instantaneous fluctuation of power supply voltage Fan motor lock Caused by motor or other external factors Fan does not turn due to a tangle of foreign matters Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for SkyAir Indoor Unit Troubleshooting Check No 01 Refer to P 298 Troubleshooting AN Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Turn off the power supply Is there any matter around e fan Remove the foreign matter harness from the fan motor correctly connected to X20A connector on A1P NO gt Connect correctly Check No 01 Check for the fan motor connector the resistance between U V W phases of fan motor balance each other Is there short circuit between U V W phases respectively NO Replace the fan motor Replace the indoor unit PCB Q0414 287 Troubleshooting for SkyAir Indoor Unit SiENBE18 621 5 6 Swing Flap Motor Malfunction Lock Remote Control H 1 Display Applicable FHQ BU Models Method of Utilizes ON OFF of the limit switch when the motor turns Malfunction Detection Malfunction When ON OFF of the microswitch for positioning ca
390. r is very dirty use soft brush and neutral detergent Remove water and dry in the shade NOTE Do not wash the air conditioner with hot water of more than 50 C as doing so may result in discoloration and or deformation Do not expose it to fire as doing so may result in burning Fix the air filter 1 Hook the air filter to a protrusion on the suction grille 2 Push the lower part of the air filter onto the protrusion at the lower part of the suction grille and fix the air filter there Fig 3 Shutthe suction grille Refer to item No 1 Afterturing on the power press FILTER SIGN RESET button The TIME TO CLEAN AIR FILTER display vanishes How to clean air outlet and outside panels Clean with soft cloth When it is difficult to remove stains use water or neutral detergent NOTE Do not use gasoline benzine thinner polishing powder liquid insecticide It may cause discoloring or warping Do not let the indoor unit get wet It may cause an electric shock or a fire Do not use water or air of 50 C or higher for cleaning air filters and outside panels How to clean the suction grille 1 Open the suction grille Push it downward slowly while pressing horizontally the buttons provided on two spots Follow the same procedure for closing System Configuration SiEN18 621 Instruction Fig 4 2 Detach th suction grille Open the suction grille 45 degrees and lift it upward
391. r may be leaking from the indoor unit Stop operation and consult the service shop if this is the case B Before long idle period 1 oa Ff NOTE Operate the FAN only for several hours on a fine day to dry out the inside Press MODE selector button and select FAN operation Press ON OFF button and start operation After operation stops turn off the breaker for the room air conditioner Clean the air filters and set them again Take out batteries from the remote control When a multi outdoor unit is connected make sure the heating operation is not used at the other room before you use the fan operation e Operation with dirty filters 1 cannot deodorize the air 2 cannot clean the air 3 results in poor heating or cooling 4 may cause odour e To order Air Purifying Filter with photocatalytic deodorizing functioning contact to the service shop where you bought the air conditioner e Dispose of old filters as non burnable and photocatalytic deodorzing filters as burnable waste Item Part No without frame 1 set Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air Purifying Filter KAF952B42 System Configuration 211 Instruction SiENBE18 621 FDXS 25 35 C CAUTION Only a qualified service person is allowed to perform maintenance Before cleaning be sure to stop the operation and turn the breaker OFF Cleaning the air filter 1 Removing the air fi
392. r thermistor 7 S37 Connector for power supply PCB PCB 2 Power Supply PCB 1 S36 Connector for control PCB PCB 3 Display PCB 1 S25 Connector for control PCB PCB 4 Signal Receiver PCB 1 S27 Connector for control PCB 2 S31 Connector for room temperature thermistor Other designations PCB 1 Control PCB 1 JA Address setting jumper JB Fan speed setting when compressor is OFF on thermostat JC Power failure recovery function Refer to page 147 for detail 2 SW2 Select switch ceiling or floor 3 LEDA LED for service monitor green PCB 2 Power Supply PCB 1 V1 Varistor 1 FU1 Fuse 3 15A PCB 3 Display PCB 1 LED1 LED for operation green 2 LED2 LED for timer yellow 3 LED3 LED for HOME LEAVE operation red PCB 4 Signal Receiver PCB 1 SW1 S1W Forced operation ON OFF switch Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram and Name 39 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram SiENBE18 621 PCB Detail PCB 1 Control PCB pis S32 5V Check S37 GND JA 2P084352 PCB Detail PCB 2 Power Supply PCB 36 ACE 2P084361 1 a 304 C332 3 FUSE 25 RISTOR 2 084361 40 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram and SiENBE18 621 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram PCB 3 Display PCB 2P084377 PCB 4 Signal Receiver PCB swi 2P084377
393. r unit accordance with the request from the customer Press the operation selector mode button in the remote It is recommended to select an indoor unit which will be control of the indoor unit selected as the master unit A used most often as the master unit peep sound is emitted and the timer lamp turns off in all Press the operation mode selector button in the remote indoor units control of the indoor unit selected as the master unit That indoor unit will control changeover of the cooling n that remote control CHANGEOVER UNDER heating operation mode CONTROL disappears That remote control will control changeover of the cooling heating operation mode In other remote controls CHANGEOVER UNDER CONTROL lights For the details refer to the installation manual supplied together with the indoor unit Test Operation 127 Field Setting SiENBE18 621 Set Cool Heat Separately for Each Outdoor Unit System by Cool Heat Switching Remote Control It does not matter whether or not there is outdoor outdoor unit wiring Set outdoor unit PC board DS1 1 to OUT factory set Set cool heat switching to IND individual for Setting mode 1 factory set test C H SELECT MODE N O P MASTER SLAVE LINGUS DEMAND IND 21000 HSP H6P C H CELECT C H SELECT R C OUT MULTI
394. r will flow out and cause to descrease the effect of cooling and heating Do not place other heaters directly below the indoor unit They may deform due to the heat e Never place objects near the air inlet and the air outlet of the unit It may cause deterioration in the effect or stop in the operation off the main power supply switch when it is not used for long periods of time When the main power switch is turned on some watts of electricity is being used even if the system is not operating Turn off the main power supply switch for saving energy When reoperating turn on the main power supply switch 6 hours before operation for smooth running Refer to MAINTENANCE e When the display shows TIME TO CLEAN AIR FILTER ask a qualified service person to clean the filters Refer to MAINTENANCE 8 Maintenance For service personnel Only a qualified service person is allowed to perform maintenance IMPORTANT Before obtaining access to terminal devices all power supply circuits must be interrupted e Toclean the air conditioner be sure to stop operation and turn the power switch off Otherwise an electric shock and injury may result Do not wash the air conditioner with water Doing so may result in an electric shock Be careful with a scaffold or staging Caution must be exercised because of work at a high place Fig 2 System Configuration How to clean the air filter Clean th
395. ration px 79 5 2 Heating Operation Prohibition 5 o ae io eee pe hee reta pea a Ue 79 BP MME EUR eeN 80 6 1 BP Unit Command Conversion eoe td tate Fr sendin 80 6 2 BP Unit Electronic Expansion Valve 81 6 3 SH Control in Cooling 83 6 4 SC Control in Heating Operation sese 84 6 5 Heat Exchanger Isothermal Control in Heating Operation 84 gt Indoor Unit RA MOOIS ctii 85 7 1 Power Airflow Dual Flaps Wide Angle Louvers and Auto Swing 85 7 2 Fan Speed Control for Indoor 86 7 3 Programme Dry Function a rn ir Serena tuu Le pr en aas 87 7 4 Automatic OBeFrallOD ue e e DOR RR ahaaa ed 88 FH Thermostat Gontrol ua deett e kite a er enden 89 76 Night Sel MOUS iti onere tla oppi Dari aset 90 7 7 JBOSONOMDOS cS dete Getae a es nase 91 720 INFERLIGENT EYE tilt tate e raadde 92 7 9 cBHOMEXEAVE ODGLAlOL ti e UE 94 7 10 Inverter POWERFUL Operation 95 xod ete telen 96 Indoor Unit SkyAir Models ziii ERREUR ERE atau I RR REIS 98 Bali APUNCUON OUTING te
396. rations when an occurrence of water level abnormality 1 2 a Behavior between occurrence and recovery of water level abnormality After compressor stops due to water level abnormality drain pump is operated intermittently i e 5 min ON 5 sec OFF and 5 min ON 1 The intermittent operation is executed regardless of recovery of water level abnormality during the intermittent operation 2 When the water level abnormality can not be recovered the latter 5 min ON operation is continued until recovery of the abnormality 3 Occurrence of drain water level abnormality Intermittent operation 1 i 5min 5min A M0 og od Water level abnormality Drain pan Normal ON Drain pump OFF ON Compressor OFF Error processing 2 3 Even though the water level If the abnormality could not be recovered abnormality could be recovered during intermittent operation the latter 5 during intermittent operation min ON operation is continued until the operation shall be carried recovery of the abnormality out without exception 1 2 b Behavior when the unit restarts by remote control after the water level abnormality is recovered Water level abnormality shall be cancelled simultaneausly when the unit is turned off with remote control after recovery of the water level abnormality When the unit is turned on with remote control thereafter compressor starts operation 2
397. rcuit or an open circuit in the heat exchange thermistor is detected Decision Conditions Supposed W Defect of thermistor RAT for outdoor unit heat exchanger Causes Defect of outdoor unit PCB A1P Troubleshooting N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred 7 Connector NO is E o gt Connect the thermistor and turn unt Oar i ATP on again YES Resistance is normal when measured after disconnecting the thermistor R7T from the outdoor unit PC board 3 5kW NO gt Replace the thermistor R7T Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P V3074 Refer to thermistor resistance temperature characteristics table on P355 Troubleshooting 321 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit SiENBE18 621 7 13 Malfunction of Thermistor R7T for Outdoor Unit Liquid Pipe Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting 322 J All outdoor unit models Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the liquid pipe thermistor When a short circuit or an open circuit in the heat exchange thermistor is detected W Defect of thermistor R7T for outdoor unit liquid pipe W Defect of outdoor unit PCB A1P N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caut
398. recommended to replace the air purifying filter every three months B Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter gray Maintenance 1 Dry the photocatalytic deodorizing filter in the sun e After removing the dust with a vacuum cleaner place the filter in the sun for approximately 6 hours By drying the photocatalytic deodorizing filter in the sun its deodorizing and antibacterial capabilities are regenerated Because the filter material is paper it can not be cleaned with water e tis recommended to dry the filter once every 6 months Replacement 1 Detach the filter element and attach a new one A System Configuration 217 Instruction SiENBE18 621 Check Check that the base stand and other fittings of the outdoor unit are not decayed or corroded Check that nothing blocks the air inlets and the outlets of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit Check that the drain comes smoothly out of the drain hose during COOL or DRY operation If no drain water is seen water may be leaking from the indoor unit Stop operation and consult the service shop if this is the case B Before long idle period 1 Operate the FAN only for several hours on a fine day to dry out the inside Press MODE selector button and select FAN operation Press ON OFF button and start operation 2 After operation stops turn off the breaker for the room air conditioner Clean the air filters and set them again
399. ring performed as specified O Are the designated wires used O Is the grounding work completed Use a 500V megger tester to measure the insulation Do not use a megger tester for other circuits than 200 230V circuit O Are the setscrews of wiring not loose 2 O Is the electrical component box covered with an insulation cover completely Check the below items Power wiring Control transmission wiring between units Earth wire O Is pipe size proper The design pressure of this product is 4 0MPa O Are pipe insulation materials installed securely Liquid and gas pipes need to be insulated Otherwise causes Check on refrigerant piping SL water leak O Are respective stop valves on liquid and gas line securely open O Is refrigerant charged up to the specified amount If insufficient charge the refrigerant from the service port of stop valve on the liquid side with outdoor unit in stop mode after turning power on O Has the amount of refrigerant charge been recorded on Record Chart of Additional Refrigerant Charge Amount Check on amount of refrigerant charge V3180 1 1 2 Turn power on Turn outdoor unit power on O Be sure to turn the power on 6 hours before starting operation to protect compressors Turn indoor unit power on V Carry out field setting on outdoor PC board Q0398 112 Test Operation SiENBE18 621 Test Operation
400. rinted Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram and Name Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram SIENBE18 621 PCB Detail PCB 1 Control PCB 20 25 35 class EO m co Sen Pone S35 LED A JA JB JC 532 S28 S26 R4986 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram and Name Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram SiENBE18 621 50 class S21 535 LED A JA JB JC S32 S28 S26 R4288 PCB 2 Signal Receiver PCB PCB 3 Display PCB x Be LOT No 11 1 LEO2 5 t DISPLAY a dia cag 1 e 11 LED2 LED3 R5183 R4290 PCB 4 INTELLIGENT EYE sensor PCB R4291 32 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram and Name SIENBE18 621 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram 1 4 Wall Mounted Type 20 25 35 Class C Series Connectors m Note PCB 1 Control PCB 1 S1 Connector for fan motor 2 S6 Connector for swing motor Horizontal Flap 3 S7 Connector for AC fan motor 4 S21 Connector for centralized control to 5 rooms 5 S26 Connector for signal receiver PCB 6 S32 Connector for heat exchanger thermistor 7 S35 Connector for INTELLIGENT EYE Sensor PCB PCB 2 Signal Receiver PCB 1 S27 Connector for control PCB PCB 3 INTELLIGENT EYE Sensor PCB 1 S36 Connector for control PCB Other designations PCB 1 Control PCB 1 V1 Varistor 2 JA Address setting jumper JB Fan spe
401. rmful gas Do not use the air conditioner until when a service person confirms to finish repairing the portion where the refrigerant leaks NCAUTION Do not use the air conditioner for other purposes Do not use the air conditioner for a special application Such as the storage of foods animals and plants precision machines and art objects as otherwise the deterioration of quality may result Do not remove the air outlet of the outdoor unit The fan may get exposed and result in injury Do not place items that might be damaged by water under the indoor unit Water may condensate and drip if the humidity reaches 80 or if the drain exit gets clogged When the air conditioner is used in combination with burners or heaters perform sufficient ventilation Insufficient ventilation may result in an oxygen deficiency accident Check and make sure that foundation blocks are not damaged after a long use If they are left in a damaged condition the unit may fall and result in injury Neither place a flammable spray bottle near the air conditioner nor perform spraying Doing so may result in a fire To clean the air conditioner stop operation and unplug the power cord from the outlet Otherwise an electric shock and injury may result Do not operate the air conditioner with a wet hand An electric shock may result Do not place a burner or heater at a place directly exposed to the wind from the air conditioner Water may cond
402. rminal e Itis inside of this cover 20 Air outlet 171 Instruction SiENBE18 621 B Remote Control 1 2 ED 5 OONIOF E TEMP Carmans 6 eee SS 9 7 an 10 SILENT 8 11 14 15 12 13 Signal transmitter It sends signals to the indoor unit Display It displays the current settings In this illustration each section is shown with all its displays ON for the purpose of explanation HOME LEAVE button HOME LEAVE operation POWERFUL button POWERFUL operation TEMPERATURE adjustment buttons It changes the temperature setting ON OFF button Press this button once to start operation Press once again to stop it 172 7 MODE selector button It selects the operation mode AUTO DRY COOL HEAT FAN 8 OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT button 9 FAN setting button It selects the air flow rate setting 10 SWING button 11 ON TIMER button 12 TIMER Setting button It changes the time setting 13 OFF TIMER button 14 TIMER CANCEL button It cancels the timer setting 15 CLOCK button System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction 2 2 4 Preparation before Operation B To set the batteries 1 Slide the front cover to take it off 2 Set two dry batteries AAA 3 Set the front cover as before Position and correctly ATTENTION W About batteries When replacing the batteries use batteries of the same type a
403. ront panel support the panel securely with hand to prevent it from falling e For cleaning do not use hot water above 40 C benzine gasoline thinner nor other volatile oils polishing compound scrubbing brushes nor other hand stuff After cleaning make sure that the front panel is securely fixed System Configuration 203 Instruction SiENBE18 621 FILTERS B AirFilter Take off the Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Cleanor replace each filter Set the air filter Titanium Apatite Open the front panel Pull out the air filters Push alittle upwards the tab at the center of each air filter then pull it down Air Purifying Filter Hold the recessed parts of the frame and unhook the four claws Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air Purifying Filter See figure Air filter Photocatalytic Air Purifying Filter as they were and close the front panel Insert claws of the filters into slots of the front panel Close the front panel slowly and push the panel at the 3 points 1 on each side and 1 in the middle Wash the air filters with water or clean them with vacuum cleaner dust does not come off easily wash them with neutral detergent thinned with lukewarm water then dry them up in the shade e It is recommended to clean the air filters every two weeks B Titanium Apatite Photocatalyti
404. room temperature is below 16 Refer to figure 3 on page 1 For cooling only type COOLING FAN and DRY operation are able to select ONOFF Press ON OFF button OPERATION lamp lights up or goes off and the system starts or stops OPERATION EXPLANATION OF HEATING OPERATION DEFROST OPERATION As the frost on the coil of an outdoor unit increases heating effect decreases and the system goes into DEFROST OPERATION The indoor unit fan stops and the remote control display shows H After 6 to 8 minutes maximum 10 minutes of DEFROST OPERATION the system returns to HEATING OPERATION System Configuration Regarding outside air temperature and heating capacity The heating capacity of the air conditioner declines as the outside air temperature falls In such a case use the air conditioner in combination with other heating systems Awarm air circulation system is employed and therefore it takes some time until the entire room is warmed up after the start of operation Anindoor fan runs to discharge a gentle wind automatically until the temperature inside the air conditioner reaches a certain level At this time the remote control displays Leave it as it stands and wait for a while When the warm air stays under the ceiling and your feet are cold we recommend that you use a circulator a fan to circulate the air inside the room For details consult your dealer A
405. roubleshooting for RA Indoor Unit SiENBE18 621 4 4 Thermistor or Related Abnormality Indoor Unit Remote Control Display Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions m Note Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Check No 06 Refer to P 279 276 E ES The temperatures detected by the thermistors are used to determine thermistor errors When the thermistor input is more than 4 96 V or less than 0 04 V during compressor operation reference When above about 212 C less than 120 ohms or below about 50 C more than 1 860 kohms The values vary slightly in some models Faulty connector connection Faulty thermistor W Faulty PCB N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Check the connector connection gt Correct the connection NO YES Check No 06 Thermistor resistance check Is it normal NO YES gt Replace the thermistor Replace the indoor unit PCB Heat exchanger temperature thermistor 3 Room temperature thermistor gt Replace the indoor unit PCB R4696 Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for RA Indoor Unit 4 5 Shutter Drive Motor Shutter Limit Switch Abnormality Remote Control Display Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshoo
406. round wire Wire to ground from the outdoor unit to prevent electrical shocks 239 Instruction SiEN18 621 N CAUTION N WARNING The pecautions described below are WARNING and CAUTION These are very important precautions concerning safety Be sure to observe all of them without fail These are the matters with possibilities leading to serious consequences such as death or serious injury due to erroneous handling These are the matters with possibilities leading to injury or material damage due to erroneous handling including probabilities leading to serious consequences in some cases After reading keep this manual at a place where any user can read at any time Furthermore make certain that this operation manual is handed to a new user when he takes over the operation N WARNING Avoid exposure of your body directly to the cold air for a long time or avoid excessive exposure of your body to the cold air Otherwise your physical condition may be deteriorated and or your health may be ruined When the air conditioner is in abnormal condition smell of something burning etc unplug the power cord from the outlet and contact the dealer where you purchased the air conditioner Continued operation under such circumstances may result in a failure electrical shock and fire Ask your dealer for installation of the air conditioner Incomplete installation performed by yourself may result
407. rred Is the remote control connected to one or more indoor units YES gt Connect the remote control correctly Is the remote control wiring jumped indoor units YES Remove the jumper Is the field setting for pair twin system correct NO gt Set correctly Do the microcomputer normal monitors HAP on all indoor unit PCB blink Are wirings between indoor and BP unit correctly connected NO Connect correctly Is 220 240 VAC between No 1 and 3 of X2M terminal indoor unit Turn the power supply off once YES and back on to restart Check the power supply system inside the indoor unit Could be incorrect wiring Check again Are the wirings Does the between indoor system conduct normal and BP unit Connect correctly operation correctly connected Replace the indoor unit PCB Normal Q0401 Troubleshooting 297 Troubleshooting for SkyAir Indoor Unit SiENBE18 621 5 15 Check Check No 01 Check for Fan Motor Connector Power Supply Line 1 Turn the power supply off With the relay connector disconnected measure the resistance between UVW phases of the connector 3 cores at the motor side then make sure that the resistance between each phase is balanced and not short circuited Red U White V Measure the resistance between
408. ruction B Remote control 1 2 HOME LEAVE 5 s p OONOFF POWERFUL 6 4 7 MODE FAN Ce 95 11 SILENT SENSOR SWING To Gm 5 12 13 09 16 B ll 3 17 15 14 lt ARC433A21 22 gt Signal transmitter It sends signals to the indoor unit Display It displays the current settings In this illustration each section is shown with all its displays ON for the purpose of explanation HOME LEAVE button HOME LEAVE operation POWERFUL button for POWERFUL operation TEMPERATURE adjustment buttons It changes the temperature of time setting ON OFF button Press this button once to start operation Press once again to stop it MODE selector button It selects the operation mode AUTO DRY COOL HEAT FAN System Configuration 8 SILENT button for OUTDOOR UNIT SILENT operation FAN setting button It selects the air flow rate setting 10 SENSOR button INTELLIGENT EYE operation 11 SWING button Flap Horizontal blade 12 SWING button Louver Vertical blades 13 ON TIMER button 14 OFF TIMER button 15 TIMER Setting button It changes the time setting 16 TIMER CANCEL button It cancels the timer setting 17 CLOCK button 9 163 Instruction SiENBE18 621 FDXS 25 35 50 C FDXS 25 35 E B Indoor Unit 164
409. s judged that the heat exchanger intermediate is in the subcooled zone and the electronic expansion valve is opened 84 Function SIENBE18 621 Indoor Unit RA Models 7 Indoor Unit RA Models 7 1 Power Airflow Dual Flaps Wide Angle Louvers and Auto Swing Power airflow Dual Flaps Wide Angle Louvers Auto Swing 3 D Airflow COMFORT AIRFLOW Mode Function The large flaps send a large volume of air downwards to the floor The flap provides an optimum control area in cooling heating and dry mode Heating Mode During heating mode the large flap enables direct warm air straight downwards The flap presses the warm air above the floor to reach the entire room Cooling Mode During cooling mode the flap retracts into the indoor unit Then cool air can be blown far and pervaded all over the room The louvres made of elastic synthetic resin provide a wide range of airflow that guarantees a comfortable air distribution In case of FTXS20 50D The following table explains the auto swing process for heating cooling dry and fan Vertical Swing up and down Heating Fan Horizontal Swing right and left manual Cooling Dry wy 3 5 T 2 lt gt 65 a R4284 R4281 R4282 R4283 50 30 FTXS50 71D FTXS71B Alternative repetition of vertical and horizontal swing motions enables uniform air conditioning of the entire room This function is ef
410. s running noises and vibrations b A place where the hot wind discharged from the air outlet of outdoor unit and the running noises Are you sure that there are no obstacles near the air outlet of the outdoor unit Such obstacles may result in declined performance and increased running noises f abnormal noises occur in use stop the operation of the air conditioner and then cunsult your dealer or our service station Regarding drainage of drain piping e Is the drain piping executed to perform complete drainage If proper drainage is not carried out from the outdoor drain pipes during air conditioning operation chances are that dust and dirt are clogged in the pipe This may result in a water leakage from the indoor unit Under such circumstances stop the operation of the air conditioner and then consult your dealer or our service station System Configuration SiEN18 621 Instruction 5 Name and function of each switch and display on the remote control Refer to figure 1 on page 1 ON OFF BUTTON 4 Press the button and the system will start Press the button again and the system will stop OPERATION LAMP RED The lamp lights up during operation DISPLAY A UNDER CENTRAL IZED CONTROL When this display shows the system is UNDER CENTRALIZED CONTROL DISPLAY is AE T Gy oe 5 VENTILATION AIR CLEANING 4 This display shows that the tot
411. s to HEATING OPERATION Regarding outside air temperature and heating capacity The heating capacity of the air conditioner declines as the outside air temperature falls In such a case use the air conditioner in combination with other heating systems Awarm air circulating system is employed and therefore it takes some time until the entire room is warmed up after the start of operation Anindoor fan runs to discharge a gentle wind automatically until the temperature inside the air conditioner reaches a certain level At this time the remote control displays amp D amp Leave it as it stands and wait for a while When the warm air stays under the ceiling and your feet are cold we recommend that you use a circulator a fan to circulate the air inside the room For details consult your dealer 232 For programming TEMPERATURE FAN SPEED and AIR FLOW DIRECTION follow the procedure shown below Temperature setting Press TEMPERATURE SETTING button and program the setting temperature Each time this button is pressed setting EC temperature rises 1 C Each time thus button is pressed settin Ka temperature lowers 1 C The setting is impossible for fan operation NOTE The setting temperature range of the remote control is 16 C to 32 C Fan speed control Press FAN SPEED CONTROL button High or Low fan speed can be selected Micro computer may sometimes control the f
412. s y Note 5 e Malfunction of power supply or failure of PC board ass y or broken transmission wire between indoor and outdoor unit Note 5 1 When the INSPECTION TEST button of remote control is pushed INSPECTION display blinks entering INSPECTION mode 2 In the INSPECTION mode when the ON OFF button is pushed and held for 5 seconds or more the aforementioned malfunctioning history display is off In this case after the malfunction code blinks 2 times the code display turns to 00 Normal and the unit No turns to 0 The INSPECTION mode automatically switches to the normal mode set temperature display 3 Operation halts due to malfunction depending on the model or condition 4 The wiring between indoor and outdoor unit may be incorrect or disconnected Before performing the previously described troubleshooting check the wiring If the outdoor unit is inverter unit the outdoor unit fuse may be blown 5 Troubleshoot by turning off the power supply for a minimum of 5 seconds turning it back on and then rechecking the LED display Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Caution for Diagnosis 1 3 Troubleshooting with the LED on the Outdoor Unit There are green and orange LEDs on the PCB The blinking green LED indicates normal equipment condition and the OFF condition of the orange LED indicates normal equipment condition Troubleshooting with the green LED The LED A green of the outdoor unit indic
413. so or Ts Teg lt 8deg amp Pe gt 0 06MPa Low pressure limited INV upper limit frequency 3 step down from current compressor frequency A Pe lt 0 17MPa Y After 10 sec p Current step limited Hot gas SVP OFF Pe gt 0 20MPa After 15 sec Pe 0 12MPa Pe gt 0 17MPa v INV upper limit frequency 1 step up from current _ compressor frequency Hot gas SVP ON lt 0 07 Low pressure When occurring 3 times within 30 min standby the malfunction code E4 is output 74 Function SIENBE18 621 Protection Control 4 3 Discharge Pipe Protection Control T HTdi gt 115 C Tp gt 135 C This discharge pipe protection control is used to protect the compressor internal temperature against a malfunction or transient increase of discharge pipe temperature INV compressor Discharge pipe protection control not limited A INV upper limit frequency 1 step down from current compressor frequency After 30 sec jt Tp HTdi lt 100 C Tp lt 110 C amp g lt 110 Tp lt 125 C HTdi After 20 sec Value of INV compressor discharge pipe temperature Tdi compensated with outdoor air temperature Value of compressor port temperature calculated by Tc and Te and suction superheated degree INV upper l
414. ssion between Central Remote Control and Indoor Unit Remote Control UE Display Applicable All indoor unit models Models Centralized controller Method of Microcomputer checks if transmission between indoor unit and centralized remote control is Malfunction normal Detection Malfunction When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time Decision Conditions Supposed W Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control and indoor Causes unit W Connector for setting master controller is disconnected Failure of PCB for centralized remote control W Defect of indoor unit PCB 348 Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit Troubleshooting Troubleshooting AN Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Has an indoor unit once connected been remove or its address YES gt Reset power supply simultaneously for all optional controllers for centralized control the power supply turned on for indoor units NO gt Turn indoor unit s power displaying supply malfunction Is transmission wiring NO disconnected or gt Fix the wiring correctly wired incorrectly Is transmission with all indoor units malfunctioning Is the group No of malfunctioning indoor units set gt R
415. sulting in decrease of lubricity Therefore the pump down residual operation is performed to collect the refrigerant in the heat exchanger when the compressor is down 3 4 1 Pump down Residual Operation in Cooling Operation Actuator Pump down residual operation Step 1 Pump down residual operation Step 2 Compressor 124 Hz Full load 52 Hz Full load Outdoor unit fan Fan control Fan control Four way valve OFF OFF Main electronic expansion valve EV1 480 pls 240 pls Ever ong electronic expansion valve 0 pls 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve SVP OFF OFF Ending conditions 2 sec 2 sec 3 4 2 Pump down Residual Operation in Heating Operation Actuator Pump down residual operation Compressor 124 Hz Full load Outdoor unit fan STEP7 Four way valve ON Main electronic expansion valve 0 pls Subcooling electronic expansion valve 0 pls EV3 Hot gas bypass valve SVP OFF Ending conditions 4 sec 3 5 Restart Standby Restart is stood by force to prevent frequent power on off and to equalize pressure in the refrigerant system Actuator Operation Remarks Compressor OFF Outdoor unit fan Ta gt 30 C STEP4 lt 30 OFF Four way valve Keep former condition Main electronic expansion valve 0 pls Subcooling electronic expansion valve 0 pls En EV3 Hot gas bypass valve SVP OFF Ending conditi
416. sure the voltage between the red and black lead wires of the fan motor and check if the maximum voltage reaches the rated voltage YES Check the capacitor s conductivity Replace the capacitor YES Replace the control PCB Is there conductivity Replace the fan motor R3219 273 Troubleshooting for RA Indoor Unit SiENBE18 621 4 3 2 DC Motor Wall 20 35 D series and 50 71 class Floor Remote Control AS Display Method of The rotation speed detected by the Hall IC during fan motor operation is used to determine Malfunction abnormal fan motor operation Detection Malfunction When the detected rotation speed is less than 50 of the H tap under maximum fan motor Decision rotation demand Conditions Supposed Operation halt due to short circuit inside the fan motor winding Causes Operation halt due to breaking of wire inside the fan motor Operation halt due to breaking of the fan motor lead wires Operation halt due to faulty capacitor of the fan motor Detection error due to faulty indoor unit PCB 1 274 Troubleshooting SIENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for RA Indoor Unit Troubleshooting Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Check No 01 Refer to P 278 Check No 02 Refer to P 278 Does fan rotate smoothly Turn off power supply and rotate fan by hand NO
417. switch Operating pressure 4 0MPa Reset pressure 3 0MPa Actuation of outdoor unit high pressure switch Defect of High pressure switch Defect of outdoor unit PCB Instantaneous power failure Faulty high pressure sensor Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit Troubleshooting AN Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Check No 01 Refer to P 352 Check for the points shown below Is the stop valve open Is the HPS connector properly connected to the main PCB 3 Does the high pressure switch have continuity Are the three points above OK NO Rectify defective points if any Mount a pressure gauge on the high pressure service port Connect the Service Checker Reset the operation using the remote control and then restart the operation Does the stop due to malfunction recur operating value normal Replace the HPS j e 4 0 characteristics of the high kon Replace the high pressure D f Sensor ls the pressure detected with the PCB normal See 2 YES high pressure sensor is normal and the pressure detected with the PCB is also normal high pressure has really become high NO Replace the main PCB Referring to information on page 348 remove the causes by which Chec
418. t Faulty sensor of heat exchanger temperature Faulty Tb sensor short Malfunction of the liquid pipe temperature sensor Faulty TI sensor short Faulty sensor of subcool heat exchanger temperature Faulty Tsh sensor short Faulty sensor of discharge pressure Faulty Pc sensor short Faulty sensor of suction pressure Faulty Inverter PC board Faulty Pe sensor short Faulty IPM Abnormal Current sensor offset Abnormal IGBT Faulty Current sensor Abnormal SP PAM over voltage Inverter radiation fin temperature rising Over heating of inverter radiation fin temperature DC output over current Inverter instantaneous over current Electronic thermal Electronic thermal switch 1 Electronic thermal switch 2 Out of step Speed down after startup Lightening detection Stall prevention Limit time Stall prevention Current increasing Stall prevention Faulty start up Abnormal wave form in startup Out of step Transmission error between inverter and outdoor unit Inverter transmission error Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Service Check Function O ON e OFF oO Blink Malfunction Confirmation of malfunction 1 Confirmation of malfunction 2 Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4 code HIP H3P H5P HIP H2P H6P H1P H3P HSP H6P H7P
419. t BP O U BP m 55 Total piping sp 10 m 60 80 90 9 System Total m 115 135 145 Max piping BP I U m 15 length 1st Branch LU m 40 O U BP m 30 Max level difference LU m 30 BP BP I U I U m 15 Necessity of Additional Charge kg m Necessary Note 1 Refrigerant charge is required Chargeless piping length Om Formula for calculation charge R kg Total length m of liquid pipe size at 9 5 0 054 Total leng Cooling Heating h m of liquid piping size at 6 4 0 022 2 The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below Piping Length Indoor 27 CDB 19 CWB Indoor 20 CDB Outdoor 35 CDB Outdoor 7 CDB 6 CWB Main Piping 5m Branch Piping 3m Level difference 0m Outdoor Unit Main Piping Indoor Unit BP Unit Branch Piping Q0143 10 Conversion Formulae kcal h kWx860 Btu h kWx3414 efm m2 minx35 3 Specifications SIENBE18 621 1 2 BP Unit 50Hz 230V Model BPMKS967B2B BPMKS967B3B Connectable Indoor Units 1 2 Units 1 3 Units Casing Color Paintingless Power Consumption Ww 10 10 Running Current A 0 05 0 05 Refrigerant Type R 410A Dimension HxWxD mm 180x294 650 x350 Package Dimension HxWxD mm 257x738x427 Machine Weight kg 7 5 Gross Weight kg 11 12 Number of Wiri
420. t in minutes Heating operation Not for a unit for cooling only The colder it is outside or the greater the number of indoor units the longer the time required from the start of operation until the emission of warm air around 35 C When the outside temperature is 5 to 2 C the inside temperature is 5 to 10 C and total indoor unit combination is 100 capacity the first startup of all indoor units in the morning will take approximately 20 to 30 minutes e Oil return operation will be performed once every 8 hours to preserve the lubrication of oil to the compressor Since operation is switched to cooling cycle during heating operation in order to return the oil heating operation will not be possible for around 5 to 10 minutes When the outside temperature is 28 C or higher the unit will be set to the standby mode for protection B Operating noise At startup During startup in order to emit warm or cool air as quickly as possible the sound of refrigerant flowing will be heard for a short time 1 to 2 minutes from the outdoor unit At shutdown e In order to ensure smooth startup the next time this unit is operated the outdoor unit will continue to operate for around 1 minute after shutdown The time of continued operation depends on the outside temperature capacity of connected indoor units and connection pipe length Cooling at low outside temperatures During cooling operation when the outside temperature is 20 C or
421. t outdoor and outdoor YES outdoor unit transmission wiring normal Replace indoor unit PC board indoor outdoor and outdoor outdoor unit transmission wiring normal After fixing incorrect wiring push and hold the RESET button on the master outdoor unit PC board for 5 seconds The unit will not run for up to 12 minutes Wiring check operation may not have been carried out successfully V2830 m Note Wiring check operation may not be successful if carried out after the outdoor unit has been off 350 for more than 12 hours or if it is not carried out after running all connected indoor units in the fan mode for at least an hour Troubleshooting SIENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit 7 37 Malfunction of System Refrigerant System Address Undefined Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Troubleshooting UH All indoor unit models All outdoor unit models Improper connection of transmission wiring between outdoor unit and outdoor unit outside control adapter W Defect of indoor unit PCB W Defect of outdoor unit PCB A1P N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Is electricity being introduce for the first time after installation
422. t prohibit flag for each distribution control in the BP unit the distribution control startup timing is controlled by the outdoor unit 6 2 1 Electronic Expansion Valve Initial Opening Setting Outline During Cooling Operation During Heating Operation This function improves stability of the system to set initial opening of electronic expansion valve at starting operation When the EV opening command from outdoor unit is lifted the following opening setting is performed Target EV opening 2 5 x DA 14 P5 KEVOPC x DOA DA pls DA room temperature DOA outdoor air temperature P5 KEVOPC Indoor unit capacity P5 KEVOPC 2 0 to 3 5 kW class 140 DOA lt DA 0 5 0 kW class 156 DA lt DOA 2 5 6 0 7 1 kW class 170 Target EV opening 350 pls 6 2 2 Electronic Expansion Valve Flow Rate Restriction Outline Function This function prevents the deviation from the electronic expansion valve specification range by restricting the electronic expansion valve flow rates of the operating and non operating room units during compressor operation It also prevents the generation of abnormal noise such as refrigerant flowing sound by restricting the circulation of refrigerant according to the operating conditions unit ON OFF of room units Restriction of electronic expansion valve opening degrees of operating room units Restriction of maximum and minimum flow rates
423. t soon after the start of heating operation The air conditioner is warming up You should wait for 1 to 4 minutes The system is designed to start discharging air only after it has reached a certain temperature The heating operation stops suddenly and a flowing sound is heard The outdoor unit emits water or steam system is taking away the frost the outdoor unit You should wait for about 3 to 8 minutes B In HEAT mode The frost on the outdoor unit melts into water or steam when the air conditioner is in defrost operation COOL or DRY mode Moisture in the air condenses into water on the cool surface of outdoor unit piping and drips Mists come out of the indoor unit W This happens when the air in the room is cooled into mist by the cold air flow during cooling operation The indoor unit gives out odour W This happens when smells of the room furniture or cigarettes are absorbed into the unit and discharged with the air flow If this happens we recommend you to have the indoor unit washed by a technician Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner The outdoor fan rotates while the air conditioner is not in operation W After operation is stopped The outdoor fan continues rotating for another 60 seconds for system protection W While the air conditioner is not in operation When the outdoor temperature is very high the outdoor fan starts rotating
424. t with electrical parts Do not operate the air conditioner with wet hands 7 Do not wash the indoor unit with excessive water only use a slightly wet cloth Do not place things such as vessels containing water or anything else on top of the unit Q Water may penetrate into the unit and degrade electrical insulations resulting in an electric shock Installation site To install the air conditioner in the following types of environments consult the dealer Places with an oily ambient or where steam or soot occurs Salty environment such as coastal areas Places where sulfide gas occurs such as hot springs e Places where snow may block the outdoor unit The drain from the outdoor unit must be discharged to a place of good drainage Consider nuisance to your neighbours from noises For installation choose a place as described below A place solid enough to bear the weight of the unit which does not amplify the operation noise or vibration A place from where the air discharged from the outdoor unit or the operation noise will not annoy your neighbours Electrical work For power supply be sure to use a separate power circuit dedicated to the air conditioner System relocation e Relocating the air conditioner requires specialized knowledge and skills Please consult the dealer if relocation is necessary for moving or remodeling 154 System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction 2 2 3 Names of P
425. te set the temperature to a normal level 26 C to 28 C in cooling mode 20 C to 24 C in heating mode For protection the system disables restart operation for minutes after it is turned off Select the lowest programmable temperature W Trial operation in cooling mode may be disabled depending on the room temperature Use the remote control for trial operation as described below After trial operation is complete set the temperature to a normal level 26 C to 28 C W For protection the machine disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off Trial Operation and Testing 1 Measure the supply voltage and make sure that it falls in the specified range 2 Trial operation should be carried out in either cooling or heating mode 3 Carry out the test operation in accordance with the Operation Manual to ensure that all functions and parts such as louver movement are working properly W The air conditioner requires a small amount of power in its standby mode If the system is not to be used for some time after installation shut off the circuit breaker to eliminate unnecessary power consumption If the circuit breaker trips to shut off the power to the air conditioner the system will restore the original operation mode when the circuit breaker is opened again Trial operation from Remote Control 1 Press ON OFF button to turn on the system 2 Simultaneously press center of TEMP button and MODE butto
426. the filter to the sun for 6 hours once every 6 months 7 11 6 Air Purifying Filter A double structure made up of a bacteriostatic filter and an Air Purifying Filter traps dust mildew mites tobacco smoke and allergy causing pollen Replace the Air Purifying Filter once every 3 months 96 Function SIENBE18 621 Indoor Unit RA Models 7 11 7 Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic Deodorizing Function This filter incorporates the benefits the Air Purifying Filter and Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter in a single unit Combining the two filters in this way increases the active surface area of the new filter This larger surface area allows the filter to effectively trap microscopic particles decompose odours and deactivate bacteria and viruses even for the high volume of air required to air condition large living rooms The filter can be used for approximately 3 years if periodic maintenance is performed 7 11 8 Mold Proof Air Filter The filter net is treated with mold resisting agent TBZ harmless colorless and odorless Due to this treatment the amount of mold growth is much smaller than that of normal filters 7 11 9 Self Diagnosis Digital Display The microcomputer continuously monitors main operating conditions of the indoor unit outdoor unit and the entire system When an abnormality occur the LCD remote control displays error code These indications allow prompt maintenance operations 7 11 10Auto restart Function Even if
427. thod of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Ud The data received from the BP unit in indoor unit BP unit signal transmission is checked whether it is normal When the data sent from the BP unit cannot be received normally or when the content of the data is abnormal Faulty BP unit PCB Faulty indoor unit PCB Indoor unit BP unit signal transmission error due to wiring error Indoor unit BP unit signal transmission error due to disturbed power supply waveform Indoor unit BP unit signal transmission error due to breaking of wire in the connection wires between the indoor and BP units wire No 2 303 Troubleshooting for BP Unit SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting N Caution or parts damage m Check No 14 Push and hold the RESET button on Refer to P 306 the outdoor unit PCB for 5 seconds i Does the malfunction NO ay be occurred Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector occur again y YES Check the indoor unit outdoor unit connection wires YES Normal Address Setting was not conducted Is there any wiring error Is HAP blinking NO ON or OFF Y Check for Turn the power supply off once and then back on indoor unit microcomputer normal HAP hd Check the outdoor unit s LED A Y Is HAP blinking
428. ting Check No 03 Refer to P 278 Troubleshooting The shutter open close performance is detected by the limit switch attached its structure In this way the shutter drive motor and the shutter limit switch are checked for failure When the shutter is open the limit switch is closed Shutter drive motor defective Shutter limit switch defective Shutter itself deformed warped Shutter s sealing material too thick Detection error by broken relay harness or disconnected connector Detection error due to defective PCB 2 Foreign substance in blow port A Caution Turn off the power Foreign substance in the shutter structure NO Check No 03 Check the limit switch continuity Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred YES Remove such substance Limit switch power Replace the limit switch Open the shutter and turn on the power Relay harness broken or connector disconnected YES Reconnect the connector or Shutter closed replace the relay harness gt Replace the shutter drive motor or the PCB 2 gt Check the shutter s sealing material Shutter opening itself YES Check the shutter for deformation or its sealing material Q0410 277 Troubleshooting for RA Indoor Unit SiENBE18 621 4 6 Check 4 6 1 Fan Motor Co
429. ting item Description No Setting _ ON Cool Heat Used to set cool heat change over setting by remote DS1 1 change over trol ipped with outd it Note 1 OFF Factory set setting control equipped with outdoor unit Note 1 ON DS1 2 Not used Do not change the factory settings OFF Factory set Cool heat selector connection procedure Set the remote controller only when changing over the operation mode between cooling and heating using the remote controller installed in the outdoor D Connectthe cool heat selector optional accessory to the terminals A B and C on the outdoor PC board A4P Set the cool heat selector switch DS1 1 from IN inside which is selected at the factory before shipment to OUT outside A2P MP 1 a9 ABC switch knob A mo DS1 12 m z ABC Cool heat C H selector SELECTOR 118 Test Operation SiENBE18 621 Field Setting N Caution DIP switch Setting after changing the main PCB A1P to spare parts PCB When you change the main PCB A1P to spare parts PCB please carry out the following setting aee Attach the Capacity Setting Adapter corresponding to Capacity Class ex 112 140 160 in connector X51A See Below Capacity Setting Adapter Capacity Class Note 4 112 CAPACITY SETTING ADAPTER for 100 J112 5 140 CAPACITY SETTING ADAPTER for 125 J140 6 16
430. ting status of the compressor V2812 Higher voltage than actual is displayed when the inverter output voltage is checked by tester 328 Troubleshooting SIENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit 7 20 Inverter Current Abnormal Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Troubleshooting LB All outdoor unit models Malfunction is detected by current flowing in the power transistor When overload in the compressor is detected W Compressor overload W Compressor coil disconnected W Defect of outdoor unit PCB A1P N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Output current check The secondary current of the inverter is higher than 24 9A 260 sec for each phase YES gt Compressor overload Inspection of the compressor and refrigerant system is required Compressor inspection The compressor s coil is disconnected YES gt Replace the compressor Disconnect the the connection between the compressor and inverter Make the power transistor check mode setting ON by service mode Inverter output voltage check Inverter output voltage is not balanced Normal if within 5V Must be measured when frequency is stable Replace outdoor un
431. ting temperature Detailed Explanation of the Function 88 1 Remote control setting temperature is set as automatic cooling heating setting temperature 18 to 30 C Main unit setting temperature equals remote control setting temperature plus correction value correction value cooling 0 deg heating 2 deg Operation ON OFF point and mode switching point are as follows Heating Cooling switching point Room temperature gt Main unit setting temperature 2 5 deg Cooling Heating switching point Room temperature lt Main unit setting temperature 2 5 deg 3 Thermostat ON OFF point is the same as the ON OFF point of cooling or heating operation During initial operation Room temperature gt remote control setting temperature Cooling operation Room temperature remote control setting temperature Heating operation Heating i itchi 2 5 deg cooling switching point T cr higher Heating thermostat e OFF point VIV 1 5 deg Main unit setting or higher temperature T Cooling thermostat OFF point S 1 5 Cooling E i gt 2 5 deg heating switching point Cooling Cooling or higher operation operation operation With compressor capacity supplied With no compressor capacity supplied R1360 Function SiENBE18 621 Indoor Unit RA Models 7 5 Thermostat Control Thermostat control is based on the difference
432. tion Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Liquid mm 6 4 6 4 Piping Connection Gas mm 012 7 12 7 Drain mm VP20 O D 26 1 D 20 VP20 O D 26 1 D 20 Drawing No 3D052132 3D0452133 Note The operating sound is based on the rear side suction inlet and the external static pressure 40 Pa Operating sound for under side suction inlet operating sound for rear side suction inlet 5 dB Conversion Formulae However when installation to which the external static pressure becomes low is carried out kcal h kWx860 5 dB or more may go up Btu h kWx3414 cfm m3 minx35 3 16 Specifications SIENBE18 621 50Hz 230V Model FDXS25EAVMB FDXS35EAVMB Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Rated Capacity 2 5kW Class 3 5kW Class Front Panel Color H 8 7 307 8 7 307 8 7 307 8 7 307 m min M 8 0 282 8 0 282 8 0 282 8 0 282 AI Flow cfm L 7 3 258 7 3 258 7 3 258 7 3 258 SL 6 2 219 6 2 219 6 2 219 6 2 219 Type Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan Fan Motor Output Ww 62 62 Speed Steps 5 Steps Silent Auto 5 Steps Silent Auto Air Filter Removable Washable Mildew Proof Removable Washable Mildew Proof Running Current Rated A 0 48 0 48 0 48 0 48 Power Consumption Rated Ww 71 71 71 71 Power Factor 96 64 3 64 3 64 3 64 3 Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer Control Dimensions
433. tion of Capacity Setting Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting m Note 290 Hu FFQ B FHQ BU Capacity is determined according to resistance of the capacity setting adapter and the memory inside the IC memory on the indoor unit PCB and whether the value is normal or abnormal is determined Operation and 1 When the capacity code is not contained in the PCB s memory and the capacity setting adapter is not connected 2 When a capacity that doesn t exist for that unit is set W Failure of capacity setting adapter connection W Failure of indoor unit PCB Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred A Caution Is the capacity setting NO adapter plugged into X23A of the indoor unit Plug a capacitor setting adapter that matches the capacity of the unit into X23A See note YES Turn the power supply off once and back on Y Is AJ displayed on YES the remote control Bad contact of capacity setting adaptor or disconnected adaptor NO Indoor unit PCB replacement Could be outside cause noise etc other than malfunction Q0415 Capacity is factory set in the data IC on the PCB A capacity setting adapter that matches the capacity of the unit is required in the following case
434. tting of capacity precedence to ON If the condition is set to ON when the air conditioning load reaches a high level the system will be put into normal operation mode even during nighttime Image of operation Operation sound Rated operation Operation sound of mode 1 Operation sound of mode 2 Operation sound of mode 3 Test Operation A If capacity precedence is set in Capacity precedence setting the fan speed will be i kai increased according to the load of air Time set with Night time low noise start setting conditioning when load is heavier Time set with Night time low noise end setting QD P RI Operation sound during night time low noise mode is instructed can be set with Night time low noise level REE eee ee oe qu GT EE setting 1 us 1 Factory setting is OFF M Operation sound level set with zn Night time low noise setting 8 00 10 00 PM 0 00 8 00 AM 7 00 AM 8 00 d jose mea Set with Night time low noise start setting Set with Night time low noise end setting Factory setting is PM 10 00 Factory setting is PM 8 00 V3079 129 Field Setting SiENBE18 621 Setting of Demand Operation By connecting the external contact input to the demand input of the outdoor unit external control adapter optional the power cons
435. tting 2 factory setting Approx 70 Demand 1 setting 3 Approx 8096 5 2 Heating Operation Prohibition Heating operation is prohibited above 24 CDB outdoor air temperature Function 79 BP Unit Control SiENBE18 621 6 BP Unit Control 6 1 BP Unit Command Conversion 1 AD room temperature temperature setting signals from BP units are converted to capacity up down signal AD signals from BP units are used as the capacity up down signal in frequency commands excludes when Powerful function is in operation AD Signal Capacity up down signal 0 Thermostat OFF 1 2 Down 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 C D E F 2 Processing during Powerful operation mode 1 When Powerful command is received from indoor units one or more units 2 Thermostats are not OFF in room units from which Powerful commands are issued When the above conditions are met the Powerful operation mode is activated and the Powerful operation signal is sent to outdoor unit 80 Function SIENBE18 621 BP Unit Control 6 2 BP Unit Electronic Expansion Valve Control Purpose of the Function This function provides instructions regarding the absolute flow rate relative flow rate and fully closing from the outdoor unit to the BP unit in order to ensure outdoor unit compressor safety and optimum refrigerating cycle of the system With the transmission a permi
436. uivalent saturation temperature Te Timer 2 hours at the minimum In addition outdoor heat exchange co efficiency is derived from Tc Te and the compressor load Outdoor unit actuator Defrost preparation Defrost operation Post Defrost operation operation 2 step increase from Compressor Upper limit control 124 Hz Full load Pe Pand MPa every 20 sec Outdoor unit fan STEP8 OFF STEP8 Four way valve ON OFF ON eyo expansion valve SH control 480 pls 55 pls Subcooling electronic expansion valve EV3 0 pls 0 pls 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve SVP OFF ON ON e 15 min i 160 sec Ending conditions 2 min or e gt 11 or 751 Te lt 5 C Pc Pe gt 0 4MPa From the preparing operation to the defrost operation and from the defrost operation to the operation after defrost the compressor stops for 2 min to reduce noise on changing of the four way valve Indoor actuator During defrost Thermostat ON unit OFF Indoor unit fan Stopping unit OFF Thermostat OFF unit OFF Thermostat ON unit SH control BP unit Stopping unit 80 pls Thermostat OFF unit SH control 70 Function SIENBE18 621 Special Control 3 4 Pump down Residual Operation When activating compressor if the liquid refrigerant remains in the heat exchanger the liquid enters into the compressor and dilutes oil therein re
437. um operation Observe the following precautions to ensure the system operates Adjust the room temperature properly for a comfortable environment Avoid excessive heating or cooling e Prevent direct sunlight from entering a room during cooling operation by using curtains or blinds Ventilate the room regularly Using the unit for long periods of time requires attentive ventilation of the room Do not place items that might be damaged by water under the indoor unit Water may condensate and drip if the humidity reaches 80 or if the drain exit gets clogged Keep doors and windows closed If the doors and windows remain open room air will flow out and cause to decrease the effect of cooling and heating Do not place other heaters directly below the indoor unit They may deform due to the heat Never place objects near the air inlet and the air outlet of the unit It may cause deterioration in the effect or stop in the operation Turn off the main power supply switch wen it is not used for long periods of time When the main power switch is turned on some watts of electricity is being used even if the system is not operating Turn off the main power supply switch for saving energy When reoperating turn on the main power suply switch 6 hours before operation for smooth running Refer to MAINTENANCE When the display shows gem TIME TO CLEAN AIR FILTER ask a qualified service person to clean the filters Refer
438. umption of unit operation can be saved suppressing the compressor operating condition Image of operation Power consumption 4 Rated power consumption 80 of rated power consumption 70 of rated power consumption 60 of rated power consumption 130 Set item Condition Content Demand Mode 1 The compressor operates at approx 60 or less of rating Mode 2 The compressor operates at approx 70 or less of rating Mode 3 The compressor operates at approx 80 or less of rating When the normal demand operation is carried out Use of the external control adapter for outdoor unit is not required 1 While in Setting mode 2 make setting of the set item No 32 Setting of constant demand to ON 2 While in Setting mode 2 select the set item No 30 Setting of Demand 1 level and then set the setting condition to targeted mode When the Normal demand Setting is set to ON OFF has been set occ d en A E Mu M T ln HO at factory the power consumption Demand 1 level eese eese eese eene ai tin tte eee ense eese eese eese can be set with the setting 70 of The power consumption set with Demand 1 level setting rated power consumption has been set at factory V3082 Test Operation SiENBE18 621 Field Setting Detailed Setting Procedure of Low Noise Operation and Demand Conirol Setting mode 1 H1P off In setting mode 2
439. unction of heat exchanger thermistor R3T eere aa 292 malfunction of high pressure sensor 324 malfunction of indoor unit fan motor 286 malfunction of inverter radiating fin temperature rise 327 malfunction of inverter radiating fin temperature rise 4 4 333 malfunction of low pressure sensor 325 malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion valve 314 malfunction of outdoor unit fan motor 313 malfunction of PCB 326 malfunction of remote control thermistor 294 malfunction of subcooling heat exchanger thermistor RET 323 malfunction of suction air thermistor 293 malfunction of system refrigerant system address undefined 351 malfunction of thermistor R3T R5T for suction pipet 2 320 malfunction of thermistor RAT for outdoor unit heat exchanger 4 41 2 111 321 malfunction of thermistor R7T for outdoor unit pipe s c tite rr x 322 malfunction of thermistor for outdoor air R1T 318 malfunction of transmission between central remote control and indoor unit 348 malfunction of transmission between indoor and
440. unction which enables efficient operation by lowering the maximum power consumption value To start ECONO operation 1 Press ECONO button e v is displayed on the LCD B cancel ECONO operation 2 Press ECONO button again e X disappears from the LCD 1 2 MODE Gsmo SILENT COMFORT SENSOR ON CANCEL D e x v TIMER LE NOTE e ECONO Operation can only be set when the unit is running Pressing the operation stop button causes the settings to be canceled and the lt gt disappears from the LCD ECONO operation is a function which enables efficient operation by limiting the power consumption of the outdoor unit operating frequency e ECONO operation functions in AUTO COOL DRY and HEAT modes The fan strength does not change in ECONO operation e POWERFUL operation and ECONO operation cannot be used at the same time Priority is given to POWERFUL operation e Power consumption may not drop even if ECONO operation is used when the level of power consumption is already low 190 System Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction 2 2 10 HOME LEAVE Operation HOME LEAVE operation is a function which allows you to record your preferred temperature and air flow rate settings m B To start HOME LEAVE operation 1 Press HOME LEAVE button isdisplayed on the LCD The HOME LEAVE lamp lights up J 2 1 2 ON OFF K gesl coel LEAVE
441. using microcomputer if signal transmission between indoor unit and remote control main and sub is normal Normal transmission does not continue for specified period W Transmission error between Main remote control and Sub remote control W Connection among Sub remote controls Faulty remote control PCB N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred S 1switch on remote control PCB is tu Controlling with 2 remote control Turn the SS 1switch of one remote control to Main Turn OFF the power supply and YES restart operation Both SS 1 switches on remote NO control are turnedto Sub gt Turn OFF the power once and restart operation Replace remote controlr PCB if YES any error is generated gt Turn the SS 1switch of one remote control to Main Turn OFF the power supply and restart operation 52042 Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for SkyAir Indoor Unit 5 14 Malfunction of Field Setting Switch Remote Control ua Display Applicable FFQ B FHQ BU Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Incorrect field setting Decision Conditions Supposed Indoor Outdoor BP transmission line Causes Faulty remote control wiring Troubleshooting N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occu
442. utdoor Units eese us 10 1 27 DN 11 1 3 Indoor Units 12 Specifications 9 Specifications SiENBE18 621 1 Specifications 1 1 Outdoor Units 50Hz 230V Model RMXS112E7V3B RMXS140E7V3B RMXS160E7V3B 4HP 5HP 6HP Cooling Capacity keen 11 2 9 630 14 0 12 040 15 5 13 330 Heating Capacity keen 12 5 10 750 16 0 13 760 17 5 15 050 Total Indoor Unit Capacity kW 5 14 5 7 0 18 2 8 0 20 8 Power Consumption Ww Running Current A Casing Color Ivory White Type Hermetically Sealed Scroll Type Compressor Model JT100G VDL Motor Output 2 2kW 60rps kw 2 5 3 0 3 5 Refrigerant Model DAPHNE FVC68D oil Charge L 1 5 Type R 410A Refrigerant Charge kg 4 0 2 min Coolin m 106 3 742 Air Flow Rate ng cfm ee H Heating Pm 106 3 742 Type Propeller Fan Motor Output Ww 70470 Running Current A 0 4 0 4 Power Consumption Ww 88 88 Starting Current A 19 2 23 7 25 2 Dimensions HxWxD mm 1 345x900x320 Weight kg 127 Operation Cooling dBA 51 52 54 Sound Heating dBA 53 54 55 Liquid mm 99 5 Flare Connection Piping 7 Connection Gas mm 19 1 Brazing Connection Drain mm 918 Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes No of Wiring Connection 3 For Power Supply Including Earth Wiring 2 For Interunit Wiring Outdoor Uni
443. uter Control Dimensions HxWxD mm 200x900x620 200x900x620 Packaged Dimensions HxWxD mm 266x1 106x751 266x1 106x751 Weight kg 25 25 Gross Weight kg 31 31 Operation H M L SL dBA 35 33 31 29 35 33 31 29 35 33 31 29 35 33 31 29 External Static Pressure Pa 40 40 Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Liquid mm 9 6 4 9 6 4 Piping Connection Gas mm 09 5 9 9 5 VP20 O D 2671 0 20 VP20 O D 2671 0 20 Drawing 3D048945C 3D048946C Model FDXS50CVMB FDXS60CVMB Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Rated Capacity 5 0kW Class 6 0kW Class Front Panel Color H 12 0 424 12 0 424 16 0 565 16 0 565 m min M 11 0 388 11 0 388 14 8 523 14 8 523 Air Flow Rates cfm L 10 0 353 10 0 353 13 5 477 13 5 477 SL 8 4 297 8 4 297 11 2 395 11 2 395 Type Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan Fan Motor Output Ww 130 130 Speed Steps 5 Steps Silent Auto 5 Steps Silent Auto Air Filter Removable Washable Mildew Proof Removable Washable Mildew Proof Running Current Rated A 0 64 0 64 0 74 0 74 Power Consumption Rated Ww 140 140 160 160 Power Factor 96 95 1 95 1 94 0 94 0 Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer Control Dimensions HxWxD mm 200x900x620 200x1 100x620 Packaged Dimensions HxWxD mm 266x1 106x751 266x1 306x751 Weight kg 27 30 Gross Weight kg 34 37 Seren H M L SL dBA 37 35 33 31 37 35 33 31 38 36 34 32 38 36 34 32 External Static Pressure Pa 40 40 Heat Insula
444. ver do it by yourself sure that a separate power supply circuit is provided for this air conditioner and that all electrical work is carried out by qualified personnel according to local laws and regulations aud 241 Instruction SiEN18 621 Pay attention to running noises too Are the following places selected a A place that can sufficiently withstand the weight of the air conditioner with less running noises and vibrations b A place where the hot wind discharged from the air outlet of outdoor unit and the running noises Are you sure that there are no obstacles near the air outlet of the outdoor unit Such obstacles may result in declined performance and increased running noises If abnormal noises occur in use stop the operation of the air conditioner and then cunsult your dealer or our service station Regarding drainage of drain piping Is the drain piping executed to perform complete drainage If proper drainage is not carried out from the outdoor drain pipes during air conditioning operation chances are that dust and dirt are clogged in the pipe This may result in a water leakage from the indoor unit Under such circumstances stop the operation of the air conditioner and then consult your dealer or our service station Jw DISPLAY PROGRAMMED TIME 1 This display shows the PROGRAMMED TIME of the system start or stop DISPLAY 272 SET TEMPERAT
445. w direction is fixed 4 Fixed air flow direction setting Movement of the air flow flap For the following conditions micro computer controls the air flow direction so it may be different from the display Program timer operation Operation Cooling Heating mode When room When room temperature is temperature is lower than the set higher than the set Operation temperature temperature condition At defrost operation e When operating continuously at downward air flow direction Operation mode includes automatic operation A LEFT AND RIGHT DIRECTION e Adjusting air flow direction in the left and right direction Refer to Fig 1 NOTE The movable limit of the flap is changeable Contact your Daikin dealer for details 244 Operate in the following order The timer is operated in the following two ways Programming the stop time amp O The system stops operating after the set time has elapsed Programming the start time gt The system starts operating after the set time has elapsed The timer can be programmed a maximum of 72 hours The start and the stop time can be simultaneously programmed De Press the TIMER MODE START STOP button several times and select the mode on the display The display flashes For setting the timer stop O For setting the timer start Timer mode START STOP Programm
446. w for each operation mode 54 refrigerant overcharged 317 remote contol reete 255 remote control thermostat 105 reprogramming the PCB addresses of BP unit 113 S self diagnosis by wired remote control 260 self diagnosis by infrared remote control 261 service check function 255 service POB A2P 26 setting of low noise operation and demand ODOraltlOn o cite eee tts 129 setting of refrigerant additional charging operatio dete tec a bet ER 133 SH control in cooling operation 83 shutter drive motor shutter limit switch abnormality 277 signal receiver PCB 32 34 36 41 44 swing flap motor malfunction lock 288 System is not set yet 350 T thermistor or related abnormality indoor unit 276 thermistor resistance check 279 thermostat control 89 100 transmission error between indoor unit and remote control 295 between main and sub remote control 296 transmission error between indoor unit and oerte 303 transmission error between outdoor unit and BP UNIT 305 trial operation from remote control
447. wer H L dBA 53 48 54 49 55 49 Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Liquid mm 6 4 Flare 6 4 Flare 9 6 4 Flare Piping Connection Gas mm 9 5 Flare 12 7 Flare 12 7 Flare Drain mm VP20 O D 26 1 0 20 VP20 O D 6 26 1 0 20 VP20 O D 26 1 0 20 Drawing No 3D037992E 3D037992E 3D037992E Specifications Conversion Formulae kcal h kWx860 Btu h kWx3414 efm m2 minx35 3 21 Specifications SiENBE18 621 22 Specifications SIENBE18 621 Part 3 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram 1 Printed Circuit Board Connector Wiring Diagram 24 1 1 Outdoor Unit RMXS 112 140 160 E7V B nre e ite 24 1 2 Branch Provider Unit S d teet 29 1 3 Wall Mounted Type 20 25 35 50 Class D Series 30 1 4 Wall Mounted Type 20 25 35 Class C Series 33 1 5 Wall Mounted 50 60 71 Class E B Series 35 1 6 Duct Connected 37 1 7 Floor Ceiling Suspended Dual 39 1 9 Floor Standing Type uite eter Ur ROS Pes ie REI biis 42 1 9 Ceiling Mounted Cassette 600x600 45 1 10 Ceiling Suspended
448. when restarting compressor NO Replace the compressor V2793 312 Troubleshooting SiENBE18 621 Troubleshooting for Outdoor Unit 7 5 Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Remote Control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Check No 03 Refer to P 354 Troubleshooting El All outdoor unit models Malfunction of fan motor system is detected according to the fan speed detected by Hall IC when the fan motor runs W When the fan runs with speed less than a specified one for 6 seconds or more when the fan motor running conditions are met When malfunction is generated 4 times the system shuts down Malfunction of fan motor W The harness connector between fan motor and PCB is left in disconnected or faulty connector Fan does not run due to foreign matters tangled W Clearing condition Operate for 5 minutes normal N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Connector of fan motor is disconnected YES Connect the connector Is there an obstacle E eund gt Remove the obstacle the fan Can the fan be turned smoothly NO gt Replace the fan motor of outdoor unit with hand after disconnect the connector of Check No 03 Check on connector
449. work Insufficient power circuit capacity and improper electrical work can cause an electrical shock or fire Be sure to use the specified cable to connect between the indoor and outdoor units Make the connections securely and route the cable properly so that there is no force pulling the cable at the connection terminals Improper connections can cause excessive heat generation or fire When connecting the cable between the indoor and outdoor units make sure that the terminal cover does not lift off or dismount because of the cable If the cover is not mounted properly the terminal connection section can cause an electrical shock excessive heat generation or fire Do not damage or modify the power cable Damaged or modified power cable can cause an electrical shock or fire Placing heavy items on the power cable and heating or pulling the power cable can damage the cable Do not mix air or gas other than the specified refrigerant R 410A in the refrigerant system If air enters the refrigerating system an excessively high pressure results causing equipment damage and injury If the refrigerant gas leaks be sure to locate the leak and repair it before charging the refrigerant After charging refrigerant make sure that there is no refrigerant leak If the leak cannot be located and the repair work must be stopped be sure to perform pump down and close the service valve to prevent the refrigerant gas from leaking
450. xercised The pictogram shows the item to which attention must be paid ED This symbol indicates a prohibited action The prohibited item or action is shown inside or near the symbol o This symbol indicates an action that must be taken or an instruction The instruction is shown inside or near the symbol After the repair work is complete be sure to conduct a test operation to ensure that the equipment operates normally and explain the cautions for operating the product to the customer Caution in Repair AN Warning Be sure to disconnect the power cable plug from the plug socket before disassembling the equipment for a repair Working on the equipment that is connected to a power supply can cause an electrical shook If it is necessary to supply power to the equipment to conduct the repair or inspecting the circuits do not touch any electrically charged sections of the equipment If the refrigerant gas discharges during the repair work do not touch the discharging refrigerant gas The refrigerant gas can cause frostbite When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the compressor at the welded section release the refrigerant gas completely at a well ventilated place first If there is a gas remaining inside the compressor the refrigerant gas or refrigerating machine oil discharges when the pipe is disconnected and it can cause injury If the refrigerant gas leaks during the repair work ventilate the area
451. y Setting item H1P Hop IND Master Slave nose H7P H3P H4P H5P Factory set Address 0 QO e e Oo Oe O O Cool Heat Binary number 1 0900000 1 Unified address 9 e 6 digits 3 Address 0 QO e e oe Oe O O Binary number 1 2 Lawrioise demand O e e e e y OK KK A A FO 6 digits 3 Test operation OFF 3 Test operation O EEE E EO Test operation ON O e e e E O x Normal operation 5 Indoor forced fan H e O e O OE E E E E JO Indoor forced fan H 0900000 Indoor forced Normal operation O0 operation Indoor forced operation OR E E E JOR High 8 setting O e e Normal factory setting O e e E Low OK E A A E EO High 9 Tc setting factory setting O e e e e o e Low OK E A AE EO Quick defrost Defrost changeover f 10 Setting 9 o e o O Normal factory setting O E E E SOL E Slow defrost External low noise demand 12 External low noise O e O O e e NO 79000002 demand settin f g Saena low noise demand ON E E E KOR Address 0 Oe oe 0o 0 0 06 Binary number 1 13 Airnet address O o o i ox XX XX Re 6 digits 63 j OFF Setting of hot water 16 090009000 Additional refrigerant Refrigerant charging OF
452. y switch for saving energy The display on the remote control will vanish when the main power switch is turned off Clean the air filter and the exterior Be sure to replace the air filter to its original place after cleaning Refer to Maintenance 9 Not malfunction of the air conditioner The following symptoms do not indicate air conditioner malfunction The system does not operate The system does not restart immediately after the ON OFF button is pressed If the OPERATION lamp lights the system is in normal condition It does not restart immediately because a safety device operates to prevent overload of the system After 3 minutes the system will turn on again automatically The system does not restart immediately when TEMPERATURE SETTING button is returned to the former position after pushing the button If the OPERATION lamp lights the system is in normal condition It does not restart immediately because a safety device operates to prevent overload of the system After 3 minutes the system will turn on again automatically The system does not start when the display shows C A UNDER CENTRALIZED CONTROL and it flashes for few seconds after pressing an operation button This is because the system is under centralized control Flashes on the display indicates that the system cannot be controlled by the remote control The system does not start immediately after the power supply is turned on
453. ystem Configuration SiENBE18 621 Instruction 2 2 12 TIMER Operation Timer functions are useful for automatically switching the air conditioner on or off at night or in the morning You can also use OFF TIMER and ON TIMER in combination To use OFF ME operation Check that the clock is correct If not set the clock to the present time 1 Press OFF TIMER button 0 00 is displayed e o blinks 2 Press TIMER Setting button until the time setting reaches the point you like Every pressing of either button increases or POWERFUL decreases the time setting by 10 minutes Holding down either button changes the setting rapidly MODE FAN sumo 3 Press OFF TIMER button again SILENT COMFORT SENSOR TIMER lamp lights up C Ce 2 4 S AIN Or B To cancel the OFF TIMER operation 4 Press CANCEL button The TIMER lamp goes off NOTE When TIMER is set the present time is not displayed Once you set ON OFF TIMER the time setting is kept in the memory The memory is canceled when remote control batteries are replaced When operating the unit via the ON OFF Timer the actual length of operation may vary from the time entered by the user W NIGHT SET MODE When the OFF TIMER is set the air conditioner automatically adjusts the temperature setting 0 5 C up in COOL 2 0 C down in HEAT to prevent excessive cooling he
454. ystem Symbol Name Major Function diagram Inverter compressor is operated on frequencies between 36 Hz and 195 Hz by using A Inverter compressor INV the inverter 31 steps D M1F Inverter fan Since the system is of air heat exchanging type the fan is operated at 8 step rotation M2F Speed by using the inverter E Y1E Electronic expansion valve While in heating operation PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree Main EV1 of air heat exchanger constant F Y3E Electronic expansion valve PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat Subcool EV3 exchanger constant G Y2S Solenoid valve Hot gas SVP Used to prevent the low pressure from transient falling H Y3S valve Unload circuit Used to the unloading operation of compressor M Y1S Four way valve Used to switch the operation mode between cooling and heating N S1NPH High pressure sensor Used to detect high pressure S1NPL Low pressure sensor Used to detect low pressure In order to prevent the increase of high pressure when a malfunction occurs this P HP pressure switch For INV Switch is activated at high pressure of 4 0 MPa or more to stop the compressor compressor peration In order to prevent the increase of pressure when abnormal heating is caused by fire S Fusible plug or others the fusible part of the plug is molten at a temperature of 70 to 75 C to release the pressure into the

Service Manual - Daikintech.co.uk

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents